YOUNG PEOPLE'S
HYMNAL
BY
W. D, KIRKLAND, D.D.,
JAMES ATKINS, D.D„
WM. J. KIRKPATRICK.
# **.
BARBEE L SMITH, AGENTS.
Publishing House M, E, Church, South,
NASHVILLE, TENN.
30 cts, per copy by mail $25 per hundred by express.
S61H
r> .a ^A/\
49621
THE
YOUNG PEOPLE'S
Ib^mnal.
ADAPTED TO THE USE OF SUNDAY SCHOOLS, EPWORTH LEAGUES,
PRAYER MEETINGS, AND REVIVALS.
BY
W. D. KIRKLAND, D.D.,
JAMES ATKINS, D.D.,
WILLIAM J. KIRKPATRICK.
Nashville, Tenn. :
Publishing House of the Methodist Episcopal Church, South.
Barbee & Smith, Agents.
1897.
PREFACE.
The Young People's Hymnal is issued in accordance with a resolution
passed by the General Conference at Memphis in May, 1894.
Dr. W. D. Kirkland, the late Sunday School Editor, had made considerable
progress in the work of preparing the contents of the book before his death,
which occurred May 31, 1896.
The plan adopted in the determination of material for the book was, we be-
lieve, most wisely chosen.
Persons of taste and experience in every section of the territory occupied
by the Church were consulted as to the hymns and music best suited to the
use of young people in their various grades of work. A record was made of
the thousands of responses thus obtained, the vote for pieces was tabulated,
and selections were made from those having the highest number. To these
were added many new songs procured or produced by Prof. W. J. Kirkpatrick,.
the music editor. As a result of this cooperative method we are able to present
to the religious public a song book of extraordinary variety and richness in re-
spect both to the hymns and the tunes. Our musical friends will find in it a
rare combination of that gravity which rightly belongs to religious music, with
that brightness which lends to sacred song a charm for joyous young people
of all communions. The double aim has been to advance religious life and to
make all the life of our young people brighter and happier.
We would, in one word, remind pastors, superintendents, and other leaders
of religious work how vast a power resides in good music for insuring attend-
ance upon meetings of every kind, and for the refinement and enlargement of
character in all who are brought under its charming influence.
We send the book forth with the hope that it may find favor with the pub-
lic; and that, above all, it may find acceptance with Him who is pleased to
" inhabit the praises of Israel." James Atkins, Sunday School Editor.
(2)
Copyright, 1897.
The Young People's Hymnal
No. 1.
HOLY, HOLY, HOLY!
Reginald Heber, D.D.
(NIC/EA. 11,12,10.)
W-4-4
Rev. John B. Dykes.
*=4
!• -*-
I I
1. Ho-lv, ho- lv,
2. Ho-lv, ho-lv,
3. Ho-lv, ho- ly,
4. Ho-ly, ho-ly,
ho
ho
ho
ho
ly,
iy,
iy,
iy,
=1
Lord God Almight - y ! Ear - ly in the
all the saints a-dore thee, Castingdown their
tho' the darkness hide thee, Tho' the eye of
Lord God Almight- v ! All thy works shall
:*=£:
J^SL
&
1 h
iJk
J j g
^
thee
morn - ing our songs shall rise to
gold - en crowns around the glass - y sea ;
sin - ful men thy glo - ry may not see ;
praise thy name, in earth, and sky, and sea ;
Ho-ly, ho-ly, ho - ly,
Cher-u-bim and sera-phim
On - ly thou art ho - ly ;
Ho-ly, ho-ly, ho - ly,
W-* — *
E^e
:*=*;
=f
bis:;
m
j SB. ML
k-j r.
w v
1— f
lp:
mer - ci- ful and might-y ! God in three Per-sons, blessed Trin - i - ty !
fall - ing down before thee, Which wert, and art, and ev- er-more shalt be.
there is none be-side thee, Per - feet in power, in love, and pur - i - ty !
mer - ci- ful and might-y, God in three Per-sons, blessed Trin - i - ty !
J J +j± ^J f | fe*_ ^
^
3-tH
I l
I [ I
I
No. 2,
WHERE HE LEADS I'LL FOLLOW.
W. A. 0.
"W. A. Ogdex.
N — N — I-
El^
1. Sweet are the prom-is - es, Kind is the word. Dear- er far than
2. Sweet is the ten- der love Je - sus hath shown, Sweeter far than
3. List to his lov-ing words," Come un - to me,'' Wea-ry, heav- y -
g gJEgllllgg
s£
P
¥^*=%r
d : « *
I
a - ny mes-sage man ev - er heard; Pure was the mind of Christ,
a - ny love that mor - tals have known ; Kind to the err - ing one,
la - den, there is sweet rest for thee; Trust in his prom- is - es,
:g— y p -je
^— y — *-
Sin - less I see, He the great Exam -pie is, and Pat - tern forme.
Faith - ful is he. He the great Exam -pie is, and Pat - tern forme.
Faith - ful and sure. Lean up - on the Saviour, and thv soul is se-cure.
Where he leads I'll fol - - low,
Where he leads I'll fol-low, where he leads I'll fol - low,
Fol
Follow
low
all the way,
L^ytt jk . m * m m m m m 1
m •'(• m ~
-»■-*■ *■ '- +■-»■
(fe*'-> : *
/ •*■
' ' '
*^fl». !•;*!• 9 * *
/ / / / / /
/ '/////
/ / • > \
4> .
**^ — v
-«*— ^
i
/ / / /
all the wav:
Fol- low Je - sus ev - 'ry day.
ves.
RnfcfcrT i
fol- low all the way;
m. • + • + +
* + m m
-»■ j ~
— * — i
§ ^H
V— /— /- — £— J
-r— p r r r
— 1» —
— -H
/ / /
Copyright, 1885, by W. A. Ogdeu. Used by permission.
Hewitt.
LOOK UP, LIFT UP.
fc±=
WM. J. KlRKPATRICK.
Look up to Je - sus, lift up thy neighbor, Lead to the Sav- iour,
Look up to Je - sus, lift up his ban- ner, Faith-ful - ly fol - low,
Look up to Je - sus, lift up ho- san- nas, Glad hal - le - lu - jabs
Look up to Je - sus, lift up a prom-ise, Trust-ful - ly, tru - ly,
■*-• ^ -*- - - - . -m- - -m-
i
*tZ=Z£3%.
--m=^
*W
-*—* — ■*-
tell of hispow'r, Seek for the stray- ing, com- fort the wea - ry,
stand for the right, Car - ry his col - ors where he may lead you,
ring -ing a - bove, Je - sus has saved us: let joy - ful serv - ice
pray in his name, For all the err - ing, make in - ter- ces - sion,
m
*=#
9 •>: JF *
-&l-*=5r.
Chorus. |
I 1/ V .
Look up for guidance hour by hour. Look up, lift up! look up to Je - sus,
Strive for the vie- t'ry in his might.
Bear grateful wit- ness of his love.
Lookup! a covenant blessing claim.
£*=£:
&
t=t
-0-
£=2:
J — I-
£ N S T" N
-<m — S-
tt
&
Far a- bove the darkness where his glories shine ; Filled with his Spir- it,
«E£
, p J J
^ h= A — I 1 —
'/
:t=±
? ^ u
^X ^> — \ — k
-J-~ i X I s IX \-
' ' '/ / F ^ i/
§n
Lift up thy neighbor, Then a crown, a glorious crown shall one day be thine.
IE*
.- r* !* n
£->-
»
tAtr.rn
S:
^r
1891, Copyright of ffm. J. Kirkpatrick. Used by permission.
No. 4. I NEVER WILL CEASE TO LOVE HIM.
C. H. G.
Chas. H. Gabriel.
1. For all the Lord has done for me, I
2. He gives me strength for ev- 'ry day, I
3. Tho' all the world his love re - ject, I
4. He saves me ev - 'ry day and hour, I
5. While on my jour-ney here be- low, I
never will cease to love him ;
never will cease to love him ;
never will cease to love him ;
never will cease to love him ;
never will cease to love him ;
t=*
t=t
4- 1 11
:m=^
4-
WT
f-f^
And for his grace so rich and free, I nev-er will cease to love him.
He leads and guides me all the way, I nev-er will cease to love him.
I could not such a friend neglect, I nev-er will cease to love him.
Just now I feel his cleansing pow'r, I nev-er will cease to love him.
And when to that bright world I go, I nev-er will cease to love him.
M
*=-*-
Mr 1-4
t=t=t
v — / — I 1 I—
Choeus.
m
*— I-
flft
gzaszs
v— *
3E£
J V 1/
Z p (•
/ / 1/ 1/
I nev-er will cease to love him, my Sav- iour, my Sav-iour ;
He's my Sav- iour, he's my Sav- icmr;
m- -m~ -i+- -+- -+- ^ -£2 ~£l
j*. ♦ m. 31 "
KBi
>— If :
? y /
*■ r +
i i . / I 'J rjjp p
//1// i/i/i/ ^
I nev- er will cease to love him, He's done so much for me.
For he's done so much for me.
(0- -+■- -m- -+~ -+■-
1
r^E — fr z::^:
*=*
Copyright, 1894, by E. O. Excell. Used by permission.
No. 5.
JESUS SAVES!
Believe on the Lord Jesus Christ, and thou shalt be saved."— Acts xvi. 31.
Priscilla J. Owens.
Wm. J. KlRKPATRICK.
1. We have heard the joy - ful sound: Je - sus saves! Je - sus saves!
2. "Waft it on the roll - ing tide : Je - sus saves ! Je - sus saves '.
3. Sing a - bove the bat - tie strife, Je - sus saves ! Je - sus saves .'
4. Give the winds a might - y voice : Je - sus saves ! Je - sus saves !
Spread the ti - dings all a - round
Tell to sin - ners far and wide :
By his death and end - less life :
Let the na - tions now re - joice :
mm
w<
Je - sus saves ! Je - sus saves !
Je - sus saves ! Je - sus saves !
'Je - sus saves ! Je - sus saves !
Je - sus saves ! Je - sus saves !
w i m
$ jg i»^-
f
r
+-±— •— — I— 1 Y-z <— I— ' *A\^
Bear the news to ev - 'ry land, Climb the steeps and cross the
Sing, ye is - lands of the sea, Ech - o . back, ye o - cean
Sing it soft - ly thro' the gloom, When the heart for mer - cy
Shout sal - va - tion full and free, High - est hills and deep- est
i
fctazzfcjozfe:
I£L
^zzzi=|±i
waves :
caves ;
craves :
caves ;
■<SL
A—
=&
/ V
*==S
On-ward ! — 'tis our Lord's command
Earth shall keep her ju - bi - lee :
Sing in tri - umph o'er the tomb,
This our song of vie - to - ry,
1/
V
Je-
sus
saves !
Je-
sus
saves !
Je-
sus
saves !
Je-
sus
saves !
Je-
sus
saves !
Je-
sus
saves !
Je-
sus
saves !
Je-
sus
saves !
fe
:£±
lESdS:
*h*
fe
-a-
ii
Copyright, 1882, by John J. Hood. Used by permission.
No. 6.
FILL TO OVERFLOWING.
E. E. Hewitt.
i
4^-v
K-
Jno. R. Sweney^ :
£3—^2
w
^^*
\ i >
S=*
1. O what ev - er - last-ing mer - cy Saved me, pardoned, and re-stored ;
2. Make my life henceforth a chan-nel, Where thy love shall have its way,
3. Free, ex-haust - less is the fount-ain, Help me free- ly to be-lieve,
p ■ » • = P , P p 'f ,T >-P-
m±
Fill me now to o - ver -flow -ing, With thy Ho - ly Spir - it, Lord.
Bless'd, that I may be a bless- ing, Use me, Sav-iour, ev - 'ry day.
Riv - ers of thy grace are prom-ised. More and more may I re - ceive.
!»••,* i m , • — * — * — m , * » m — ~P~ . &
^ rr k
is.
Give
Clos-
Hap-
me of the liv-ing wa - ter, Till my
er, clos - er to the fount-ain, Hold my
py thirst that keeps me com- ing, Pleading
^
**
soul is sat - is - fled ;
heart, my soul, my will ;
still thy gra-cious word
From
Let
Fill
the wells of thy sal - va - tion, Be my
the bless - ed heav'nly cur-rents, Rich-ly
me now to o- ver -flow- ing, With thy
ev - 'ry need sup - plied.
all my be - ing fill.
Ho - ly Spir - it, Lord.
m , P
P P
_n
y~~y:
^i
k w
-y — y-
Chobu
P
12=
It
^
n+
*=4
>— t~r m
-s^-
Fill me now, fill me now, To o -
Fill me now, fill me now,
r^T*
ver-flow-ing, to o - ver
1
?£=*
^E
? >-»«
r,
*"!-* ^-f"*-
Vi-^
?=f-
Copyright, 1897, by Jno. B. Sweney.
"m.
8
No. 7.
I SURRENDER ALL.
J. W. Van de Venter.
(DUET.)
W. S. Weeden.
^-^' -^
5*— -'
All to Je - sus
I will ev - er
| All to Je - sus
{ Worldly pleas-ures
All to Je - sus
Let me feel the
I. IVJ i I
I sur-ren - der,
love and trust him,
I sur-ren - der,
for- sak - en,
sur-ren - der,
ly Spir - it,
M !
* — * w~
to h
I free -ly give; 1
his pres-ence dai - ly live. /
all
I
Ho
All
In
Hum-hly at his feet I bow, )
Take me, Je - sus, take me now. j
Make me, Sav-iour, wholly thine; j
Tru - lv know that thou art mine, i
■#r
KA !
I I I I
f t f
I I I
Chorus.
I I I
t r r
rt^Ei
' g t 4
I sur-ren - der all,
I sur-ren-derall,
I sur-ren - der all,
sur-ren-der all,
$*=;
:*=*:
S^
■¥-¥-
'/ V
:*=«:
3=5
i
All to thee, my bless - ed Sav- iour, I
fr±
IBS
sur - ren - der all.
i
<*
§
Copyright, 1896, by Weeden & Van De Venter. Used by permission.
4 All to Jesus I surrender,
Lord, I give myself to thee,
Fill me with thy love and power,
Let thy blessing fall on me.
5 All to Jesus I surrender,
Now I feel the sacred flame ;
the joy of full salvation!
Glory, glory to his name!
/ v [r '/ '/
n k i ^ is is
i
fc I s ^
IS V
jfet&L-i^^JV-Sfc
\ v
• J
S * * ' •
J s
•, • *a
out you, — dark-er
an- swered by your
dark- ness, — dwelling
/^\, •— r— s m . !* 1
still with - in ?
God a - bove?
in the day ?
-*- -*" -p-
Clear the dark- ened
Clear the dark- ened
Clear the dark- ened
win-dows,
win-dows,
win-dows,
— . ^-
^rr^— w-^-5 £ . *
:
— ! — i — 1~ — r *"~
^-^bu™ ■ / i 7
I 7 [2 ^ £ > £_
m <»
* • # k • !•
* • •
t /
* /
*r
o - pen wide the door, Let
o - pen wide the door, Let
o - pen wide the door, Let
a lit - tie sun - shine in.
a lit - tie sun - shine in.
a lit - tie sun - shine in.
-, — r> m ■
s
m
? — ^ — ?_
Choeus.
zzjEji zg * I : n ,— +-*.- • <*■ m I — L^. ~"Z^ri
Let the blessed sunshine in Let the blessed sunshine in
the 6iinshinein, the sunshine in:
JW-g- I-g-ir- ■*£*- I
r-! •» » mm m — m^-m-t
/ — /-/ — /
ife
K~
•J
Clear the darken'd windows, open wide the door, Let a lit- tie sunshine in.
" m ~* - m m I m^m *
Copyright, 1895, by Chas. H. Gabriel. Used by per. ^Q
No. 9.
MUSIC AND LOVE.
S. Martin
3
4r
:qs=qs^q\T
WM. J. KlRKPATRICK
4
rft
*^:
m
^g
—= 1 -SB W 1 1 1 i —I
JT . m % m I — i — • ♦ * ■
-■*- &&- -%-\-~- m '
1. Tender-ly, soft and clear Music and Love we hear, In our Sabbath dwelling,
2. 0- ver the morning land, o- ver its gold- en strand, Oft they roam delighted,
3. Tell us, ye sis- ters fair, wearing vour garlands rare, Rose and HI- v twining,
t k N to
tt
K
/ y '/ \ I i // /
D.S.— soft and clear Music and Love we hear, etc.
songs of rapture swelling, Gently their wings they bend, sweetly their voices blend,
hand in hand u- nit - ed, - ver the land of flowers, over its vernal bowers,
all their charms combining, Tell us of him whose eye watcheth beyond the sky,
^ >X» :g
^ir—\ \-v—%-^wi—ar
Songs of ho - ly rapture swelling ;
Love and Music roam u- nit - ed,
O'er our path, in beauty shining;
I* fc I* fc ■
List to their car- ol, joyful now they say,
Now, on their pinions, fair and snowy white,
Still they are singing, hear their tuneful lay,
Come to the Sav- iour, glad - ly haste a - way, Come to the ban- quet
Laved in a fountain, sparkling, pure and bright, Quick as an ar - row,
Come to the Sav- iour, trust him while you may, Come to the ban- quet
±*
:^=k
i
-4-—A-
1
rit. ad lib. ^
i is ^
wait- ing you to- day, Wait- ing for one and all.
from the vales of light, Com- fort they bring to all.
wait- ing you to-day, Wait- ing for one and all.
-;•" -<5>-
-m- -+- -&-
Ten- der
Ten- der
Ten- der
3
iy,
ly.
:f— £— fr— fe.
i
tcz*
1890, Copyright of Wm. J. Kirkpatrick. Used bv permission.
n
No. 10.
STEPPING IN THE LIGHT.
E. E. Hewitt.
N fc I
Wm. J. KlRKPATRICK.
■J 1^— ^
■m-m-
^-\ E 3
1. Try - ing to walk in the steps of the Saviour, Try-ing to fol- low our
2. Press- ing more closely to him who is lead-ing,When we are tempted to
3. Walk-ing in footsteps of gen - tie forbearance, Footsteps of faith-ful-ness
4. Try-ing to walk in the steps of the Saviour, Upward, still upward we 11
mS-Vr k'g'r
-±*±
II I
*S=
4=^
*-
Sav- iour and King ; Shap-ing our lives by his bless- ed ex- am - pie,
turn from the way ; Trust-ing the arm that is strong to de-fend us,
mer - cy, and love, Look-ing to him for the grace free -ly prom-ised.
fol - low our Guide,When we shall see him," the King in his beau- ty,"
W=§±£=£=*L
Happy, how happy,the songs that we bring. How beauti-ful to walk in the
Happy, how happy, our prais-es each day.
Happy, how happy ^ our jour-ney a-bove.
Happy. how happy, our place at his side.
m
HF
M-Z
I J* N
■v — *-
m
^z^^eztm:
^r
-/— t-
ur t — ^ ^- T —J±~^ (-1 — i 1 1 J> — —1 — f* — p — p p
steps of the Sav- iour, Stepping in the light, Stepping in the light ; How
**
r*Y$
Z=*
1
11 1 !
-(S'-T
I
beau-ti-ful to walk in the steps of the Saviour, Led in paths of light,
jt. -e-^t-'-m- .^ -^. -m..'-e-jL- jb- qp: 1£i ~£i J _ .
-/-- 2
-I *—
1890, Copyright of Wm. J. Kirkpatrick. Used by permission.
12
¥—\ h
■^H*
i
No. 11.
E. E. Hewitt.
SUNSHINE IN THE SOUL
\ C3
3=
Jno. R. Sweney.
— I 4-
■&jr
1. There'ssun-shine in my soul to-day, More glo - ri - ons and bright
2. There's mu- sic in rnysoul to-day, A ear- ol to my King,
3. There'sspriugtimeiu mysoul to-day, For when the Lord is near,
4. There's glad-ness in my soul to-day, And hope, and praise, and love,
-&-±—m. .-^ =. 1
Than glows in a - ny earthly sky, For Je - sus is my light.
And Je - sus, list - eu-ing. can hear The songs I can -not sing.
The dove of peace sings in my heart, The flow 'rs of grace ap - pear.
For bless- ingswhich hegivesme now, For joys laid up a - bove.
shine, Bless -ed sun
O there's sun - - shine, Bless -ed sun - - shine.
there's sun - shine in the soul, Bless - ed sun - 6hine in the soul,
W
m
m
31=*:
fc N
f 1/
I *
n=z-
^m
■■m — +-± — m ' &-±
While the]
peace - ful,
1 ,
— • —
—J *-
hap - py mo-nients
— ~J — 3 — ~*J-
\ roll ; When
hap - py mo - ments roll,
^W-*— ^
* S
/ / / /
-> -£ > — i— L-3 — 1
7-?
\ — I-
-I 1-
m
^^S
3t^
Je - sus shows his smil-ing face There is sunshine in the soul.
I I I. >M. JT\
mm
9-\ 1
:*v=m=p3
i h
Copyright, 1887, by Jno. B. Sweney. Used by permission.
13
No. 12. REJOICE, REJOICE, THE LOST IS FOUND.
F. L. B.
Frank L. Bristow,
P
ipt
1. Joyfully march a- long, and shout the song To the earth's re-mot- est
2. Wanderer far a- way from love to-day, In the sea of sin so
3. Joyfully an - gels bring the sig - net ring, Of a Father's pard'ning
4. Heavenly home! Sweet home! How sweet to roam Thro' thv realm of beautv
i ■*■ i €■ i •*• ♦ i ■*•
■0- +- ■#--#*- -0- +-
PI
^4-
i
bound, " Sal- va-tion's come, The wand'rer's home. The lost one now is found,'
low, A call from home now bids you " come," Arise and say " I'll go."
grace. And roy - al fare, they now pre-pare, Be- fore his smil- ing face.
rare, With an - gel throng, join in a song Of joy beyond corn-pare.
I
m
3^*1
Re-joice ! Re-joice! with heart and voice: Repeat the welcome sound !
Your va - cant chair is wait-ing there. And raiment white as snow!
A - way with fears ! a - way with tears! Receive his fond em-brace !
11 Re-deem-er!" "King!" for-ev-er sing The loved ones gathered there !
PFH* # ~ 1 * *
_ — -0-2
^ — . -. *
i i
Chorus.
* *-* \
¥ J.*' 1 * iULpJl^
JU'-ft: -I *' * l
m
With songs of joy, Your tongues employ, Andre- peat the wel- come
•*" ♦ ■*" ^" ' ^ ?- ~S " ^ . ^ ' ^ *^ * ~^~
j y:
1 *1
*=£
sn
sound, " Sal
- vation's come! The wand'rer's home,The lost one now is found!"
■*»- * -p- ■*- * -£- -e- -e- J - - . - •*- • - 2N -
/*V
U • m * * *
^ * 11
l^' i
==H
V£> r? ^ • #
^ *—
+—
# • # |» • #
— H — H
i
^ tri /
Copyright, 1889, by E. 0. Excell. Used by per.
14
No. 13.
THROW OUT THE LIFE-LINE.
( MAY BE SUNG AS A SOLO AND CHORUS.)
Rev. E. S. Ufford.
E. S. U. Arr. by Geo. C. Stebbins.
1/ 1/ 1/
1. Throw out the life - line a - cross the dark wave, There is a
2. Throw out the life - line with hand quick and strong: Why do you
3. Throw out the life - line to dan - ger-fraught men, Sink-ing in
4. Soon will the sea - son of res - cue be o'er, Soon will they
mm
»=S=i:
*— 5
'"
m
«.' m
m
broth- er whom some one should save ; Some - bod - y's broth - er !
tar - ry, why lin - ger so long ? See ! he is sink - ing ; O
an - guish where you've nev- er been : Winds of temp- ta - tion and
drift to e - ter - ni - ty's shore, Haste then, my broth - er, no
prfr
1^3
£—
^-^— I-
iEE^
who then will dare To throw out
has - ten to -day — And out with
bil - lows of woe Will soon hurl
time for de - lay, But throw out
w w ^ w
the life - line, his per - il to share ?
the life - boat ! a - way, then, a - way !
them out where the dark wa-ters flow.
the life - line, and save them to - day.
1
Chorus
A-^S *»--£-
"S— N V V
n
S - A si
ii+M
Throw out the life-line ! Throw out the life-line ! Some one is drifting a - wav
hit >JVJ*JM
— fT — • — -m + — -^ — •-
/ — y — v — v — / — /
Throw out the life-line ! Throw out the life-line ! Some one is sinking to-day.
■ ft s s:sb sib w
Copyright, 1890, by The Biglow & Main Co. Used by permission.
15
flo. 14.
THE BEAUTIFUL LIGHT.
R. Kelso Carter.
JXO. R. SwENEY.
— ■»— s3--
0; «•.«'
K — V
^S
1. Je - sus is the Light, the Way, We are walk-ing in the light,
2. We who know our sins for - given, We are walk-ing in the light,
3. As we jour - neyhere be - low, We are walk-ing in the light,
4. We will sing his power to save, We are walk-ing in the light,
C ' g c ' "g-lU
j- — ^ — ^_^___^js — k_| ^___ v — 1 s — |
} M.» W. JZg.«_ m — +-± — m 1 1 , i-2 « + 1 1 1
We are walk-ing in the light; Shin-ing bright - er day by day,
We are walk- ing in the light; Find on earth the joy of heaven,
We are walk- ing in the light; O what joy and peace we know,
We are walk- ing in the light; We will tri - umph o'er the grave,
I I
_ «_._^__^ ♦ • , » . • • — m. — * * £-
* — /-
,-£--7 N—
>^
■ — N—
— — S \ ^ B c; \-i
i— i i
— i —
« 1- 5 i> V -iV V i> IC-
— *p— wi-. — ^ — p — r _p j ■ — *
-*H
We
are
.«_
— i— — i
— i
walk -
— * 9—t « 9. m .—~ m .S>. m .-.+ .; ^ — 1
i/ 1/ 1/
ing in the beau - ti - ful light of
1 1 ; * * «< * W-~ 1 1
God.
^"1
e^— ._
— f
— m —
— * —
— \
-/
-4— I i -Z—l -± -t V-
=^=M
Chorus.
m
mm
@m
We are walk - - ing in the light, We
Walk-ing in the light, beau- ti- ful light of God,
<L.*- 4E— 0L-*. <m
v-/-v— /:
iiM^
9 V V \
walk
Walk-ing in the light,
ing in the light,
We are walk
beau-ti- ful light of God,
3
Talking in the
ZMZTJEI3E;
/ / • / •
Copyright, 1887, by Jno. R. Sweney. Used by permission.
16
^4=r
THE BEAUTIFUL LIGHT. (Concluded.)
xfcal
n=stn
N S * N
- SP N — a
ing in the light, We are walking in the beautiful light of God.
light, Walking iu the light.
m
~ . — ~ 1 — ~| - — ;r m-m-m— — — j-i — -i — |-i
* ■ *
No. 15.
/ / / • / / / / y y
SINCE I FOUND MY SAVIOUR.
(MAY BE USED AS A SOLO AND CHORUS.)
E. E. Hewitt. Jho. R. SwENEY.
W i\i: i4-1 \ iiti£i-.tf*. \ i i' \
*-*
**=*=*
1. Life wears a dif-ferent face to me. Since I found my Sav- iour :
2. He sought me in his wondrous love. So I found my Sav- iour,
3. The pass-ing clouds may in- ter-vene. Since I found my Sav- iour.
4. A strons: hand kindlv holds mv own. Since I found mv Sav- iour,
:s?
mmmm
id:
, ' V
~-^r
*^=^
3 g -g-
»_f_2 *_ ♦_!_ «-L-« «-^ ■
Rich mer-cy at the cross I see, My dy- ing, liv - ing Sav- iour.
He brought salva-tion from a-bove. My dear, almight - y Sav- iour.
But he is with me, though unseen. My ev - er-pres - ent Sav- iour.
It leads me on- ward to the throne, O there I'll see my Sav- iour.
Wl l C.ti:i i rtf -^jf^\}- jM
Chorus.
^5 h fe^t v"
\ *
N=fcr-fc
I J m ^ J M \ i — n
♦ 1 m ~—m — * — « — ^-^ I- <$ ,_lZZj
Gold-en sunbeams 'round me play, Je - sus turns my night to day.
-* •-
IS S. N
ss — it-* — * — * — age of love
- ly of him
when the na-
JW-- -m-
ev - er -
who hath
tions shall
mm m \ +
El?±* S=
-bS^-SH
(*, • - m m . _• • • ■&
-S§ •
^ / ? ' 3
M-
— / 4 / —
3 ■
— y— ?
/ i\
m
last - ing and free, Let us reach them a kind, help - ing hand,
scat - tered our night. And pre -pares us for man-sions a- bove.
fol - low his star. Hail the dawn of the bright, gold - en hour.
P=?=7
#*
Chorus.
v
N N M ! K ft J
— «.' m x*-\-*T' m « g
Per-ish-ing souls. o - ver the sea: Jn -bi-lant
Per-ish-ing - rer the sea.
• -_ a -
m_ m m * •_
* . . :
*Z! { / /
m
jm__4t_m_.
/ / /
" v v S v
v V
, / / 1
J " > C m ^
s \ >
, N S ^ 1
/£, .
f ^\ ~ • m\ • m m
^ • « * T*
«r » *
V J ' m m ' m m m • m
^ m » ^m
fJ / 3 "
songs float-ing - ver the waves. Car- ry the joy. won-der-ful
Car -rv the i-v.
_*_ _*• .A -A. t jm__ a • 3
^2 •
m. m m m
-» -»
r^
* |« !• j* }• •<
j 4 J ^
; / / / /
/ / /
Copyright. 188j aud 1597. by Wm. J. Kirkpatric
22
PERISHING SOULS. (Concluded.)
t=±
rf
:*=£
joy,
Won-der-ful joy
Car - ry the news, glorious news, Je - sus saves
3
•
1/ J
-+-• *
J< - sua saves.
! Ji Jl
BE
1 fr~
:g=z*zpz — , -;- p=r=r=r=zp
_/ / — -i 1 y 1 1 y— Uh
/ / /
No. 21.
Alexcenah Thomas.
drfc
BRING THEM IN.
I, V i i
W. A. Ogdex.
\ h
<-, 1 1 1 1 ■ H, — H 1 1—
1. Hark ' 'tis the Shepherd's voice I hear, Out in the des-ert dark and drear,
2. Who'll go and help the Shepherd kind, Help him the wand'ring lambs to rind?
3. Out in the des-ert hear their cry ; Out on the mountain wild and high.
-«» — »---»
3z3zk=
W-
9_ 2
— I i-r-»l- — l-
-k-H-
!-♦ --i—m 1 ■
Calling the lambs who've gone astray, Far from the Shepherd's fold away.
Who'll bring the lost ones to the fold, Where they'll be sheltered from the cold?
Hark ! 'tis the Master speaks to thee," Go, rind my lambs where'er they be."
- -, * ' — ,-ja-JW 'f T' —^^r-m-T-s-^- — I
zy~y:oizgzzg
Chorus.
=fefc
±7-
i i ri
+
4> ,
j Bring them in. bring them in, Bring them in from the fields of sin ;
( Bring them in, bring them in, Bring the wand'rersto Je-sus.
I » » j»-
-Li — i — i —
1 I I
zzzz»:
I'sed by permissiou of W. A. Ogden.
23
No. 22.
JESUS LIVES
Rev. John R. Colgan
A. F. My:
B&
1. Might - y ar - my of the young, Lift the voice in cheer-ful song,
2. Tongues of chil-dren light and free, Tongues of youth all full of glee,
3. Je - sus lives, O bless - ed words ! King of kings, and Lord of lords!
BE-fcx:
1
S=£
8- m * -JL
I
^=s:
-Nz-fe
P
Send the welcome word a-long, Je-sus lives ! Once he died for you and me,
Sing to all on land and sea, Je-sus lives ! Light for you and f all mankind,
Lift the cross and sheathe the swords, Je-sus lives! See, he breaks the prison wall,
Bore our sins up - on the tree, Now he lives to make us free, Je-sus lives !
Sight for all by sin made blind, Life in Je-sus all may find, Je-sus lives !
Throws a- side the dreadful pall, Conquers death at once for all, Je-sus lives !
g l m p ■ - m - m - — - — m m m * m
n
W
: *— w :
v
ps=s
Chows.
i i h — j 1 — i i -j j —
jnl_js__jn_js.
Is K l\ N
im
Wait not till the shadows lengthen, till you old - er grow, Ral - ly now and
Wait lmt, Sing,
r
Wait not, wait not,
V / 1/ /
Sing for
-j 1 — ♦ — % — -& — -• — '
m
sine for Je - sus, ev - 'ry where you go, Lift your joy-ful voi - ces high,
ia * — m T~ p — J.
i2st
Je - sus,
From '• The Search Light." Used by permission.
/ '/ '/
24
JESUS LIVES! (Concluded.)
£*
4^v
=*:=*:
*~S~. 2 ,? i 3i
i
Chorus may repeat pp.
K K i» N -^-
^=*=^:
Ringing clear thro' earth and sky, Let the blessed tid-ings fly. Je - sus lives/
•\>l r r r r r t f \r r * t ■. * g-
k & u C > * — t ?-^ z=;?:=ir F
■p — p .-
ii
■/ / /
No. 23.
BLESSED BE THE NAME.
W. H. Clark.
Arr. bv Wm. J. Kirkpatrick.
Hl§f
All praise to him who reigns a- hove, In maj - es - ty su-preme ;
His name a - bove all names shall stand, Ex - alt - ed more and more,
His name shall be the Conn - sel - or, The might-y Prince of Peace,
Re-deem-er, Sav-iour, Friend of man Once ru-ined by the fall,
*-4
m
i
ti i
illlll
*^s?
d=j__m±jj
Who gave his Son for man to die, That he might man re - deem.
At God the Father's own right hand. Where an - gel hosts a - dore.
Of all earth's kingdoms Conqueror Whose reign shall nev - er cease.
Thou hast de- vised sal - va-tion's plan, For thou hast died for all.
~+
Bless-ed be the name, blessed be the namo, Blessed be the name of the Lord;
& ft r t J _ fc g i r r t *r ? i r f r •- r ~P^ 6 1 &« t
v -
— +r—
SI
^=£=£
4*
— l-r
^x»r
I
<^*
Blessed be the name, blessed be the name, Blessed be the name of the Lord.
I s I* >. * I
"2=^^:
Copyright of Win. J. Rirkpatrick. Used by permission.
25
/ /
No. 24. HE'LL MENTION THEM NO MORE.
•Thev shall not be mentioned unto him." — Ezek. xviii. 22.
E. E. Hewitt.
1 1 V
-m — W
JsO. It. StTENEY.
-PL
1. My soul sings glo - ry all the way, For Je - sus took rny sins a - way:
2. wondrous grace, so rich and free. That mentions not my sins to me,
3. But since he shows such grace to me, Let not his love for- got- ten be;
•4. My soul sings glo - ry all the wav, To von-der land of cloudless day,
^_^_«_! «.
■■ M 1 || | z
izzizzr
With pre- cious blood they're covered o'er, He'll men-tion them no more.
Since Je - sus in re - deem- ing love, Bro't mer - cy from a - bove.
O let my life its trib - ute bring. My heart ex - ult-ant sing.
And when I reach that hap - pv shore. I'll praise him ev - er - more.
BET
o-'~\
i
Choru
/
L >T— ^yH-gy ^
My sins are all tak-en a - way
My sins are all tak-en a -wav. My sins are all tak-en a - wav,
F7 J--2-— - =F
My sins are all tak-en a - way:
My sins are all tak-en a -way, My sins are all tak-en a wav:
& S »' mi m> 4»' .
= •— ^ — ^ — m — m- — m — m — w »-i
— ,^ -H -y— /— /— y— • • / •- — — >H —
zz^zrX=^=^=A
dcz*
* — W
glo - ry to his name ! O glo - ry to his name! My
■9 — •-
v
i
Copyright, 1892, bv Jno. R. Swenev. Used by permission.
26
1 ~f
HE'LL MENTION THEM NO MORE. (Concluded.)
J; N - >-j ^-J S J" k -* ■ = *-? Ji J . . . . j. -H
sins are all tak - en a - wav, tak - en a - way
l\ N N
tak -en a - way.
> N N !
zgzzzg »zzj[:
P !
/ / A A / A
f f ?
/ / /
No. 25. WE'LL NEVER SAY GOOD-BYE.
Mrs. E. W. Chapman. J. H. Tenney
J h\ |S-
&
* » — :* — «
«»_l_ — _-g_ _ ^_4 _-
1. Onr friends on earth we meet with pleasure. While swift the moments fly,
2. How joy - fill is the tho't that lingers. When lov'd ones cross death's sea.
:>. No part-ing words shall e'er he spok-en In that bright land of flow'rs.
):.tr (i :
1/ '
4? — ^H
-N
/
-■*. — «
J^-fc
■^h — ^ ar— <*-
IZZTZZN
is
Yet ev - er comes the tho't of sad-ness That we mu-t say good-bye.
That when our la - bors here are end- ed, With them we'll ev - er be.
But songs of joy, and peace, and gladness, Shall ev - er-more be ours.
9 ?-
m
Chorus. |
— v
S=S=5:
§♦=«,:
We'll nev-er say good-bye in heav'n, We'll never say good-bye; <r 00 d-bve,
.«► 4E 4t L41
h- -♦-
x=*=^:
-m. — **-.-+
IS, I
' 7
^— -K— IS
Repent Chorus pp.
For in that land of joy and song, We'll nev-er say good-bye.
^ -»~ m _ .
^*-^_4R
jfcg= _| ! 9 -lm— # z5 = fezMzii
1
Copyright. 1>;^, by John J. Hood. Used by permission.
27
No. 26.
FAITH IS THE VICTORY.
"The victory that oveicuiaeih the world, eveu our faith. '' — 1 John 5: 4.
Johx H. Yates
A !
Ira D. Sankey.
1. Encamped a- long the hills of light, Ye Christain sol - diers, rise,
2. His ban - ner o - ver us is love, Our sword the word of God;
3. On ev - 'ry hand the foe we tind Drawn up in dread ar - ray;
4. To him that o- ver-comesthe foe, White rai-mentshall be giv'n
9=*
m
Jl=Ev=3=iw — ^tl^
And press the bat - tie ere the night Shall veil the glow - ing skies;
We tread the road the saints a - bove With shouts of tri - uraph trod;
Let tents of ease be left be - hind, And on - ward to the fray ;
Be- fore the an - gels he shall know His name confessed in heaven
*
-i — m m — •- i— -
I m j» «» ■ m
^m
A-gainst the foe in vales be-low, Let all our strength be hurled;
By faith they. like a whirlwind's breath, Swept on o'erev - 'ry field;
Sal - va - tion'shel-met on each head, With truth all girt a - bout,
Then on - ward from the hills of light, Our hearts with love a - flame ;
S
: ,"« f l A I'l
Faith is the vie - to - ry. we know, That o -
The faith by which they conquered Death Is still
Theearth shall trem-ble'neath our tread. And e -
We'll van-quish all the hosts of night, In Je
vercomes the world,
our shin - ing shield,
cho with our shout,
sus' conquering name.
a H m-
u_-__ — y.** — ♦-
I
1* i~m -\-m 1
Copyright, 1881, b~ The Biglow & Main Co. Used bv permission.
28
FAITH IS THE VICTORY. (Concluded.)
Chorus.
#
IS 1
1 \-, —
r^—\ f>
m • + *
S
^ _
=*=5 : ^
f/TV / ^ •» »
/
Faith is the
Faith is the
IS
vie -
vie -
— i U —
to - ry!
to - ry !
*X 7f — ♦-
Faith ' is
Faith is
— •—
the
the
vie
vie
to - ry !
to - ry !
ffifl 2 1 +
«
m + •
m *
i— •
(r). ^* r * *
^* "f
ti» 7 K j j J
..'• ...
9 9 •
K 7 ■ *
*
V * / /
/
/
/ >
•
ili
_*. «L
: VF :
S§
i
glo - ri - ous vie - to - ry, That o
+ j^ + ^ ^ b*. +-
ver-comes the world.
[HI
No. 27.
DRAW ME TO THEE.
Fax xy J. Crosby.
Wm. J. Kirkpatrick.
j — v
1. Out on the midnight deep Hear thou my cry. Cometo my res-cue.Lord.
2. Hope of the des - o- late.Light of the soul, Xow of my lone-ly bark
3. Lord, at the o - pen door Let mecome in, Heal thou my broken heart.
»*3;
^p5=F*
i=z.
V
UllIAL
1
Save or I die. Let not the storm - y waves Break o- ver me.
Take thou con - trol. Yon - der the Ark of Grace Dim - ly I see.
\Yea - ry of sin. Close to thy bleed- ing side Still would I be.
'JJJ l OJjJlJI
Reach out thy lovingarm. Draw me to thee. Draw me to thee, Saviour. Draw me to thee
I).S. — Reach outthylovingarm, Draw metothee.
S N
/ /
1885, Copyright of Wm. J. Kirkputrick. Used bv periniisk
29
■*=?-
■"*—*-
No. 28.
BEAUTIFUL WATERS OF EDEN.
Fanny J. Cro
Adam Geibel.
1. Mur-mur-ing soft - ly, car-ol-ing gent - ly, Mu-sic en-chant-ing
2. Si- lent -ly mus-ing, bliss-ful- ly gaz - ing In - to the fu - ture
.8. There our Re - deem - er, lov- ing Re - deem - er, Gath-ers the faith - ful
m
m
1/ / 1/
jjjgjpi
com-
teem-
safe
O - ver the wa-ters. beau-ti
eth to me; - ver the wa-ters. beau-ti - ful wa-ters, Where in the
ing with light, Sweet-ly the ech -oea float-ing a-round me. Whisper of
on his breast. Out of the changing in - to the changeless, Out of the
-+■- ■+■- -i&- . ~ — *, » . _ _ _ . <»- Y iMt -+■-
home land soon I shall be. How like a vis - ion ten - der ■
E - den love- ly and bright, Eden, where sum - mer, fade - less,
toil - ing in - to the rest. Welcome the mo - ment when to
1/
ly
e ■
his
m
/2—<- 4
— &-£..
m
= E — \ r~-
— «>- ' — m ■ * — ^ — c -
#*
steal - ing - ver ray spir - it wea-ry op-pressed ; Drawing me
ter - nal, Scat-ters its ros - es blooming for aye ; There is no
pres - ence. Joy -ful my spir - it flies like a bird; what a
». \
V
y ' 7 m * * »
aj . j
N N I
i ! s > nJ
m • m • A ,1 1
\F\)- : — h-&-*—+m» ** [» ■»
W «■' *
\-9"-'Z9^\
• 2 •
1 '+Z ~ z.
^ - y / /
up- ward, urging me for- ward,
part - ing, there is no weep-ing,
mor-row, what a meet-ing,
j> . « . m m m ♦ * "•"•
Tell-ing of sunshine, rapture and rest.
Sor-row and sigh-ing van-ish a - way.
Eve hath not seen it, ear hath not heard.
/(•V 1, ^ • ji • |f f p !
• i
1 ' 1
• ' • * 1
VF^Jt^ — ' ! b — b — i> 1 ±-i — i«— i
_+_ — ^ — /_
t 9 - *
^£ 1
^-^{? — i 1 / — y — /__>_« i_(ft_^
1 1
~~ r
/ / /
Copyright, 1M7, bj V.'iu. J. Kirkpatrick.
30
BEAUTIFUL WATERS OF EDEN. (Concluded.)
Churls. K jy
Mur-mur-ing soft - ly, car - ol - ing gen - tly, Mu - sic en -
Mm muring soft-ly, car-ol-ing gen - tly,
<m * <9
-£-^
]m m <m m m ** -
&&:
/ • / /
1/ '/ V ,1
F-f-f H^
I ^H 'IT
chant - ing com-eth to me; - ver the wa - ters, beau-ti-ful
Mu-sic eirchaut-iug O-ver the wa- ters,
> V V i / 7^ / /
■&- .-
4^4 1 £_£_£-
trtrt
I
I/ I/ l/
n \
wa - ters, Where in the home land Boon I shall be.
beau - ti - ful wa - ters, Where in the home laud
m=£:
-/— /— fr— ; / — / — * — /-
No. 29.
MY SAVIOUR.
Dora Greexwell.
-A- 1— • — <► — «-
WM. J. KrRK PATRICK.
— ^^ — IS — ! — .
-m J- J — I
1. I am not skill'd to understand What God hath will'd, what God hath plann'd;
2. I take him at his word indeed :" Christ died for sinners," this I read ;
3. That lie should leave his place on high. And come for sin - ful man to die,
4. And O! that he ful-filled may see The trav-ail of his soul in me,
5. Yea, liv-ing, dy-ing, let mebring My strength, my solace from this spring,
.__> - _ _ , 9 4L «. «— !-* * * *— r-* * (*-
on -lv know at his right hand Stands One who is mv Sav-iour!
For in my heart I rind a need Of him to be my Sav-iour!
You count it strange?— so once did I, Be - fore I knew my Sav-iour!
And with his work con-tent- ed be, As I with my dear Sav-iour!
That he who lives to be my King Once died to be my Sav-iour!
m
jf. a.
m
si
iill
1/ / I
1685. Copyright of Win. J. Kirkpatriok. Used by permission.
31
No. 30. WHEN OUR SHIPS COME SAILING HOME.
(SOLO. OR DUET AND CHORUS.)
Rev. Johnson Oatman, Jr.
*a=
*=£
Jno. R. Sweney.
^
1. When our ships have crossed the ocean, and been all a-round the world,
2. But if there is such re-joic-ing to see ves- sels here get home,
3. O me-thinks I hear the an -gels shout," Here comes an earthly bark,
4. So with Je - sus as our Cap-tain we ex - pect to gain that shore.
1
.1/
When they safe - ly gain
When we' know that in
She has found her way
We ex - pect to cast
the ha- ven, and their sails a - gain are furled ;
a lit - tie while these ships a - gain will roam ;
to heav-en, tho' the way was rough and dark ;
our an-chor there, and stay for ev - er-more;
^=^
HI
Ht~ *"
3=*
^--z-&-
We re - joice to see them en- ter, and to know the anchor's cast,
what must it be in heav-en when a ransomed soul comes in,
But she had a light to guide her, 'twas the bright and morning star,
And we know our loved ones will be there to greet us when we come.
m
S V. ^ f* * ^- ^-hV
— i 1— j— m - m h — w wr~-ii—
A —
]S=*:
^
Rais-ing joy - ful shouts of welcome, for our ships are home at last.
To go out no more for - ev - er on the storm- y sea of sin?
It has guid - ed mil-lions o - ver from that dis-tantland a - far."
They will join in songs of rapture, "Welcome home, O welcome home.'
m
Chorus.
k- — • 1— I—
=fc
■=K
-9 im-
~W 9 9"
what sing-ing, O what shouting, when our ships come sail - ing
% \ r g / i —4-^ ^-' f f i g l £ =£
v g h r r t '•— v v \ r— t r r
Copyright, 1894, by Jno. R. Sweney. Us
by permission.
32
WHEN OUR SHIPS COME SAILING HOME. (Concluded.)
-h^ ; - v — i^ 1 —\-#w~i — *
1 ! ^ g g
1— Hi*-! — • — «» — ♦-
home ; Thev have stood the might v tempest, thev have crossed the ocean's foam;
* M -
- — i / — / — I— ^— — m—m — * — ■£ — 51 5 hi — — hi ■£ — jm — ^ — 1
1/ / 1/ V
g I s «E _£ ^— * — h- fc N iv-4
^ v
fc=s=$=
1
They have pass'd o'er storm- y bil-lows, but they now have gained the shore,
iez:*-.-*:
^ £_ Ly ^ ^ y
7^-/—^e
> — iv
j*=a-
^ K fe-1^ — IV, — |\ s S
I:
9-+-+—3T-W
fJ / /
The an -chor's cast, they're home at last, the voy'ge is safe- lv o'er.
*•-£:
±3=*-
/ * — / — *
/ / / /
v — / — / £ — ♦_ IJ
No. 31.
John Keble.
SUN OF MY SOUL.
(HURSLEY. L. M.)
:£h* ^zm±%-^-2-
aszat
Fr. Peter Ritter.
4-
-i h, — \ — 1 — h, .
1. Sun of my soul, thou Sav- iour dear, It is not night if thou be near :
2. When the soft dews of kind - lv sleep My wearied eve - lids gen - tly steep,
r . I — 1 * I
WE 1 I 1 II
W-
111=11
1 1 1
-i"
iE^^Pl-^E^b^l
1 i ^r 1^1 1 1
O may no earth-born cloud a - rise To hide thee from thy serv-ant's eyes.
Be my last thought, how sweet to rest For-ev- er on my Sav-iour's breast.
m
-*■- -&-
1
Abide with me from morn till eve,
For without thee I cannot live;
Abide with me when night is nigh,
For without thee I dare not die.
H— R N— 3
. 1 '|- 1 1
4 If some poor wand'ring child of thine
Have spurned, to-day, the voice divine,
Now, Lord, the gracious work begin ;
Let him no more lie down in sin.
33
No. 32.
A SHOUT OF VICTORY.
L. H. Edmunds.
at-
^-z^Vz^-zijVzqv^^:
3=3
WM, J. KlRKPATRICK.
--^=--4--
1. March on, march on, fol-low the mighty Commander ; March on, march on ;
2. March on, march on; joy-ful- ly singing, ho- san- na; March on, march on ;
3. March on, marcli on ; still by his might o- ver- coming ; March on, march on ;
1 1 ■ m ."\ s. \
-*~^-^
-/-
— / — \/-\/-
— I 1 — '—+-±J
r I I
Je - sus our Cap- tain and Lord; March on, march on; see that your
fight - ing the bat- tie of faith; March on, march on; man-ful-ly
sing-ing his glo - ry and grace; March on, march on; till in the
« • m m *> P* -(« - • -*-' m . + . m . -+- -»- ♦
m
—I ■•--= *. «l S •« -»
steps nev - er fal - ter, March on, march on, heed- ing his ev - 'ry word,
bear- ing his ban - ner, March on, march on, faith- fa 1 e'en un - to death,
heav- en - ly pal - ace, March on, march on, we shall be- hold his face.
P=i ?=$?==£?=£
±~
1
There's a song, that blends with prayer, There's
There's a song, that blends with prayer,
shout up- on the air; 'Tis
There's a 6hont up-ontheair,
song of grace so
'Tis a song
'2-«-&-*-
t=t
*-*-'-
:fc=e=fcz3:
«=Sc
-S- 5
\—V-\
1890, Copyright of Wm. J. Kirkpatrick. Used by permission.
34
*=^=^
?-*-
A SHOUT OF VICTORY. (Concluded.)
r\ £ -— ' — — ■ " —
— \ V
\ ■JLZ-m-'- — ^— — m- •- ^-4»-£-
I ' 1 1 II
-%-*-% -± — g J *i g[-
zjz*j^. d-4
! ^! ■—— — -! • • •
^ 2 ^ ^ II
\y | - — -j - — -j ^j
free, 'Tis a shout of vie - to -
of grace so free, 'Tis a shout, the shout of
i r p r.-
rv v ic- to- ry.
vie - to - ry.
rm\*^ 1 ' !
1* I ' 1 1
5 . * . /2 ■ 1 1
gj?tt X L-V> r* ' * '
>* * u» n* ^ i* m ia
ii II
•^ ,* | | | |
II
i i i ||
> I / i
1 / " 1 / 1 1/
No. 33. PRAISE THE LORD, YE HEAVENS.
John Kempthorne.
Wm. J. Kirkpatrick:.
*--*■«-
! \ l-r- •-
t>
:«4Z^:
1. Praise the Lord! ye heavens, adore him ; Praise him, angels in the height;
2. Praise the Lord, for he hath spo - ken ; Worlds his mighty voice o- beyed ;
3. Praise the Lord, for he is glo- rious ; ISTev - er shall his promise fail ;
115
4—*-
1 - 1 .L L. =T#^
» — S-*-S — »-=— »-f-i £
i
-_t_2_i_ — i — 1_ — i-
i
Sun and moon, rejoice he- fore him;
Laws which nev-er shall be bro - ken,
God has made his saints vic-to - rious:
I
—7 > f-
-&.-
5:
Praise him, all ye stars of light.
For their guidance he hath made.
Sin and death shall not prevail.
I S P> fe > ^
-*— ■*-
-*-.-
Chorus.
Hal- le - lu - jah ! hal- le
lu
^2-
-tf g -g
±=
1—
jah ! Praise the Lord and magnify his name !
=:«=zS:i^zri__S__kn:*=S^_Jqz^=r|
:t:
-N--V-J— ' i *l 1 J JUS — -£--&-*— vn-
Hal- le - lu- jah ! hal- le - lu-jah_[ Praise the Lord ! his mightvpow'r proclaim.
1886, Copyright of Wm. J. Kirkpatrick.
Used bv permission.
35
No. 34.
FORWARD IN HIS NAME.
S. C. Kirk.
#--4r h-
~S~ —
Sd 4 .»
J ^--v
1 IS
Adam Geibel.
I
SB
1. The long roll call is sound - ing, Let Is - ra - el a -wake! And
2. Chris - tian do not weak - en We're near-ing Sa- tan'sgrounds,His
3. The hour is here for mov - ing, Wait not the mor-row ssun ; The
ev - 'ry heart re
king-dom must be
Church our faith is
spond - ing New zeal and cour-age take. With all up-
shak - en From cen- tre to its bounds. Our weak-ness
prov - ing.The vie - fry must be won. Then gird the
-•-i-ff5-
42.
— t
-m- -m~
i
fe±=r:
i i
i/ i
on the al - tar And spir - it all a - glow, We can- not stay nor
shall not mat - ter, Un-less it comes of doubt; One shall a thou-sand
ar - mor, broth - er, To loi - ter would be shame; Press close to one an -
* -+- -p- -*.*- . m . ; ^. _^_ ^- &»-: -m - -+- -*-
fal - ter When du - ty bids us go. )
scat - ter, And two ten thousand rout. > For - ward
oth - er, And for- ward in his name. J For-ward march,
j2_ -•- JW _ _ _ _ -& .
in his name,
1 — r
Tr-r
^=fc^=^=^=^ =fe±k
i^=*:
BE=±E
N i
it
+-4— I
-j— t-i *~J — h-^-ri
III"! I l
For- ward in his name,Press close to one anoth-er, And forward in his name.
Forward march,
11 X
mm
Copyright, 183", by Wm. J. Kirkpatrick.
36
No. 35.
WAVE THE ROYAL BANNER.
J. Lincoln Hall.
LI is
9
1. Wave the roy - at ban - ner! Raise the standard high ! 'Tis the sign of
2. He for our re-demp-tion Came to earth and died, He is gone be -
3. Let us ev - er on - ward; Xev - er let us fear, Lift the standard
OJ
> r-
1-1 _P>
ISI3E-
P
K
s
-•->■#-•—■» --*— *
Itfl
' * 4* *
• * <* » 1 * * **«. .
9 9
I I
tri - uiuph, Pledge of vic-to - ry. M e will gladly, sweetly sing, As we
fore us As our Friend and Guide. Now is past the pain and shame, But his
high - er, Vic - to- rv is near. We will gladly, sweet-ly sing, As we
k^ * - .- _ - - - : - -
tr
' i
IT -♦- P»
/ l )/
fol-low Christ our King. Gladsome off 'rings to him bring; Hallelu - jah !
love is still the same, Praise ye then his glorious name; Halle- lu - jah!
fol-low Christ our King, Gladsome off 'rings to him bring ; Hallelu - jah !
- - - J M
— /-
3t=J=
/-L — £q — tj — > J UN j
Chorus.
I I '/ - I
W ave the roj'-al ban-ner! Raise the standard high ! 'Tis the sign of triumph,
Wave the ban -ner, stand - aid high: sigii of tn-uniph,
1
— i —
— •—
1
M» . 1
1 r
— ^__ —
1 r '
9
■ j# « j m •
— •-- — i
i
f^ 1
H — •— ■
n f> !
\ i
\ K !
1 M h
^N
v 1 h
i
L j
gP^^tt
m -•-
*--*—*-
i * -M J=g
r*i~?tfi
^-^::
in^j_f|
tr ^-^~
» » • * .
•L, J^J ♦J^
■J * d»'fl -
^_£-*-L
9 -'—if-±AA
The pledge of victory, 'Tis the sign of triumph, The pledge of victo-ry.
I
Copyright, 1695, by Hall-Mack Co. Used by permission.
37
l ~i
No. 36.
PRAISE THE LORD IN SONG!
W. F. S.
W. F. Sherwix.
I s k— I =i — IN— -fer-i ff=
5 « «» * ■< »* 0* 5 • ^~ ' • ■• 1
1. Praise the Lord in song! and with glad ac - claim Glo - ri - fy him
2. Hal - le - lu - jahs swell from the old and young, Lit - tie child and
3. Yet a - gain in song be his name a - dored, For the beams of
D.C.
3T.ZHS:
-Praise the Lord
I l
ms=
in song! and with glad ac-claim.
etc.
_*_L
Laud and hon - or be to his
And en - rapt-ured be sv - 'ry
In the light that shines from the
*— fc
: ^~ T ~ gj:
ho - ly name,
human tongue,
Ho-lv Word,
;]
^vFlNE
U £ AU±M
Let the white-robed host of the
How the Sav-iour came from the
Ere we reach the home of the
Instrument.
I^=|
jr—% — -J — 2 — i . ■ P ^-— 9
- A — ~^ i% — ^i zz^ni^il ^ — —
realms a - bove Strike their harps in ad
heav- 'nly throne To a world in dark-
pure and blest, And the soul's e - ter -
■ o - ra - tion, While the choirs of
ness ly - ing ; How he bore our
nal lei - sure, If we come to
m
*
Hi
-ft- 1
—IS fc n
J
- A
— ^ . u —
, , D.a
^-:-S=
-%-
1 1
mi 2
-r^s"
-4 j j ±j i^
0> * ■'■/
earth
sins
Christ,
1 1
■E2ri2:kikJ —
to Re -
on the
he will
deem-
cross
give
m
—m
ing Love
a - lone,
us rest,
- tr ^
Give the
To re -
And the
~i
praise of their sal - va - tion.
deem our souls from dy - ing.
peace that knows no meas- ure.
-r l jp* IT — i]
**#?&-
—0
A
-0-
— #— — ■ —
r -#•
Copyright, 1880, by Scribner & Co. Used by per.
38
No. 37
JUST A LITTLE SUNSHINE.
E. E. Hewitt.
WM. J. IvIRKPATEICK,
W2 J. fC "p d
~h
B
^=1?
1. Just a lit- tie sun-shine ev - 'ry where we go, - ver darkened
2. Like the bless- ed Mas - ter, in this life, are we Sent to com- fort
3. Just a lit- tie sun-shine makes the ros-es grow, In the bar-ren
Erb-fc-^-
r^-J—
:mzzm:
~af—w~. — m — g
* >
S-*
S
Pas
^ -5-* -^ -W-- -*L *
path -ways, rays of bless - ing throw ; Gold - en rays of glad- ness
oth - ers, pub - lish lib - er - ty ; "Will - ing hands out-reach- ing,
plac - es, flow'rs be - gin to show ; Lift the clouds of sor - row,
I I
T
-«-!—♦-
> v \r v U t==&z=
', >
$
:zi: 9
N * \
Fine.
___^_^. i _^_g_i_^_ i _§_ v __ w _ v — »_l^ *_ ^zn
/ 1/ '
from a lov -ing heart Help the world to brighten ; let us do our part.
strengthen-ing the weak, In the name of Je - sus, con -so - la-tion speak.
cheer the hour of gloom, Fruits of grace will ri - pen for ira-mor-tal bloom.
A-
&-±— & — <5>
Chorus.
D.S. — Tell - ing love's sweet story, ev - 'ry where we go.
1r+-± '
Zg=tgv=f!zigZ
- — I g • w — <&- *
— V
Sunshine, sunshine, just a lit - tie sunshine, Bear-ing heavenly gladness
IS
m
V t V t \ I
* ' * L 9 ♦ * W~
D.S.
?i
m
r^=^.
through this world below ; Sun-shine, sun-shine, just a lit - tie sun-shine,
mi
££
8 ! /
Copyright, 1597, by Wm. J. Kirkpatrick.
I> t / ',
mm
CO
No. 38.
MUST TELL JESUS.
E. A. H.
Rev. Elisija A. Hoffman.
-I
/ / / / I ■/
1. I must tell Je- sus all of my tri - als; I can-not bear these
2. I must tell Je - sus all of my trou-bles; He is a kind, com-
3. Tempted and tried, I need a great Sav-iour, One "who can help my
4. O how the world to e - vil al - lures me ! O how my heart is
S3
bcSzjc
'/ 1/ — / !/ '/ '/ I
bur - dens a - lone; In my dis - tress he kind - ly will help me;
pas - sion-ate Friend; If I* but ask him, he will de - liv - er,
bur - dens to bear; I must tell Je - sus, I must tell Je - sus;
tempt-ed to sin ! I must tell Je - sus and he will help me
«_i .0L
•"2:
±X
' m z r I i * - •
♦ m. g \ . ; •:_«. * *
m^\
1— -—+--. — I — • — ^^1 >*=*— \— L -
CHORT'S.
izszzazzm:
He ev - er loves and cares for his own.
Make of my trou-bles quick-ly an end.
He all my cares and sor-rows will sbare.
O - ver the world the vict'ry to win.
y V V I
I must tell Je - sus,
51^
/ /
N i
~E£I=*
m
I most tell Je - sus, I can-not bear ray burdens a - lone; I must tell
-0- -•■- -m- -•■- ' -*■-. £__ -*~
±k
Si
|S fS fS
rtf.
11 j: J. .^J taJ J
fi l l' m-l m + 2> r <*-*-<* JJ
Je - sus, I must tell Je - sus ; Je- sus can help me, Je- sus a - lone.
7W.—W.:
r -r.r r 'i ^^l
i / / / \
Copyright, 1894, bv The Hoffman Music Co. Used by permission.
40
No. 39.
Fann
HE HIDETH MY SOUL.
!#%■#
*-*■
y J. Crosby.
Moderato.
WM. J. KlRKPATRICK.
-«h ~x r
^=jv
\ • — ♦ — *
g=g
d d JL_T J
1/ 1/
A won- der- ful Sav-iour is Je - sus,ray Lord, A won-der-ful
A won- der- ful Sav- iour is Je - sus,my Lord, He tak - eth my
With number- less blessings each moment he crowns, And fill'd with his
When clothed in his brightness transported I rise To meet hirn in
_^_. .*_ .p. -m.
Wh Mr $ r r r r ^ zp=t--=t==^==H^±=?-r
- fL ^— /— •=/ — ?— / — / — / — > ' K g > — 1 *— ■-/ — £ — /-
* *
N— N — I
H —
Sav-iour to me,
bur- den a - way,
ful- ness di - vine,
clouds of the sky,
ah K — I
-•-4-— « — « 1
f f
V V
He hid - eth my soul in the cleft of the rock,
He hold- eth me up, and I shall not be moved,
I sing in my rap-lure, 0, glo - ry to God
His per - feet sal - va- tion, his won- der- ful love,
f-
! — ^ 1_ y — i_|«.-i — m. — m. — Uy *a ^ ^ y y — 1_^-«_^ — ^ — m—*
Choeus.
*-V-^:
^--^
-S *- -^-i-aF^^-H-l
i I
Where riv- ers of pleasure I see. He hid-eth my soul in the cleft of the rock,
He giveth me strength as my day.
For such a Redeem-er as mine.
I'll shout with the millions on high.
-<* -JM^-
liSii
g=g=F=g=S
T :CL L I
/— ?-y I J
*— ai 1 h 5 — i iv«— a-
•gl'-'« y
i> is k i fc k f s fc s^?
^| hr iS 1 iS \—& lS— I — ' — ■
That shadows a dry, thirsty land ; He hideth my life in the depths of his love,
S3?
_ l+_ — , — _|— _i_i__ — H 1_ — | 1 — _p.«j»_je_ie. — i
Ll__ 1 — L ^ — i 1 ^ — y_i_/_v_/ — i 1
3Et
^=^z^z^zzfcjv
•gr » » wir-ai-^
-/— /
i his hand.
ill
i/
And covers me there with his hand, And covers me there with his hand.
H*. -<±- .+. .<*- Zfl .^»/^l«. A. .*_• X
/ / '/ ' / /
1890, Copyright of Wm. J. Kirkpatrick. Used by permission.
;rm
41
No. 40. 'TIS THE BLESSED HOUR OF PRAYER.
went into the temple at the hour of prayer." — Acts iii. 1.
Fanny J. Crosby.
W. H. Doane.
1. 'Tis
2. 'Tis
3. 'Tis
4. At
1/ "1/
the bless - ed hour of pray'r, when our hearts lowly bend, And we
the bless - ed bour of pray'r, when the Saviour draws near, With a
the bless- ed hour of pray'r, when the tempted and tried To the
the bless - ed hour of pray'r, trust-ing him we be- lieve That the
:(2=£zt±
4e
^ » ezq
-(2 !•— «—
—I — « — i \ — m— |- m-'-~ pj 1- — ^ i J* P«»- • #.jJ5_.» — S-J
I. I ^ I 1/ ^ 1/
/I 1/ > >
gath- er to Je - sus, our Sav-iour and Friend ; If we come to him in
ten- der com-pas- sion his chil-dren to hear; When he tells us we may
Saviour who loves them their sor-row con- fide ; With a sym - pa-thiz-ing
bless-ing we're needing we'll sure - ly re-ceive, In the ful-nessof this
I
m
*
zfc:r=£:
-p
3F-
&
: i
& — ^-L « «p ♦-L,^ -m — ••-J—*' -«*--— 4^1-+ — « — -W — *♦-'
'/ '/
faith, his pro- tec-tion to share, What a balm for thewea-ry! O how
cast at his feet ev - 'ry care, What a balm for thewea-ry! how
heart he re-moves ev - 'ry care; What a balm for thewea-ry! how
trust we shall lose ev - 'ry care; What a balm for thewea-ry! how
I^eeS^
s:
/ — /-
1?=M:
I I '
Z>.£. — What a balm for the wea - ry ! how
Fixe. Chorfs. k |^| , D.S.
rs i 1 1 = rn[rn>~i N i J i n Pi ^ J-J-H^ =q
i ~ r rj" i
sweet to be there! Bless-ed hour of prayer, Blessed hour of prayer:
sweet to be there !
Copyright, 1880, by W. H. Doane. Used by permis
42
No. 41.
JESUS FOR ME.
W. J. K.
II
*±
JSfcH
WM. J. KlRKPATEICK.
J , !-
1. Je - sus, my Sav-iour, is all things to me, 0, what a wonder- ful
2. Je - sus, in sickness, and Je - sus in health, Je- sus in pov-er-ty,
3. He is my Ref - uge, my Rock and my Tow'r, He is my Fortress, my
4. He is my Proph-et, my Priest and my King, He is my Bread of Life,
5. Je - sus in sor-row, in joy, or in pain, Je - sus my Treasure in
i 1-
■&-*—
mzzs:
A 1 1 1
i
-&-
W
-nl — WL
Sav-iour is he: Guid- ing, pro - tect - ing, o'er life's roll- ing sea,
com- fort or wealth, Sun-shine or tem- pest, what- ev - er it be,
Strength and my Pow'r; Life Ev - er - last - ing, my Daysman is he,
Fountain and Spring; Bright Sun of Righteous-ness, Day-star is he,
loss or in gain ; Con- stant Corn-pan - ion, wher- e'er I may be,
JL- M- -0L- -<SZ-
-C 1 -■ ! —I A ! 1 I !_
Q* J i K I
I
Ceiokus.
JUfl MU «! -J-h- •' ^
1
4
]
\JT7 • • * 1 — ;
1-
— m—
j
A 1 '4 ' : * *V
gi y
, Might - y De -
He is my
Bless- ed Re- <
Horn of Sal -
Liv- ing or
liv - 'rer —
safe - ty —
leem - er —
va - tion —
dv - ing —
-*- |
~ # 1* 1
Je-
Je-
Je-
Je-
Je-
1
— •—
sus
sus
sus
sus
sus
1
— • — 1
for
for
for
for
for
me.
me.
me.
me.
me!
-r- ■ ••— = 1
1
. Je - sus for
rrT~ r-f
me,
v^_3 l / — —
I
L r-
— — *
hj^N
Sill
Je - sus for me, All the time, ev - 'ry-where, Je - sus for me.
-02-
-*—^
1885, Copyright of ffm. J. Kirkpatrick. Used by permission.
43
No. 42. THE GRACE AND JOY OF SALVATION.
Rev. S. W. Cope.
A. S. Clark.
+==&=
-hV
*=
W=2:
*»- -49-
1. O the grace that brings sal - va - tion, To the wea - ry, sin- sick soul;
2. O the grace so free - ly giv - en, To up - hold me on the way ;
3. And when dy - ing still I'll trust him. Trust him with-out doubt or fear-
**=*
Ji P — I
49 49 -* « 49 •— I— 49 ^ 5g ^ ^-1
'/
O the joy of sins for - giv - en, I am ev-'ry whit made whole:
O the bliss- ful hope of heav- en, Grow-ing bright-er ev - 'ry day :
And shall safe - ly cross the Jor - dan, 'Mid tri - umph-ant songs of cheer:
5* — «*-
- m —\-H49- •■ 49 •-
\\ iV
S V
\ N S V
— -if-
- ^j »j» f
-*? 49 <» 49 49-
WM
/ / - - - - -
Je - sus is my pre- cious Sav-iour, In my heart he dwells supreme ;
I will stay my faith on Je - sus, On his might- y strength depend ;
There to rest be - yond the riv - er, In mv home so fair and bright;
J±-49- '
-<M. *S_ *t>_
m
P
v v • /
^ ^ ^
— S ^v
&— ^
9 £ I j -f — «
izr:
Glo - ry, hon - or, and sal- va - tion, This shall be my song and theme
And will run the race with pa- tience, He will keep me to the end.
Which the Sav- iour has pre-pared me, In that land of pure de-light.
-^- -^- -»■- ~ -m- -49- -•-- -^- -<*- - m - m
— *
Chorus.
P^-
s
i= — Mi
-49- m
O the grace that brings sal-va - - -tion, Through his
the grace that brings sal - va - tion, brings sal - va - tion, Through his
Copyright, 1897, by ^Vm. J. Kirkpatrick.
3-y-
■V-T
mm\
44
THE GRACE AND JOY OF SALVATION. (Concluded.)
-m-±-w— : ai — -■• — £
— 1 1— m-± — I — I-
bless
ed ho - ly name
For through sun
shine
bless- ed ho- ly name. Through his bless - ed ho - ly name, For through sunshine, and thro' shadow,
JUut.
iM-M.
pmm
*=X
m
— hj — i— •?■
and thro' shad - - ow, Praise the Lord it's just the same.
For through sun-shine and thro' shad- o\v, Praise the Lord, praise the Lord, it's just the same.
-^..'« _^» .^- .^..» _^_ _^._» _^_ _^..» ,^_
v— / — y— y-
y 1/
ndf
~*— ? — £=£— £
i
No. 43.
MAKE ME MORE LIKE JESUS.
Mrs. M. E. Baldwin.
Adam Geibel.
r SE | ^-j-J-^
: \ P
H
1. Heav'n-ly Fa- ther, this I pray, Make me more like Je - sus ;
2. Fa- ther, teach me day by day, To be more like Je - sus !
3. In sub- mis- sion, faith, and love, Make me more like Je -
Lead me in the heav'n-ly way, Make me more like Je - sus.
Teach me how to watch and pray, And be more like Je - sus.
Grant this bless - ing from a - bove, Make me more like Je - sus.
g{H t-^»— n»— 1»-
5f
^<*
-&— £
-* -m-
/ / 1/ >
Z>.£. — Lead me in the heav'n-ly way, Make me more like Je - sus.
# Chorus. iw i h *. i D.S.
-i Nr
-V
•=*-
m
More and more, more and more, More and more like Je - sus ;
4-j* J" -~- ~~- -~- |S ' -*- «: « ^ .
fc ft~T r r i r r- =^ q^H g ^=g -T~ris ::: — g — i
Copyright, 1897, by \?m. J. Kirkpatrick.
45
No. 44.
HE IS MINE, I AM HIS.
Grace Elizabeth Cobb.
9 1
v |
!
- S -fcl
AL JiU ^ X N
— i^
|% \ fa s w \J__J ^_
— » —
• V-^1
(&fi^-k — ' W
-m-
—m — m * — m — m — —»—\-+ ^~
«r
•.-.»■_-
— • «■ ♦ * ^m—m -9— L
1/ 1/
1
1. Bless-ed Lil ■
■ v of the Val - lev, how fair is
he!
He is
2. Let me sing
of all his nier-cies, of his kind- ness
true,
He is
3. Tho' he lead
me thro' the val - ley of the shade of
death,
He is
£5! \?-4r-Z %
♦
g f T r r - ' ff rf 1 "T
— * —
1
KfJA--*— -? — W- — w —
-*-
_4* — ^ — ^ — ^ y — V — k M — __i_
t
"*- -1
X.
wz
:<,=*=*:
mine,
mine,
mine.
I am his;
I am his;
I am his;
m
1/ - is y
Sweet-er than the an -gels' mu-sic is his
Fresh at morn, and in the evening, comes a
Should I fear, when O, so ten-der- ly he
tfF ^-^r 3 *-* — BE
t*-fc-4
•=£=£:z^=£=i=^:
D.S. — Sweeter than the angels' mu- sic is
Fixe.
his
7BJ.
voice to me,
bless- ing new
whis - per- eth,
He
He
He
fir,
N-J^->
■N 1 *
is mine,
is mine,
is mine,
I am his, Where the lil - ies fair are
I am his! With the deep'ning shadows
I am hisl For the sunshine of his
voice to
\—\-
1 V—N-
t i t
1/ ______^_
blooming by the wa- ters calm. There he leads me, and upholds me by Ins
comes a whis- per,"Safe-ly rest ! Sleep in peace, for I am near thee, naught shall
pres- ence doth il- lurae the night, And he leads me thro' the valley to the
r*> — — . i—
fe-i— » s . .r. . i n j
• — jt
m
/ / /
strong right arm ; All the air is love a-roundme, I can feel no harm,
thee mo -lest; I will lin-ger till the morning,Keeper,Friend, and Guest,"
mountain height ; Out of bondage in - to free-dom, in - to cloud-less light,
2— *- . g:
B
Copyright, 18a4, by J. J. Hood. Used by per.
I/
46
T r * i*
y y v v
m
HE IS MINE, I AM HIS. (Concluded.)
Chords.
*\ > g : -^
^ —
*+£
lis
/ / • / y
He is mine. I am his. Lil - y of theYal-ley,
He is mine, Bless - ed Lil - y of the Val-ley,
-* « * 9 *L
^e^s:
vt^:
y— ?
1 — ^ ^ st st at 1 k.
\ S
V \
D.S.
m
tr
V * t^_.
He is mine ! Lil - y
Hal- le - le-jah, lie is mine! Bl:-?s-e 1 Lil - v
>- -49- -&- '-*■■ -+-
- ■ *- m ^ V >
of the Val-lev, I am his
of the Val -1 v.
1
±2=t=z -~-~-T
x — t — * — /-
• /
No. 45.
MORE ABOUT JESUS.
E. E. Hewitt.
£rfr
— V
Jxo. R. SWKNEY.
N A.
1. More a-bout Je - sns would I know. More of hisgraceto olh -ersshow;
2. M^re a-bout Je - sus let me learn, More of his ho-ly will dis-cern:
3. More a-bout Je - sus: in his word. Holding communion with my Lord;
4. More a-bout Je - sus; on his throne, Rich-es in glo-rv all his own;
m I I* J.
> 2 z&
Fine.
*LT:imd fJ:tf rfH Jlf J i ll
More of his sav - ing full-ness see. More of his love who died for me.
Spir - it of God, my teach-er be. Showing thethingsof Christ tome.
Hear - ins his voice in ev - 'ry line. Mak- ing each faithful say- ing mine.
More of his kingdom's sure increase : More of his com-insr.Prince of Peace.
_. . ^ ^ ^ is
&=*
v — y-
-D.S. — More of his sav-ing full- ness see, More of his love who died forme.
Choeus. S N ' * D - S -
-Uf-tt-
*=^
3zzz
^ZTZZ^ZZZTS
Pt5t
i
More, more a-bout Je - sus, More, more a- bout Je - sus
W i X \>
12ZZ3L
/ V /
Copyright, 1657. by Jno. B. Swcney. Csed by per. <^*7
No. 46.
WONDERFUL STORY OF LOVE.
J. M. D.
Q IV \ ]S \ S
-I s N N 1
\
— • m-
Rev. J. M.
Driver.
V V V
[— — — — — —, — ••—
L^'_±_ii_jzl
-••—•— w_
1. "Wonderful sto- ry of love :
2. "Wonderful sto- ry of love :
3. Wonderful sto- ry of love
Tell it to me a - gain ;
Tho' you are far a - way ;
Je-sus provides a rest ;
Wonderful
"Wonderful
Wonderful
zit
—'/—-
/ / /
IV
I s IS N i r— i-M^^^A-'^ , I s I s I s » N K
I
sto-ry of love: Wake the immor-tal strain! Angels with rapture an-
sto-ry of love: Still he doth call to - day ; Calling from Calvary's
sto-ry of love: For all thepureand blest; Rest in those mansions a-
fe
fm <* - u -s-
/ / /
y— /— ^— /— /— v—
i/ • i/ 1/ i/
nounceit, Shepherds with wonder receive it ; Sinner, O! won't you believe it?
mountain. Down from the crystal bright fountain, E'en from the dawn of creation,
bove us, With those who've gone on before us, Singing the rapturous cho - rus,
f-'l»- m . * T— *•■+—*- mb*
m « m
V / / / / /
V V > V * > ~ LL J
-r-M*-
V^=v
Chorus.
:»=z*zn*
Wonderful sto- rv of love.
Won - der - ful !
Wonder-ful sto- rv of love:
Won -
Won-der -ful
,^y. 4* *> 4» j> * ^
! 1 ! ;
m * m
■* 1
1 v
ze=te=*rz
VJk — ^ — ^ — { — /^/ — »*—
_^. • _* |_*_*_^_*_*_*_
1 " //////
1 ^""H
'/ '/ >
1. . 1
♦-• ^vg*^ ■- — -—I!
der - ful !
sto-ry of love :
Won - der - ful
"Wonderful story of love
Wonderful storv of love
/ / s r — i //////
Used bv permission of the author.
48
No. 47.
PASS IT ON.
Rev. Henry Burton, A.M.
Wm, J. Kirk patkick.
zfcfcc
Xp ^T ,♦ ' g-T— g Wr-i—» 9 •>-.— »H— 9 W^»—9 9 <*"5 »~ '
1. Have you had a kind-ness shown ? Pass it on, pass it onl'Twasnot
2. Did you hear the lov - ing word? Pass it on, pass it on ! Like the
3. Have you found theheav'nly light? Pass it on, pass it on!Souls are
mi-± j. -£
<m • ♦ .« •
— j
— •—
- -•-
^-f— *-
-*— s-*-sH
— 1 — ; — ! 1 — -i
— m --— ♦ — ♦--
— 1_
— » — •—
* 1
— y-
- V
/ *
r e g i
* •
* •
* *
— •--
9 •
^ • -^ ^-^-^—
given for thee a-lone. Pass it on, pass it on! Let it trav - el down the
sing - ing of a bird? Pass it on, pass it on! Let its mil -sic live and
grop-ing in the night, Day light gone, day light gone!Hold your lighted lamp on
ttfl L ■ L L. L , «h «n 4 f : 8 P -P --- 8 I P'^^ ^T
/ FF- -y — B — — ^-^ ^
-* — V
^— ^aiEi=i4E^
N-^
B ^^*
years. Let it wipe an-oth -er's tears; Till in heaven the deed ap-pears,
grow, Let it cheer an-oth -er's woe; You have reaped what oth - ers sow,
high, Be a star in some one's skv, He may live who else would die,
^. _«_• M.. _*-• -*. •_• JL. _*..' *• _^- -m- -A. • .^. _
'—W^IZM-
V /
> — h
7 y r? r J
£ N
D.S.— Christ, you live a-gain, Live for him. with him you reign,
Fixe. Chobus.
i N ^
«±*
Pass it on, pass it on ! Pass it on. pass it on! Cheerful
Pass it on. r^ 5 it on !
V 2
BTT
— / — Fi — /— f 3
J \
D.S.
•^ ^•-♦•-^-♦— ,-*+g-;
£=S=i
s s v^v
a
word orlovingdeed.Passit on. Live for self,you live in vain ;Live for
Pa>* it on.
uzzzzg^gq | ~
9> '' f\r nrrrtt
y— /
mi
1888. Copyright cf Wm .r. Kirkpatrick. Used by permission.
H— R X— 4 49
No. 48.
Iba M. Budd.
GLAD ALL THE DAY.
Chas. H. Gabriel.
1. When the sun is shin- ing bright in the clear blue sky, And the
2. When the tear- like rain-drops fall with a patt-'ring sound, To re ■
3. So, in sun-shine or in rain, cloud- y skies or fair, We will
s:
c\
iS IN IN
IN IN IN
/£--
1 ) ^ —
m -J ~1 1* f^"
2 'i \ -vl
p
t}^ w— *
—*— *— -* -w ~ r
m
— —
1 —
1 ^ |
1
clouds, so soft
fresh the droop
praise him for
* i
'/
and white, are slow - ly
- ing flow rs, and cheer the
his love, and for his
drift
thirst
ten -
■ ing
- y
der
--0P-
by;
ground
care ;
Where the
With the
And we'll
AY"
* ~0 W
W W * 4L m
m
m
« « !
lr)'
w
> J s
j v \s ; > L/
~ ST
*
m
I* * 1
i
1
1
^ 7~
:qN=qN=JV=-v=:
gai - ly tint -ed flow' rs their sweet perfume give, What a pleas-ant, hap- py
flow'rsour hearts rejoice, as they seem to say : "What a lov- ing hand it
live and work for him ev -'ry pass- ing day, Trusting his dear hand to
m } g ■ W — j» j» | } | [
/ / / r
a — * — *^
&--&
-*=^-
^ Chorus.
y £ 1 ft« r--^: L ' L L L I P i * '
world this is in which to live. We are
is that sends this rain to- day.' 1
1/ !/ ¥ 1/ '/ >/
lad, so glad all the
lead US all a - long the way. We are glad, eo glad and hap- py all the
^:-
*
~* 1
i !
1 —
_?_p«:
*—
rt=
1 1 1
* * *
*
=Jz
/
-i
~ * B
-4-
1 1^
— «»
— ♦
9
|# |# l#
U '/ '/
- • h n
_# — ♦_
|# \9 P
>
'/ !/ '/ >
joy - ous day, For we nev - er can be sad while all
joy - ous, joy - ous day.
-«_ -*. _*_ -A. .«. .«_ .*- -«- .^.- _*- 4*-
m
L I '!* W
Copyright, 1897, by ffm.J. Kirkpatrick.
50
GLAD ALL THE DAY. (Concluded.)
round our way
1/ / 1/ 1/ '/ > '/'/'•/
We can see his love shin - ing ev - 'ry - where,
We can see the Father's love 60 bright - ly shin-ing ev - 'ry -where,
m: « I I —| Mi l -4 _ g r S TTfTrfH
V
-IN
*— Ttizzi
4-
And we praise him that he makes the world so bright and fair
.m- .m- -m- j*.. -*. .m- -m- -0- ■#-
fzzz&—-m~ —± k= =fe-— «--^
^
a
No. 49. HOW I LOVE MY PRECIOUS SAVIOUR.
Rev. S. W. Cope.
-J:
"WM. J. KlRKPATRICK.
At
i=*— ^:
-r?
— i—
^u
How I love my • pre-cious Saviour, None but he can know
From his bleed- ing wounds, the fountain, Love and grace o'er-flow.
In my heart he dwells su - preme-ly, Source of ev - 'ry joy ;
In his serv - ice I find pleasure, Bliss with-out af - ioy.
SZZLW-
x=m
n Chorus.
^ i
i
^^=^:
1— I 1 ^ ■-!-"- » ^-- g— I — I— I—'
Glo - ry, glo - ry, Hal - le - lu - jah ! Shout the glad ac - claim,
l y i W W — ♦ -
■J g- *
i
y^
:*=S:
g «
iillil
Je - sus saves me, Je - sus keeps me, Glo
to
his name.
Copyright, 1897, by Wm. J. Kirkpatrick.
3 Keep me Saviour, keep me ever.
Ever near thy side ;
Bring me safely to the margin,
And across the tide.
4 Yonder with the saints and angels,
I shall happy be ;
Giving glory to my Saviour,
Through eternitv.
51
No. 50.
TELL IT AGAIN.
Mrs. M. B. C. Slade.
— IN *
R. M. McIntosh.
^%^=r-^-V^-M
— i — £ — m 1 — J-
SAL ®—9 — ^ — ^ — ^ — ^ ,_J
* m t z
-m 9 9 40 49 — ♦ — i
'9-
1. In -to the tent where a gyp - sy boy lay, Dy-ing a- lone, at the
2. " Did he so love me, a poor lit - tie boy? Send un- to me the good
3. Bending, we caught the last words of his breath, Just as he en-teredthe
4. Smiling, he said, as his last sigh was spent, "I am so glad that for
i I i L-l
v / y '/ v '/
gjf 1\ |s N_—j |N ^ — |S jS. is N ^> . .
\-9 ♦_^_^_^_ : _ : _U^ • g__j_JZl
close of the day, "News of sal-va-tion we car- ried," said he,
ti - dings of joy? Need I not per - ish? my hand will be hold?
val - ley of death ;" God sent his Son ! — who-so -ev - er?"said he;
me he was sent !" Whispered, while low sank the sun in the west:
===1*=^==*==*:
k k k k
I
.^s — I s - — IV
Chorus.
i=r
y p /
" No - bod - y ev - er has told it to me!" Tell it a- gain !
No - bod - y ev - er the sto - ry has told ! "
"Then I am sure that he sent him for me!"
"Lord, I be - lieve, tell it now to the rest!"
u
a- -£:
jr-> m. m m. m w- W-—
ft k '/ k '/ '/ k
> — r k i c
-&-—&.—&—&.-=»_
y — /- — *
T #~3=
:jfc£=M*=5:
~gr- 9— ■&— ■&—£ — 9
-+ — m — p. — ^-- — — I — 1 — h—
• /
Tell it a- gain ! Sal-vation's story re-peat o'er and o'er, Till none can
0— 4^^
^ = S 9 '-« • 9 9 9 9-
9^ 9 _^_ _^_
-~m
say of the children of men, " No-bod -y ev - er has told me be-fore.
'/ / /
Copyright of R. M. Mcintosh. Used br permission.
52
No. 51.
HE'LL WIPE THE TEARS.
Amelia M. Starkweather.
i ff k'j j-
Jno. R. Sweney.
: ^-8-
+ • v - s^gg
i
1. When dark - ness
2. He conies to
3. In pas - tures
$1F
8 ' a
shrouds
bind
green
-0-0-0-0-
your lone
the bro
ve shall
g*yi 8 *
ken
lie
path,
heart ;
down,
And long and
He conies to
And rest be -
t-ttt
Pii
r : F
S:- S £: •
drear - y seems the way,
make the darkness light
si de the liv-ing s prin
4
With aching heart and tear-ful eyes
To guide your wea - ry feet to find
; joy of joys! when heav'n is gained
-I t-0-0-0-0 0'
r* * J J I J; J 1
m
You sigh in vain for break of day, O pilgrim, then look up ; be -
The blessed morn that hath no night, And when your soul shall joy- ful
Ye shall not want for an - y- thing; For there shall be no pain nor
0-0 -I ,-4^-1 r-£T
0001*
001*1
m
>rn - ing Star" ap - pears ; He'll wipe the
lead you ten- der - ly, He'll wipe the
self shall be your God, He'll wipe the
sraT
0-0-0-0
-00M10-
1*0:010:
-0-0 0-0-
HsiX
Copyright,
Used by permission.
53
No. 52.
MARCHING ON TO CANAAN.
" They shall march with an army." — Jeh. xlvi : 22.
Rev. M. Lowrie Hofford.
IK , k l I ^ '
W. A. Ogden.
PH7 u 1 r> , k=-I I P— C, r -
/> 7 I
1. ^ e are marching on to Ca - naan, And Je - ho-vah is our guide
2. We are marching thro' the des-ert, And the manna all a- round
3. We are marching thro' the des-ert To the promised land di-vine,
*^ u* ■ g i» < * g \fP ' — = .
1
1/ -• 1/
? V ?
\\ e are marching thro' the des - ert, He is ev - er at our side ;
With the dew of night is fall - ing, And is cov'ring all theground:
To the land of milk and hon - ev, To the land of corn and wine;
I I I*
Duet.
9 — •> — ♦ — »-4-*— ■+—
■•r-*-
f : ~H]
In the darkness or the dan - ger
From the sm it-ten rock the wa - ters
We are marching thro' the des - ert,
We can nev- er go a- stray.
In their sparkling fullness flow,
We approach the shining shore,
§i^
A— i-
<?
~9
^rf
i
st
m
With Je - ho-vah for our lead - er And our guide up -on the way.
Thus de -light-ing and re- fresh - ing Us the wea- ry jour- ney through.
From our home bevo nd the Jor - da n We shall wander nev - er more.
J
fefc
Full Chorus
:*=£=££=*:
On stead-i - ly on ! Stead-i - ly marching to the hap-py land of
Marching on. marching on, we're
m
4—£-
rr-r
Copyright, 1«S5. by W. A. Ogden. Used by permission.
/ / / / / /
54
MARCHING ON TO CANAAN. (Concluded.)
I N | N IV
S N iN
l.
Ifc5=
$*^^
Ca - naan; On, stead-i-ly on! [ Veri-ly guid-ed by Je -
marching on, Marehing on, marching on, ( Steadily marching to the
*_* .*-„_ , T- - - — ^^A^^-
ho-vah s hand are we, (guid-ed are vre,)
Omit ] hap- py land we go.
marcluu&r cm.
- /— * /-
^ - » ^— £ tH* /
No. 53.
/ / •
FOLLOW ALL THE WAY.
-II ; M g "TfL-Cif^UI
• / ;
as — -u—m *- - • -• — * ♦-?—»-
r^"g — a:
2=1=5:
IP
1 '/
1. I have heard my Sav-iour calling, I have heard my Saviour calling.
2. Tho' he leads me thro' the val-ley, Tho' he leads me thro' the val- ley,
3. Tho' he leads me thro' the garden, Tho' he leads me thro' the garden.
=-8- * - -
fc 4-
* k-
h? — r
1 !
1+ .♦-
1 y-^
-m — -•■ — «
L h / — r
Cho. — Where he leads me I
will fol-low, Where he leads me I
will fol- low
mm
I have heard ray Saviour calling. "Take thy cross and follow, fol - low me.'
Tho' he leads me thro' the val-ley, I'll go with him, with him all the way.
Tho' he leads me thro' the garden, I'll go with him, with him all the way.
BE
/ / \ \
Where he leads me I will fol-low, I'll
v— t-
r— r-
•o with him. with him all the wav.
4 : Tho' the path be dark and dreary. : 1 7 : I will follow on to know him. :
I'll go with him, with him all the ' He's my Saviour, Saviour. Brother,
way.
5 : Tho' he leads me to the conflict. :
I'll go with him, with him all the way
6 : Tho' he leads through fiery trials, :||
I'll go with him, with him all the way
1891, Copvright of Wm. J. Kirkpatrick. Used br permission
55
Friend.
8 ": He will give me grace and glory, :||
He will keep me, keep me all the way
9 : 'tis sweet to follow Jesus, :
And be with him. with him all the wav
No. 54.
WHERE HIS VOICE IS GUIDING.
E. E. Hewitt.
WM. J. KlRKPATRICK.
1. Hark, 'tis the Master ! he's calling you to-day, Follow where his voice is guiding;
2. New fields of blessing will open to your view, Follow where his voice is guiding;
3. Whattho' temptations may beckon you aside? Follow where his voice is guiding;
gs!-*= iz
:i±fce
; m_> m
^S-^rZ^-
jm..
:TtTT-
— ) 1
—^ 1
i»
h2
61-
s !
N
-*-> -Jt.4—
1
— 1 -n
§F=«E=
— \-T-
* i . i g .
J 1 •
S
«-
*
i-
—& —
Look for his footprints along the heav'n ward way , Follow where his voice is guiding.
Seeking his Spirit, your daily strength renew, Follow T where his voice is guiding.
Un-der his ban-ner in loy- al - ty abide, Follow where his voice is guiding.
^-•.^_^_ -<*- -f2_
1 _i / ? -y — ?-j f—* to— 1
(• !• ^
I I I
He who lives for-ev - er-more, Trod
Press - ing onward, glad and free, Sweet -
Though the way seem hard and long, Faith
I rf I J
this earthly path be - fore,
er will his serv-ice be,
will sing her cheery song;
Knows
Rich
Soon
its dangers, knows its grief, He will send your soul re - lief,
er his re- wards of love. Foretastes of the feast a - bove.
we'll lay the bur- dens down. Then the palm, the harp, the crown.
J?=
:£==«:
Chokus
J\_V4S__X.
I m l m m ; m m — •
Follow, fol - low, where his voice is guiding, Follow, fol-low where his voice is
Ful - I itr where his voice is guid- ing, Fol - low where hia voice is
«-?--,* •-^ra — T- — F
•J* JJ 1 \
#-L
Copyright, 1893 and 1896, by Wm. J. Kirkpatrick.
53
WHERE HIS VOICE IS GUIDING. (Concluded.)
tr T"m P
Jjxj3<.
i i i
guiding, Fol - low where his voice is guiding, Follow, follow, follow on.
Follow where his
m
A — r
-MZM3Z.
No. 55.
REMEMBER THE SABBATH DAY.
E. A. Barnes.
Wm. J. KlRKPATRICK.
*
■*£=2
721
1. The Sab-bath comes, with ho - ly light, Audits rest we glad-ly greet:
2. It calls for peace in heart and home, And for rest from toil and care:
3. It calls for joy and sim-ple faith, As we meet to praise and pray :
4. It calls for zeal in do- ing well, And for lov-ing deed and word:
_ -m>- -m~ b m - •■- • — -&- -<*-• -m>- -< *■
— -4— • = j-W — e> — -•■ ♦— P» + » '*> — !»
m
And un - to all, on its peace-ful wings, There is borne this message sweet.
It calls for thanks, that are sweet to lift, For the bless-ings that we share.
It calls for thought that will sweetly flow With the teachings of the day.
It calls, in truth, for a day well* spent In the service "of the Lord.
-m- -m- k. -m>- -m- -— -&- 4±- -m>- -m- — ~ -+■- ~
*_ , *K 1 |—
i
Chorus.
■9 —
^SEtES
g=s=5:
o
Re - mem - ber, re - mem- ber, Re - mem - ber the Sab - bath day,
11
-9 —
J_Jl I s I s «T. fe i] i I ' N fr ' i~ F=^ = H
! /
And keep it ho - lv, ho- lv to the Lord, Re-mem- ber the Sabbath dav
&— I W—T- -ar-kr— i i i
5 —
Te=3t:
-/— /
1891, Copyright of Wm. J. Kirkpatrick. Used by permission.
57
I I
rr
~&r\
r^P
ii
No. 56.
THE HARVEST CALL.
Wm. J. King.
Voices in unison
Wm. J. King.
rallentando.
1/
Moderato. [ m JsA
1. A - wake
2. A - rise .'
3. A - bove!
wake
rise!
bove!
hear tbe Mas - ter's call;
and forth to serv - ice go.
is wait- ing your re - ward.
9— 3r
» — 0-0-0-/-
~~ — ^ — 1— 7- — t:
=v
INSTRUMENT. [Hay be omitted after first verse.'}
— v > *>
Andante. U o —
pi
e-h
^- « s aT«gj j 1 j i g
s ^
:v = :V
i
bTjfr:
We have heard the call of the Master. To brighten the homes of our land,
Haste to sow the seed of the kingdom, A star for your crown you sball win,
When our work on earth has been ended. And sheaves for eternity won,
► — ^ — m-
m
9— g-ft— ft- -ft ft— ft-
/ 7
m
^zm
-^-l-ft— <&— -— - C S^ ft
jH
ir"-ft^^s— *— ~ — r
By bringing the news of sal - va-tion, And tell-ing the sto - ry so grand.
By pointing one soul to the Sav-iour Who pardons and cleanses from sin.
All starry the crown there awaiting With welcome. glad welcome,"well done."
-ft. a.
m
/ / / / / y
Choets.
_A | . ! V N
3 B JYJJUj i
S N \
-& »-
^=*:
mm
I -ft-P I*
We'll work for the night is coming, We'll work in the bright glowing sun
£-g— gir r * * r ri.r-^^-
//////
Copyright, 1897, by Wm. J. Kirk-patrick.
58
THE HARVEST CALL. ( Concluded.)
-* | fr « { -«i
h > N,
:£=1==JV
P* N r^
And reap in the gold-en harvest, Some sheaves for the harvest home.
fe ?
• I i * t " T r — *zt% — ' 1 y i/ — v-
J2*i
^
I I
/ / y i /
No. 57. LIKE AN ARMY WE ARE MARCHING.
Sallie Martin. Wm. J. Kirkpatrick.
*fc
=t
« — «H 1-
w^^^^^m
tp-
1. Like an ar - my we are marching, In the ser- vice of the Lord ;
2. Like an ar - my we are marching, With our banners, day by day,
3. Like an ar - my we are marching, Ma- ny tri - als tho' we meet.
|N_ X__| ^ ^ ^
AZZM
r- — *■ — g — ~~ -F* 1
/ ■/
J^s
gjb*=3
J\ N J - t
— I t-r-« «-
-« «- 1 r
- • ^-U-^ «-
rrr
Marching on-ward to the vict- 'ry He has promised in his word.
Look-ing ev - er un - to Je - sus, Trusting him to guide our way.
Wo shall count them scores of blessings, When we rest at Je - sus' feet.
P* 1^
^ ?: 9~ :
a — *=s-
-,4» . rs
^:
V — /
UA
Chorus.
■9 7 — a?
I L
zrs^
s
r r r r > i ' •
March - ing, march - ing, Marching brave and strong
Marching, marching, marchiug, marching, we are marching,
#T L L L. ' TTTi 1 M^ E = ^ E=== M g:== H
:-2
N
tzA-zm
£-J^
i i r
/ /
Like an ar - my we are march- ing. While we sing our hap-py song,
Like an ar - mv we are marching, marchiug,
p ,*- + ^. | |
.JLiz:' ydrzz:
1 L g g L =^q j
*=:*:
y—/—y — /
iill
1890, Copyright of Wm. J. Kirkpatrick. Used by permission.
59
No. 58.
MEMORIES OF GALILEE.
Jesus walked in Galilee.' 1 — John vii. 1.
Robert Morris, LL.D.
?—Jk
zfcJ:
J*
if *
s &
-\
If (• -f r*
Dr. H. R. Palmer.
_ ^
f-f-
~~ -~ WL
1 1
I
1. Each coo-ing dove and sigh-ing bough, That makes the
2. Each flowery glen andmos-sy dell, Where hap-py
3. And when I* read the thrilling lore Of him who
fe*
P$dj=dt
-m^m-^-^-^m- ^1
■- -*
±o£=2l
m
:±~-
y /
-IV
■SSI — *£-♦— — £
f'y 4
tv ?i
eve soblestto me, Has something far di-vin - er
birds in song a- gree, Thro' sunny morn the praises
walked up- on the sea I long, how I long once
now, It bears me back to Gal - i - lee
tell Of sights and sounds in Gal- i - lee
more To fol - low him in Gal- i - lee
m <*i-*l.
I«, j> ay. f» jJ.lf I*" >
-^LJ*.
y / /
—y—y—y
— * m * ! » ! » — I
— ?r ? — ■
Chorus. v
y y 'y
i=^n
■*-*■
^^*:
^S=^
S ? I
«— I-
O Gal - i - lee' sweet Gal - i - lee ! where Je-sus loved so much to be;
'■9
-* ' » & -
i*^-+— <s> — p— f-b — *
y y
I
-4, IS— i^
\y y
II
Gal - i - lee ! blue Gal - i - lee ! Come, sins
w / 1/
thy song a-gain to me!
-ffl
y —
• • — «■-
v-
iifl^B
/ / I / / I I
Copyright of Dr. H. K. Palmer. Used by permission.
60
No. 59.
GOD IS ABLE TO DELIVER THEE.
KlRKPATRICK.
IV-H =
1. From ev - 'ry dan-ger,doubt and fear, God
2. From fierce temptations,subtle snares, God
3. In sor-row's dark and heavy night, God
4. Then trust him e'en thro' flood and flame, God
5. When passing through the valley chill, God
a- ble
a- ble
a- ble
a- ble
a- ble
to
to de
to de
to de
to de
de - liv - er thee!
liv - er thee!
liv - er thee!
liv - er thee!
liv - er thee !
35EE
_» a
_*l — ja_
7^7^^=^^/
siii
! I
2=2=4:
~» s>-
:^-*--^z:
«— •— ^— m— ~-
*
^^*-
t(- "3" •*■
His might-y pres-ence ev - er near, God is a- ble to de - liv - er thee.
His love is swift- er than thy pray'rs, God is a- ble to de - liv - er thee.
His word commands the dayspring bright, God is a- ble to de - liv - er thee.
He liv - eth ev - er- more the same, God is a- ble to de - liv - er thee.
His love will be a- round thee still, God is a- ble to de - liv - er thee.
-*■ * -■* --♦■ - ■*- -♦- - -
3*~
£=£=£=^=£
t=5=3t=*-
V— /-
I I
Chorus.
-V- A
He
is a
a - ble t(
ble, he is
de - liv - er.
&=zm:
a - - ble,
a - ble to de - liv - er,
.m- jp- -m-
-/
:f4=-t==4=^=4==|
^=g=g= * - r r—\
J-/ — ^ — \/ — / — / — i — i
/ / / / / /
1894, Copyright of Win. J. Kirkpatrick. Used by permission.
61
No. 60.
BUILDING DAY BY DAY.
m
s s
\ N
^t:
*^-
'+ *> -9-J0—+-
^=5-
f -0- f f P f f f-b
* ■— ^^ ^^ ^
1. We are building in sorrow, and building in joy. A ten.: rid cannot
ry deed forms a part inthisbuildingof our- neinthenameof the
3. Then be watchful and wise, let the temple we rear Beonethat notempe-
IXST.
(^T^-,
[ , ,
m m m W~\ m f \ f m f ' f ~i * • *~
/£ ? 7 <9-\
^ £ — '-
00 . 9-
it will stand if we found it on arc: I
Lord: le love thai w and the kindness
shock; e Mas- ter has said and he taught us in : emust
ir_
-+ St
"j '-. . *. N
C*
N N * ^ * V v
J ' -} ^
1
f^-n NJM* *
1 V-*-j- *—•—♦—♦— * — *— « —
_,
^ 0t 0f
- •
-era - ter - ni -
promis'd us a bright re- ward,
build up-on the sol - i
_g_ • ~ + 0> + *> m 0>
We are building day by day as the
&Y m -4 * *
P"
f* ■* 1 £ £ # ^ * « »
£-_• '.3 « » * ^ * «
#
_)•••<•• p fS
W ?- 7
•
» » ' / — / / / /— ^ —
• •
moments glide away. Our temple which the world may not see:
vhich the world mar not see
23—w^w:
i
i
/ ' ' ' / , ,
* s V v N ^ — V— V
• /
1=^
1. vie - try won by grace Will be sure to find its place.
i=^:
' / / /
im^=*.
-* *i
~t * / f
m
■.-; 7::r. t :; :'•••_ ." '£.:••.: i.:: .: s. ','i-ri ':- z-.r— a:.z
62
,t£
BUILDING DAY BY DAY. (Concluded.)
^ ad lib. .
H
:<
^— *-
z£
In our build- ing for e
V V V V I
ter - ni - ty (e - ter - ni - ty.]
for e - ter - - ni ty.
m
g-a
-*-
V
m
No. 61.
I
THE WELL BY THE GATE.
E. E. Hewitt.
May be sung as solo and chorus.
Wm, J. KlRKPATRICK.
®*
^\
m
&
r$-
S-H-
^s:
?+-
3*=5t
**'
I <•
1. Be - side the gate of Beth-le- hem, An ancient well ap - pears,
2. That old-time well a symbol stands Of grace so full and free ;
3. Be - liev-ing, gath-er here to-day, Ye wea-ry, worn, and faint;
4. Still at the gateway stands the well, The gate of life and joy;
\i > J J* J +- -~- - - ! .
f
i
&=&
P^=-^==?
m
SEE
--*] — i — h
a
ii:
1/
ap»
gg
Where wea - ry pilgrims quenched their thirst, Thro' many bygone years.
The fount which sprang at Bethle- hem Still flows for you and me.
"With joy draw wa-ter" from the stream. That heals each sad complaint.
drink, and ev - er - last- ing songs Shall your glad lips em- ploy.
IV i > m m .^ — m^r
m
Come, O come where mercies wait, Come to the well by Bethl'hem's gate;
i W c g ip c \ t u rn
-J^rf:
3f sal- vation,s
SHI
»s
1/ 1/ -*-
Well of sal- vation,so full so free — Drink of its water 'tis flowing for thee.
¥ t V ' ' '
i890, Copyright of Wm. J. Kirknatrick. Used bv permission.
63
i — y— \-
-/ — ¥-¥-
7~T~?
tt=\
No. 62.
SCATTER SEEDS OF KINDNESS.
Mrs. Albert Smith.
S. J. Vail.
i=^^
]^-hV
mHV~i —
*^
• — ?=**
i
1. Let us gath-er up the sunbeams Ly-ing all around our path ; Let us
2. Strange we neverprizethemusicTillthesweet-voicedbirdisflown! Strangethat
-S~0— «— *
m.—m.—0t—f
4 /. '/
iiz
^~-
*•-♦—*-
i=l
1
■8 ^
*=*
WlJU
N K N IS
3=f=s=^
:♦=*:
keep the wheat and roses, Casting out the thorns and chaff. Let us find our sweetest
weshouldslightthe violets Till thelovelyflow'rsaregone! Strangethatsummerskies
-*. jt. -«. .A. _*-.*_• _*. jL. .ft- .*-- -^~ -^- -?±- ^ ^ and
srSzzazzm:
— 2— *-
:^/i ~zzz-zz£z z£z£ z^z^iEzzzzirzzz ^Szfc^zz^:
•-L 0,—^— ^_^_L_ « • — »_l g— ^_ g I g _^,_^_^ — ^__
comfort In the blessings of to- day, With a patient hand removing All the
sunshine Never seem onehalf so fair, As when winter'ssnowy pinions Shake the
:E^z*
___ _^_ _ w _ __,_ _^_ #
bri- ars from the way. Then scatter seeds of kindness, Then scatter seeds of
white down in the air.
-g— » :
V 1
,zrzz — i 1^—^ — ^ — j_czr — z^zz, y ? —»
— ^ — ♦• — — *^r* — m - m ~ — •--■ • — •—
ad lib.
*3=F
.=3=£pf
hh
kindness, Then scat-ter seeds of kindness, For our reap-ing by and by.
45— »V — !
zpzzzrzzz- zzzzz™zz«:zzZzzzlzz:|zzzzzzzzzr^^zrzczzzr|
// • \j \ S / ' r
If we knew the baby fingers,
Pressed against the window-pane,
Would be cold and stiff to-morrow,
Never trouble us again,
Would the bright eyes of our darlinj
Catch the frown upon our brow?
Would the prints of rosy fingers
Vex us then as they do now?
By permission of The Biglow and Main Co.
4 Ah ! those little ice-cold fingers,
How they point our memories back
To the hasty words and actions
Strewn along our backward track !
How those little hands remind us,
As in snowy grace they lie,
Not to scatter thorns, but roses,
For our reaping by and by.
64
No. 63.
GATHERING HOME.
Miss Mariana B. Slade.
_>_JS_^V
Sex
R. M. McIwtosh.
^W
— r rs i> ,
1. Up to the bounti-ful Giv-er of life, Gathering home! gathering home !
2. Up to the city where falleth no night, Gathering home! gathering home !
3. Up to the beautiful mansions above, Gathering home! gathering home!
J-
m
"&-£
N S N — R — *--»
Jv^-js-
-+ -• ■•• •• % •-
I
Up to the dwelling where cometh no strife, The dear ones are gather-ing home.
Up where the Saviour's own face is the light, The dear ones are gather-ing home.
Safe in the arms of his in -fi-nite love, The dear ones are gather-ing home.
BE
Chorus.
: v_=£=Jq ! —
Upsi
•1/1/1/ / 1/ 1/
Gath-er - ing home! gath-er-ing home!
Gath-er-ing home! gath-er - iug home!
I
??
*-*
ls=«=zk:
1
A-^-IS— N
I— L
sr
fe=S=f=5:
•a) giji J' t
-*-*
1/ 1/ !/
Xev-er to
-•- -^- -••-
sor-row more, never to roam ; Gathering
• « p m 'm •
home!
Gath-er -ing
ft « •
home !
&V ' '
1
f J. ? « « «
» i* S> j Li «• »>
^ 7 *— * *
* * 1
^-^bn i
« « L f L •• *
]
9 2_/ / >
v — / -V — £- # -f I*
/ / /-
H ■
1/ / /
e
fc=*
r> r^
VZ21
.^.-*r-
s J g 5 gjl^j-i l
i/i/i/ i^- — - . i — i
gath-er-ing home! God's children are gath-er-ing home.
gath-er-ing home!
_« m..
■*-*
-/— /— /-
^
///•//
Copyright of R. M. Mcintosh. Used br permission.
H-R N-5 65
No. 64.
TEMPERANCE SONG.
A. J. Showalter.
Tf ,VN
S=^
1. Ma
2. Ma
3. Ma
4. Ma
5. Ma-
ny are the homes that are dark
ny are the moth- ers a - wake
ny are the sis - ters a - lone
ny are the hus-bands a - way
ny are the pray'rs that as - cend
54— S— S4-S-
to - night, Blighted by the
to - night, Pray- ing for the
to - night, Dreading lest the
to - night, Drinking of the
to - night, Call - ing for the
gyfet
- r-w— w w- i — *— r~
a:
P=^
*=
curse of rum;
ab - sent one ;
news may come,
cup of death ;
help di - vine ;
&-&
Ma - ny are the hearts that sad -den at the sight.
Fear- ing that the de - nion, with his power to blight,
Tell -ing of the drunkard's sad and aw - ful plight,
Ma - ny are the wives that wa- ken with affright,
Ma - ny are the hands that bat - tie for the right,
*-+
Chorus.
J
Long-ing for the end to come.
Has the aw - ful work be - gun.
Dy - ing far a - way from home.
Shrinking from the hat - ed breath.
Plead-ing for your bov and mine.
God of lieav'n,make bare thine arm,
And
m
m
i
stop the fiend from work too black to tell ; Give us strength to stay his hand.
Drive the
- m m * w
v — /— /
\ V
>. \ >. \ k fej -:•
Copyright, 1691, by A. J. Showalter. Used by permission.
ee
TEMPERANCE SONG. (Concluded.)
u
nion- ster from the land, That we in safe - ty once
a - gain may dwell.
2?3
II... L. I. =g
*
II
-y — /-
F*
-2
No. 65.
RESCUE THE PERISHING.
F. J. Crosby.
dfciz
--X---V
-4-
S m
5=P
W. H. Doane.
. ^ i V
*z
1. Res- cue the per- ish-ing, Care for the dy - ing, Snatch them in pit- y from
2. Tho' they are slighting him, Still he is wait-ing, Wait-in g the pen - i - tent
3. Down in the human heart, Crush'd by the tempter, Feelings lie buried that
4. Res- cue the per- ish-ing, Du - ty demands it ; Strength for thv la-bor the
-m- — P-
m?-£--Z- :^ ^-
—4L m 0L
m w
V I
■4—4-
y 0t 1 1 «. &- — .
► •■ » •• » 1 1
1 1 1 1 1
i i
v
tY-fr
^=2:
3zzZ-t.
2r -~
sin and the grave; Weep o'er the err-ing one, Lift up the fall- en,
child to re- ceive. Plead with them earnestly, Plead with them gently :
grace can re- store; Touched by a lov-ing heart, Wak-ened by kind-ness,
Lord will pro- vide: Back to the nar-row way Pa-tient-ly win them;
m. m. _* m. — m — m . — pt ft m. *. <m
V-T.
M-m.
1/ 1/
1 — r
|s N |
Choeus.
Is v l I is ^ i fr I *
-f^r^ 1 1 9 • —
*—~r\-*
-j-J>-2dl-*=z-m -ts *T^
\\) S, J • *
* s I •
#>' ■ 5 gJ 1 S » * * . J J 1
Tell them of Je - sus, the Might -y to save. Res -cue the per- ish-ing,
He will for-give if they on - If be-lieve.
Chords that were bro-ken will vibrate once more.
Tell the poor wand'rer a Sav-iour has died.
&
» g — ^ - — — —
1/ 1/ }g -
v-v-
1/ ?
rt
1 i
11
*=s=m
s~s
=*=3=2±3t
Care for the dy
- ing;
Je - sus
is
mer - ci - ful,
Je - sus will save.
-^ — •— •— , — h
<#
! 1 1
it/ 1 ■ / / f>
• 1
-1 ^
/-
-+=- ?—Z-
S '/ ' * 11
I I
Copyright, 1870, by W. H. Doane. Used by permission.
67
No. 66.
WORK FOR THE MASTER.
WM. J. KlRKPATRICK.
1. Work for the Mas - ter; an - swer his call ; Take up the du - ty;
2. Work for the Mas - ter ; work with de-light; Serve him with glad- nes's,
3. Work for the Mas -ter; great the re-ward ; Stars for the crown-ine.
-*- . &- -ft- -ft
& — 7. — ft 1* — • — , T*~i rft !•■ ■ ft - I
trust him for all ; Walk in the way o- pen'd to-day, Promptly his word ohey.
soon comes the night ; Seeking his face, using his grace,Resting in hisembrace.
joy in the Lord, Songs by the way, blessings to-day, Richly our toil repay.
^ .ft- [jk- «. _ ^ „ N fc
. ft . ft ' .ft — m-
*7 y t
-j ft— jft-ft-r— \^M~% \ -%-%-T~+ ft=-ft>ft ^-pyp- JL
-Mfc
£=* — — »p« ^ I F =1 — - 15 — fc-— M — -^ — v-J=^-
Jf 1 — ft-! -■* — i — •*- -ft apis— ^ — JN ^r-4— ^ 1 £ — i — ft-
Life's bloom and sunshine cheerfully bring.Ev'ry good talent lent by our King;
Scorn not thetri- fles ; sometimes a word Spoken in kindness,grateful-ly heard,
Bless-ingsthatev- erbrighten themore,Till we shall enter home's trolden door,
_ ^R--^-_ -M- ft- .ft_--ft._.,2. -^- . -^- -(ft- .>.. -ft. .^2.
±t?
x=p:
i
I I
i . i i i
-•-•-ft— «>— i
H / 1
rit.
m
Life through his name freely proclaim, Spreading the heav'nly flame
Seed- like in pow*r,livesas aflow'r Growing for E -den's bow'r
Then at his feet,glad - ly we'll meet, Singing his prais-es sweet
— .m-i. m ^ ft — .
5*
erg g i
r g r -
-ft :-• ■«■
±=t
^
-/— *
P*
1. Spread
ing the heaven'ly flame.
Chorus.
^-ft — «-
— r r*~; »"
s
i
Work for the Mas - ter, look - inj
i-bove, Led by hisSpir - it,
<2 • . ft
It
1868 and 1897, Copyright of STm. J. Kirkpatrick. Used by permission.
68
ft— l-ft ft-^— ft — ©>— -I 1 1 1 1
r i r y g r - i k — * - k i# =Ed
WORK FOR THE MASTER. (Concluded.)
^ I* J J>
fill'd with his love, Work. work, work, work, Fill'd with his boundless love.
n
-/-T
tzffz-S:
»-d *-
H^Hii
No. 67.
GATHER THE SHEAVES.
Ebex E. Rexford.
-f« -
S.
W. Strat-b.
gwH • «T J
■H
-ft— V
S—
Ji h i — t
-K— * «
S 1 — s - • -kst-
-S=^S-
* .i J- jH
1. Har - vest- er, har - vest- er, gath - er thy sheaves, The Mas - ter is
2. Har - vest- er, har - vest- er, faith - ful to God, Go seek by the
3. Har - vest- er, har - vest- er, loi - ter no more, But think what the
/S5j? _ CT^r"^zzzzT — m — i m — ~~ r
r a r * / i/ j
-ft*— ^ Z
If
:ezzs:
■*? *
$
? >
:^=^
5=1
com- ing this way
way- side and find
Mas - ter would say ;
-fi— !!
My lieart o'er its fol - ly and
The wheat that has grain mid the
Go gath - er the sheaves till the
-i— . h
v
D.S.— soul,
M
if thy hand hath plucked
Fixe.
;=3=?v
3S
a=>-
i - dle-nessgrieves,Andhours it has squandered a - way.
bram -hies that nod, — The wheat for the sheaves you would bind,
har- vest is o'er; Go work with the reap- ers to - day.
ill
•BEff
-ff ar-
i •
/ / / /
noth - ing but leaves, O what shall the rec - om-pense be!
Chorus.
3U
-ft-
-J— -i— n
D.5.
If
Gath-er, gath-er, gath-er the shea ves.Bound in the harvest by thee;
UL ft Jt — ♦-
Used by permission of the Author.
/ i/ /
69
No. 68.
SEEDS OF PROMISE.
Jessie H. Brown.
Fred A. Fillmore.
m=F\ rU^Ui S
*M
fc?:
^at
«r^-^
1. 0, scat - ter seeds of lov- ing deeds, A - long the fer - tile field,
2. Tho' sown in tears thro' wea- ry years, The seed will sure- ly live ;
3 The har- vest home of God will come, And aft - er toil and care;
For grain will grow from what vou sow, And fruit- ful har - vest yield.
Tho' great the cost, it is not lost, For God will fruit- age give.
With joy un-told your sheaves of gold, Will all be garnered there.
- " mm
-g — j ' f — w*
-y ~ar
I I '/ I
Chorus.
S3T
s»HS
-H
FV—
^00 „ =-= L_«,-JL-^_,»
q*=p£3
Thendayby day along your way, The seeds of
Theu day by day along your way,
33:
•zt2:
•Ptr-8-
-*H*H*-*-
7 X •
-^— ly~»-
* I
SBS
-£-' I 1
J U^-
*.
« * ^
isrwr^^h^r
prom - - ise cast That ripened grain fromhilland
The seeds of promise cast, the seeds of promise cast, That ripened grain,
I M M
m
-?-%-'
-^H 1 1 i
y
ZE
*m-h
-hrf-
»&
*B
x,h frvx- ~ r ' r i p r > t-> i u r
plain, Be gathered home at last
from hill and plain, Be gathered home at last, be gathered home at last.
^_^ _ / » < P -••- S I^W -— -•- -•-=- - s ~0-
-*-£- J
/l /i
By per. of Fillmore Bros.
] x \f fcp l# * . » • J:
ii
Be gathered home at
70
last.
No. 69.
GO, WORK TO-DAY.
This is the last hymn written by the author, who fell asleep April 16, 1895. —
"She, heiug dead, yet speaketh."
M. D. K. May D. Kirkpatrick.
1. Go, work to- day,
2. Go, work to- day,
3. Go, work to- day,
?n
J J.l J J J4^g
• -&-• -m- • -♦- -m- -*- -+-
the Master commands, Why stand ye waiting with
in the morning of youth, Go tell themes-sage of
go forth in his might, Make some load lighter,some
k ^ -. J J J
iz^±
-<&=&_
I I
— M
i r <^ £
&+-T-+ +-
&
t~-
mm
i - die hands? There is work to do; there are hearts to win, And
love and truth, Go and seek the lost from the fold a - stray, And
sad heart bright,Comfort those who weep, help those in need, For
per - ish-ing souls to be saved from sin.
point them to Je - sus, the Life, the Way.
plen - te- ous har- vest sow pre - cious seed.
:*=;*:
Go, work to-day,
f & T ^-
— *-
^
-J — I— ±-l
-« gZZ3tZ &'
w — w~ » — w — c
3
-4—4-
m
go, work to-dav,
±2-
W 9 ~ S?
Time pass- es swift- ly, no long- er de - lay
Pr -9-
m
---
t=t
L__l
I I
j2—-mzmm:_
i
9&-
TflMI
In my vineyard. go work to-day."
r-G? — ^ — m- — m i
L-4 1 1 1 1—
1 — I — I-
I
I if I
1895, Copyright ofWm. J. Kirkpatrick. Used by permission.
71
No. 70. ONWARD, CHRISTIAN SOLDIERS.
S. Baring-Gould.
f Briskly.
Arthur S. Sullivan.
-&
— r — r — I — r-^— i-
1. On - ward, Christian sol - diers ! Marching as to war, With the
2. Crowns and thrones may per - ish, Kingdoms rise and wane, But the
3. On - ward, then, ye peo - pie! Join our hap - py throng, Blend with
f , -m~ -&- & I I
:=:
^
t=t=
£ — 1
1
— •— r— <S>
1
Z>
1 1 1 1—,
— m 3 ' — VrJr~
3 ~~1
;! 1
w *~~
=d±$=
1
1 '
J J- s 85
<9
! I—
—m ••—
— m ••'—
— r-J
cross of Je
Church of Je
ours your voi
sus
sus
ces
Go - ing on he - fore. Christ, the roy - al
Con-stant will re - main ; Gates of hell can
In the tri-umph - song ; Glo - ry, laud, and
:cr
1
J — 4.
fe^i
5t3t
■w *-
k-l_4-4
£2_
Mas - ter, Leads a-gainst the foe ; For-ward in - to bat - tie,
nev - er 'Gainst that Church pre-vail ; We have Christ's own promise,
lion - or Un - to Christ the King, This through countless a - ges
x=^EEEEl=
*U
y=*.
1
Chorus.
9- -+>- -m- -m- -&■■
-&- -9- -9- -9- -m-
See. his ban-ners go! Onward, Christian sol - diers! Marching as to
And that can- not fail.
Men and an- gels sing.
—.-*.
No. 71.
Fanny J. Crosby.
KEEP IN THE LINE.
WM. J. KlRKPATRICK.
"* .1 I
-3. — « m-
2*
=R=
^
1. Sol- diers for Je - sus, rise and a - way, Hark! 'tis the war - cry
2. Sol- diers for Je - sus, hap - py are we; He our Pro-tect - or,
o. Sol- diers for Je - sus, glad - ly we go, Smil - ing at dan - ger,
4. Sol- diers for Je - sus, vie - fry is nigh, Work till we gain it,
m
Hr
?=£=*:
j^zzs:
i
tr-*-
-^_
> : -*■ rj
sound- ing to - day ;
near us will be,
brav- ing the foe,
rest by and by ;
£*-!—♦-
ifci:
Lo! our Command - er calls from the skies :
Trust in his mer - cy, change- less, di-vine;
Bright are our landmarks, bright- ly they shine;
0, let our cour - age nev - er de'-cline;
J J * 1 * - S H~
Chorus.
— i — -£-
&
-[?♦ ♦_?_♦_
=1
For - ward to con- quest, lose not the prize! Now like an ar - my
March on with firm - ness, keep in the line.
March on re - joic - ing, keep in the line.
March on with bold - ness, keep in the line.
1 f
iant and strong,
Up with our banners, brightly they shine ; March on together, keep in the line.
W.
$:=s.
-&- -+- -<*■-
f^g-t— r-
>» m.
-a •
fr±./-
-I —
I V r
i*—0t — m-
1886, Copyright of Wm. J. Kirkpatrick. Used by permission.
73
V t 1 1
m.S-m — i ■-■
No. 72.
SPEED AWAY! SPEED AWAY!
Rev. C. Cooke.
I. B. Woodbury.
5 tf-ai=M
ft=*
N S
_> > > \
E
*=*;
1. Speed a - way ! speed a- way ! O ye heralds of light, There are millions en -
2. Let the Church to the help of Jehovah draw near — Come with love, and with
3. Speed a - way ! speed a-way with the message from heav'n, To all nations of
(^ -•- -•- -•- -•■- H^- -»■-
H — ff- m — ♦H-^ • — »■ — • ♦ — «» I y r»l » — J» — «* — •-[-• — ; *-
9 \
— v-^ S v v
1 \ \ > .> n M N ^
S d A m x
tJ -m- -<•- -m-
— w — m 9 — s — $
L— • « — « « — 5-J
— i — Wi — • — • — w — j — 9 — <# — £—
shrouded in nature's dark night, "Who are willing to hear, and the truth to re-
faith, and with fer-vor in prayer ! Let her fling to the breeze the pure banner of
men let the tidings be given That Mes-siah has triumphed, his foes are all
■9— /-
p w\
,i — — as ♦
N— V
V^ s
s=^=^
ceive. But know of no Saviour on whom to believe. they're dy-ing by
truth, And en-list in the struggle her warm-hearted youth ; Let the parents and
slain, And the earth as an E- den is blushing a- gain ! great Saviour, let
Bi£
-m- -m- -+~
-■»- -«*- -+~ -+- -m~
p m p m p
H 1 i ♦ — m— r+-"w — •■ —
-•■ — « — m- — o- •■ — m-V-m—Jf^m-p —
-/ — / -v £ M-/ y >
thousands in sin ev'ry day ! Speed away ! speed a - way ! speed a - way !
children, and ev"ry one say: "Speed away ! speed a - way ! speed a -way!"
nothing this conquest delay ! Speed away ! speed a - way ! speed a -way!
Speed a-wav | speed a-wav! speed a-wav !
&u V r f.
V J V V
+"—+*-+-
v^
¥V
V / ^
From " Song* of Lore and Praise So. 2." Used bv permission.
74
No. 73.
FOOTSTEPS OF JESUS.
Mary B. C. Slade.
A. B. Everett.
♦ •— — j* 5 - 1 1 1 1 1 <• 1- — 73J-T--
I I
1. Sweet- ly, Lord, have we heard thee call -ing, Come, fol - low me!
2. Though they lead o'er the cold, dark mountains, Seek - ing his sheep ;
3. If they lead through the tern- pie ho - ly, Preach - ing the word;
fcfc fe— fcz^fe:
^±t\z^t
M=m
m
I I I
-I *~ ¥1 !~^ —^—4
m • -t— ^— — i 1 1 1-
m
&
' y I i 'i
And we see where thy foot-prints fall - ing, Lead us to thee.
Or a - long by Si - lo - am's fountains, Help - ing the weak.
Or in homes of the poor and low - ly, Serv - ing the Lord.
egqg
SEER
t> t n
^:
T<2.-=^.
^
m
Chorus.
1— 1
-1 -1
r -l -J
I i
^ A * *■
-*t—
«• » 1 •' *
H j J x-
J S ' <^ •
Foot - prints of Je -
sus, that make the
• • <> •
path - way glow ;
rflV It 1 *
« *»
«,-'*,
l^'i P ■ ! (^
«• *>
* K
*> F
1 >?
W.L
o • *"
i ; 7 'r? . S*_|* 1— l.
1 u
i ■- h i— i
— {? 1
=v
i
:*z=i:
• — i— &-
mmi
1 ! 1 1 — «-
—m • • -«- T — *—
— • « ♦ ^ ! ~ m-
* \ I " I
We will fol - low the steps of Je - sus wher - e'er they go.
S:
i i i
smmmm
4 Tho', dear Lord, in thy pathway keep-
We follow thee ; [ ing,
Thro' the gloom of that place of weep-
Gethsemane! [ing,
5 If thy way and its sorrows bearing,
We go again,
Up the slope of the hillside, bearing
Our cross of pain.
6 Bj r and by, through the shining portals,
Turning our feet,
We shall walk with the glad immortals,
Heaven's golden streets.
7 Then at last, when on high he sees us,
Our journey done,
We will rest where the steps of Jesus
End at his throne.
Copyright of R. If. Mcintosh. Used by permission.
75
No. 74.
PRAISE TO GOD OUR FATHER.
E. E. Hewitt.
Voices in unison.
"\VM. J. KlRKPATRICK,
t4=
Az±=z-
^
♦-#--
-*
i
1. Praise
2. Praise
3. Praise
4. Praise
> i >~r i i i r P f r '-=
to God our Fa - ther, let us all re -juice;
to God our Fa - ther for his good-ness here,
to God our Fa - ther for the gos - pel word,
to God our Fa - ther for re-deem-ing love.
m
i^zzv
wmm
r / r V
Eaise the song of
For his smiles of
For the in - vi
Bring - ins down our
I I
glad
mer
ta -
Sav -
-0—
ii ess,
tion
iour
I
lift
faith
we
from
9 . . ...
f * P f f
V i I
the heart and voice,
and hope and cheer,
have oft - en heard,
his throne a - bove,
fea
n # l v i *.
fTl i
1
, ?,-
J «* > ^
* J
v
• « ' »
[ m *fU » •*
w • * w
•f 1 A
* » • ' f
» • *
I \
*«•» . f 1
1 *V 1 '>
Let the work he
Come with true de -
For the peace un -
For the Ho - ly
1 , 1 ,
Ml
gives us
vo - tion,
meas - ured
Spir - it,
J ' J 1
be our dai - ly choice,
joy - ful and sin - cere,
by his grace con - ferred,
bless - ed Ho - ly Dove,
f ♦
■•- - ♦ t
AY B * i * i
* *
1 *- 1 m 1
l> '" ff i m m
m m
* *T 1 -»fc_
* *
* c 1 ^^— -*.
i . 1
J #
# : £_!_« ^^J
Voice* in harmony.
-0-5 \ — ■ 1
1 '
1
1 1 -
1 s !
j^. ^ p ^
— 0* .
\ Q£
— -5—
*3 : t rf^^
Praise the Lord,
praise
/
the Lord,
— S g L
— at—
^ ~ & • j.
praise the Lord !
~-mT— — +- — j — 6*-*- 1
(£7-- — •- - •■ &
~Z \
> \—^--—^ —
1 * h
-*
•4- ^ J
ff - ' / ',
/
Praise him. all ve peo - pie, and his name ex - tol, Like the o - cean
4 -v — z
* —
Copyright, 1^96, br Wiu. J. Kirkpatrick.
76
PRAISE TO GOD OUR FATHER. (Concluded.)
' V '/ K i
S
■jv-4
Lento.
YeiES?
-&--
'&->
bil-lows let our anthems roll, Praise the Lord, praise the Lord, praise the Lord.
IS x * I I - . -~- -f»- -*-• -*- : ^
-M-&-
»^£=£
§S1
No. 75.
i i i/ i ■
THE BLESSED NAME OF JESUS.
C. B.
n
2E35I
■i JP *
£E£
S^J
*=£
Charles Bentley.
1 K |S V 1
'/
1. There is a name I love so well,With-in my heart sweet praises swell ;
2. 'Tis through this name, I ani to-day Up- ou thepath,the liv-ingwayj
3. No bet- tername can e'er be found ; It is the key, the gos - pel sound;
4. Thisbless-ed name 'twill ev - er be The saint's delight, the sin- ner's plea;
**
Wt i
3E
«-,-♦
1
= rfr- == g == f : ^
— r- 5 — *l — at-r ^ 1 ^ 1 \ v K-m—< v ^ 1 1 1
My joy - ful lips to oth - ers tell The bless- ed name of Je
I'm hap-pynow, and glad to say, 'Tis through the name of Je
Go where you may, 'tissp read around, The bless- ed name of Je
'Twill live throughout e - ter - ni - ty, The bless- ed name of Je
- sus.
- sns.
- sus.
- sus.
V-
::+^-ZES:
ifim
y fi y / /
Choeus.
=F2
;^3=$:
:Js==S
*:ir*:
^w
i i
* — i_— i
The bless- ed name, how sweet the name, The bless - ed name of Je - sus!
m— H^ -2— m — •--—<» -I— »— — * — «-t-
^^
m
*--fe
\
^m
-A— ^-k— V^rl- J :
■#t-^- »-t-| = |-; — w H : l
No tongue can tell howsweet todwell On that dear name of Je - sus.
Copyright, 1897, by Wm. J. Kir kpatrlck.
77
No. 76.
THE HAVEN OF REST.
H. L. GlLMOUR.
Geo. D. Moore.
-&- -m-
1. My soul in sad ex - ile was out on life's sea, So
2. I yield - ed my - self to his ten - der em - brace, And
3. The song of my soul, since the Lord made me whole, Has
4. How pre - cious the tho't that we all may re - cline, Like
5. O come to the Sav- iour, he rja - tient - ly waits To
tr-t
r*9y-4t-p
■» — m-
t=F-
J-
1
I I
burdened with sin, and dis - tressed, Till I heard a sweet voice say-ing,
faith tak- ing hold of the word, My fet - ters fell off, and I
been the old sto - ry so blest Of Je - bus, who'll save who-so-
John the be-lov-ed and blest, On Jc - sus' strongarm, where no
save by his pow-er di - vine; Come, an - chor your soul in the
i fe M ' 1 1
s^^.
fer-ft
-Jg-*-{g — p — <m.
-£=£:
s
-V^/-
I V I I ' '
D.S. — The tem-pest may sweep o'er the
A— -N
Fixe.
wm
)r—^=L
ii
^— ^r- ^. 1 V-J-'ft
^-
-j?*"
make me your choice; And I en-tered the "Ha - ven of
an - chored. my soul ; The ha- ven of rest is my
ev - er will have A home in the "Ha - ven of
tern - pest can harm, Se - cure in the "Ha - ven of
ha - ven of rest, And say," my Be - lov - ed is
-*-• I H >
-&- ' -&-
Relt!"
Lord.
Rest!"
Rest!"
mine."
iP^
r
wild, storm-y deep, In
, — m — — m . — g, — _ — ^._
== *H y 1 — h-
mm
Je-sus I'm safe ev-er - more.
Chorus.
4M>
~ m—m—&r- p-p-
-I— £*
l£±- *\ #j gj I3C«
4-
D.S.
'Ms .*j ,.#j.
— f— -1 1- 1 r^; — 1-|
I' ve anchored my soul in the haven of rest, I'll sail the wide seas no more ;
Used by permission of John J. Hood, owner of copyright.
78
1
No. 77.
AT MY REDEEMER'S FEET.
(SOLO OR QUARTET WITH CHORUS.
Rev. Johnson Oatman, Jr.
4
HI
A-A->
«=^v
7+J=+4=3
WM. J. KlRKPATRICK.
£5
-*■
■» — w~
m
1. I ask not for the highest place, But find a spot more sweet,
2. Tho' waves of darkness round me roll, I have a safe re - treat,
3. He gives me from his lov-ing hand, The fin - est of the wheat,
4. And when I reach the mys-tic sea, Where earth and heav-en meet,
I I I*
13
\— -~M /-
^
^_i — ».
p . ^
^=sr
" I I
:a=r^
ii
A— N— K
"Where God bestows on me his grace,
No storm can ev - er harm a soul,
I live in heaven's bor-der land,
I'll spend a blest e - ter - ni - ty,
.. — - . r>
At my
At my
At my
At my
Re-deem-er's feet.
Re-deem-er's feet.
Re-deem-er's feet.
Re-deem-er's feet.
ff m
^-^ —
Chorus.
~
' m -m-
5-*=S:
5^
ty •" - - - _^_ _ w . - _-_ — III
Come joy or pain, come weal or woe, In Christ I am com-plete;
>— £
:?= a:
i
Si
^a
^^
1=*:
:ii
My high- est place is lv - ing low, At my Re-deem-er's feet.
|_I *^ c t7 — / — F
I
Copyright, 1896, by Wm, J. Kirkpatrick.
79
a
v— t-
II
No. 78. IT WAS SPOKEN FOR THE MASTER.
Faxny J. Crosby.
May be sung as Solo and Chorus.
^— IS, — I
WM. J. KlRKPATRICK.
2?^
b
r i
1. It was spoken for the Mas - ter, how lov -ing - ly it fell!
2. O we know not when we scat-ter. Where the precious seed will fall,
3. When our bus - y toil is o-ver, From the vineyard when we go,
fiwir-Eik
*9
■zx- 9 :
it:
II I !/ I _
It was ut-tered in a whis-per. Who had breath'd it none could tell.
But we work and trust in Je - sus. For he watch-eth o - ver all.
We shall find a store of bless- ings That on earth we could not know.
ML.. I ML. • , N
TZ&f.
Ha - : — * * «» bS — t +> m y . — ■ — y-i — ^ — n
U I N
Is L
t^c^-T -3 •— •> a -«H-^*- |S ^ -^ j- j -I
\P)- ~ Is »H— Vt *-*•* — H t-r-*— t » — « yr-»-»-$<» ••- 9 <* + I
I I > I
It was spo-ken for the Mas-ter. On - ly just a lit - tie word,
We may sow be -side the \va- ters Of af - flic-tion.it may be.
We shail won-der at the brightness Of the crowns we then shall wear,
i fl ,\ _T__
m
mm
**» s
/
/ 1
wm^m
But the chords that long had si umber" d In a grief- worn heart were stirred
But the fruits of ear-nest la - bor At the reap-ing we shall see.
But the Lord him-self will tell us Why he placed the jew-els there.
+ _^_ M ^+ m + ML. _*_. .M. .M _*-• MLS
V- m L- - M
:?:Z5
s /_
^
i /
:horl-s. «* \ , ,
Si : ^=^ \ ~ ^, I — I Si ■^=^- J ^ ^nr~ ^ ■
»-rj ->-T- y-y^ SL ^^-^—^ _^^— £-* i*=^Z lI±?lL
Gen-tle words of patient kindness. Tho' unheed - ed oft they seem,
1837, Copyright of Tm. J. Kirkpatrick. Used by permisMon.
80
IT WAS SPOKEN FOR THE MASTER. (Concluded.)
l-r* I ^ . r* w adlih - n C\ L i
/ i / " i 1/ i
To the fold of grace mav gather Souls of which we lit-tle dream.
igp*^
No. 79.
i-iH-^-
i/ 1
JESUS TOUCHED MY HEART.
Ida Scott Taylor.
J. S. Fearis.
h m—
-w *-
^2
1. Je-sus touch'd ray sin - ful heart, Bade my tears re - pent - ant start,
2. Je-sus touch'd rny sin - ful heart, Bade me walk with him a - part,
3. Je-sus touch'd ray sin - ful heart. Bade my e - vil tho'ts de - part,
4. Je-sus touch'd my sin -ful heart, Bade me choose the bet - ter part,
-¥=±jm:
m
E g* g
I I I I
:*=£
i
I I
K K
§§;
Showed me all my guilt and sin, Made me clean and pure with -in.
Stooped my lamp of faith to trim, Made me feel my need of him.
Soft - ly whis-pered in ray ear Ten-der words of hope and cheer.
Led me gen - tly to his breast, Fill'd my soul with peace and rest.
in=
\r r r rri-
I I
Chorus.
/ — /
i
I I
a*
Jesus touch'd ray heart with his pow'r divine. His pow'r divine,his pow'r divine ;
-•- ft J» - . J J -*>-
Ob .U U W W * — ♦
±2
-/ / • /
/— /■
l I
§
I I
\ s
pv^2:
zpczj
\
V V V V 1
divine : I'm happv since
I. I s
/ m m> + -m ~~*~^-~
Jesus touch'd my heart with his pow'r divine : I'm happy since his love is mine.
±3.-2
V—/-
/ /
-*—t-
Copvright, 1897, bv Wra. J. Kirkpatrick.
H— R X— 6
SI
No. 80.
THE BOLTED DOOR.
Rev. John Parker.
Wm. J. KlRKPATRICK.
^jfpp^fffi
S-3-
1. Do you know the blessed Saviour's at the door? That he lingers there to
2. Do not keep him longer wait-ing at the door, Hear him knocking.calling
3. Will you close your heart against him at the door? Will he not be all you
4. O, to think that Je- sus waits outside the door, He may leave you tore -
-*—*--
AJ£lZ
L=£
a^f
?=*:
<y»
EE£*±SE
SEfe=i=S:
*4=*
^Z
3=5=^:
bless you more and more? Will you not in- vite him in, And his
loud - er than be- fore. Bid him wel-comenow with -in, Turn a -
He will take a- way your pride, Be your
er - more.
need for ev
turn, no, nev - er - more. Leave you hope- less and a- lone, With a
i2=£=£=/=£=
(S-±
F
1 v v \
=— • — * * ; g '-9-^ — ^— g : + I < q ; -*
fel - lowship be- gin, He is wait- ing, knocking, calling at the door,
way from ev - 'ry sin, He will en - ter and the feast be ev - er-more.
nev - er - fail- ing guide, To the mansions where the blessed ones a - dore.
heart as hard as stone, Haste to hear him now and o - pen wide the door.
HS
ht=£±±=t
5Z=h
4— m-
y y y
Chorus. v
fo&=S±
He is wait - - ing, he is knocking at the door, He is
Wait-ing, he is wait-ing, knock-ing at the door,
wait - - ing, he is knocking at the door,He is wait - ing, He is
Waiting, he is waiting, knocking at the door, Waiting, lie is waiting,
y y y y y y
1B91, Copyright of Wm. J. Kirkpatrick. Used by permission.
82
THE BOLTED DOOR. (Concluded.)
knocking at the door, He is waiting, he is knocking at the door.
. . ' . — -m-m~ •-♦-*-♦-♦- De is knocking at the door.
No. 81.
W. F. COSNER.
COME HOME.
Chas. Edw. Pollock.
1 The Sav- iour in- vites vou, poor wand'rer, to come, The Fa - ther is
2 Re - turn to the Fa - ther, who holds you so dear ; Say, why will you
3 Poor wan- der - er, haste, for the night draweth nigh ; Say, why will you
4. Come home, trembling mourner, O, come and be blest, Here lay down your
it -IS ft BT-I
— h -ft— is-^ -A
1 ^ fe * N fc ST"!
fs^£
— m—. — -^ 1 1 «—
T"-" *^ — * J^ — M
~ . m 9 % J-
—m-^—m — «> m-\ — ^ — ♦ 1
wait - ing to
per - ish when
lin - ger still?
bur - dens that
-7— rs-ii Ur hs 2 —
m k_j -jp, ^ ,
wel - come you home ; Now cease from your wand'rings so
plen - ty is near? 0, leave the lone des - ert where
Why will you die? Tho' poor and un- wor - thy, with
you may find rest; Be cleansed from your sins, and to
-*- * -<*- -i*- -*- -m- — -I — -0- -0— ' -m~
— *— - » \x 1 1 |— = ^ 1—" br— r— («■ -S-
&%■&— r 7 — w -
— ^ / !*■ 1 1
y , <* ~T~
|VLV ~ ^ / /
/ •/ * j*
V r / / / /
r— >—
lone - ly and wild ;
shad- ows are piled;
sin all de - filed ;
God rec- on - ciled ;
-m m — ■ — ^-
m
Re - turn to your Fa- ther, O prod - i - gal child !
Re - turn to your Fa- ther, O prod - i - gal child !
The Fa - ther will wel- come his prod - i - gal child!
Re - turn to your Fa- ther, O prod - i - gal child !
iB=te:
v — v-
V — br—
, Chokis.
^=?=v^="
Repeat Chorus pp.
Come home, come home, O prod - i - gal child, come home!
Come home. come home,
m
3e=&e:
3 1— t
ii
*v-r
-*-ti
Copyright oi Wm. J. Kirkpatrick. Used bv permission.
83
i i
No. 82.
LET HIM IN.
Rev. J. B. AfcmNSON.
E. 0. Excell.
£5=4=
i r
s±^
/
1. There's a stran-ger at the door, Let
2. 0- pen now to him your heart, Let
3. Hear you now his lov-ing voice? Let
4. Xowad-mit the heavenly Guest, Let
m
him in,
him in,
him in,
him in,
mm^
_£^r^\ Let the Saviour in,
<5>-
let the Saviour in.
-»-=-*■
/ / / /
n-
*F-
— ftr
He has been there oft be - fore,
If you wait he will de - part,
row, O now make him your choice
Hewill make for you a feast,
Let the Saviour in.
let the Saviour in,
ra» r r r j
/ / / /
'/ > V >
m
:§*:
m
Let
him
in
i
ere
i
he
is
scone,
Let
him
in.
the
Ho-
lv
1
One,
Let
him in,
he
is
vour Friend
, He
vour soul
will
sure
de-
fend,
He
is standing
at
the door,
Jov
to YOU
he
will
re -
3tore,
He
will speak
your sins
for- given.
And
when earth ties all
are 3
•iven,
•*v 1- ,
f-
-»
m
■*
— m—
-&-
m
— ••—
*
r?h
SMfc
1 1 1 —
<s '
— m-
— •-
Z
*
t— H
^
i
1
/
y
i
*
^
1
i
m
^ i
^4
^»
— ^-
Je-sus Christ, the Fa-ther's Son,
Hewill keep you to the end,
And his name you will a - dore,
Hewill take vouhometo heaven,
/ y-r-'
Let r
Let
Let
Let
Let the Saviour in,
him in.
him in.
him in.
him in.
j T / i/ i
■ZB
-?-
»*
let the Saviour in.
mV- + r» m ■
?—y-r
y y y y
Copyright, 1S81, by John J. Hood. Used by permission of E. O. Excell, owner.
84
No. 83.
MERCY IS BOUNDLESS AND FREE.
Henrietta E. Blair.
Wm. J. Kirk Patrick.
Thanks be to Je-sus, his mercy is free,
Why on the mountain of sin wilt thou roam'
Mer-cy
Mer-cv
9
is free,
is free.
3. Think of his goodness, his patience, and love, Mer-cy is free,
4. Yes, there is pardon for all who believe, Mer-cy is free,
mer-cy
mer-cy
mer-cy
mer-cy
9 '
is free:
is free :
is free:
is free
Cho.
/ / V
-J esus the Saviour is looking for thee, Looking for thee, looking for thee ;
M
*ty fffffhii^i^fj
Fine.
Sinner, that mercy is flowing for thee,
Gently the Spirit is calling," Come home,"
Pleading thy cause with his Father above,
Come and this moment a blessing receive,
Mer-cy is boundless and free.
Mer-cy is boundless and free.
Mer-cy is boundless and free.
Mer-cv is boundless and free.
I - I 1 1 \W'f -Ml
/ 7 7 V / 7
Loving-ly, tender- ly calling for thee, Calling and looking for thee.
L/ * /
JEm-
* - *> ^ —
If thou art willing on him to believe, Mer-cy is free, mer-cy is free
Thou art in darkness, come to the light, Mer-cy is free? mer-cy is free
Come and repenting, O give him your heart. Mer-cy is free, mer-cy is free
Jesus is waiting, hear him proclaim, Mer-cy is free, mer-cy is free
±h * s s p
\-Zre
-7 77777
3e=m:
y— a
/ / i/ i
/ / /
■JS-jv
£=4
N S N
Z>.C. Chorus.
^eMse*
^=v
Life ev- erlasting thy soul may receive,
Jesus is waiting, he'll save you to-night,
Grieve him no longer, but come as thou art.
Cling to his mercv, be- lieve on his name,
m
Mercy is boundless and free.
Mercy is boundless and free.
Mercy is boundless and free.
Mercv is boundless and free.
1882, Copyright of Wm. J. Kirkpatrick
Used by permission.
85
No. 84.
THE BEST FRIEND IS JESUS.
P. P. B.
1. the best friend to have is Je
2. What a friend I have found in Je
3. Tho' I pass thro' the night of sor
4. When at last to our home we gath
P. P. BlLHORN.
^-* -0*-
sus, When the cares of life up -
sus! Peace and comfort to my-
row, And the chill- y waves of
er, With the loved ones who have
-a~i -i -i
|
iv x ^* i i^ &•
v r \ J. • JS i
— ^-T
p, j^__ K -,> -^-
—■ n» • * i
i
on you
soul he
Jor - dan
gone be -
roll;
Drings :
roll,
fore,
- w -. -m- - w .
He will heal the wounded heart, He will
Lean - ing on his might- y arm, I will
Xev - er need I shrink or fear, For my
We will sing up - on the shore, Praising
fW H i - ^ —
+-&1
--#-
3^=J
1 | 1 i~* 1 1 (J |
n |
1
*_
jr-.
^ * ^ i^r
>5J •
* * i
igP J *
sj
A £ H — X
. 1_ .
— &-±
— 1 Eb ! ^^ 1
-# * 1
o # I s |S |S
N "*
\
ft
! h > I
M tf 4---»r--h
*~ ~
— •-•
— 0P—
i *l * '*! m
-&
•f l
rn uJ i
1 1 ' 1
__ J It
*U/ 2» • J J •
— ♦-•
strength and grace impart ;
fear no ill or harm ;
Sav- iour is so near ;
him for ev - er- more ;
-a-B ,
m w - - * *
the best friend to have is
the best friend to have is
the best friend to have is
the best friend to have is
Je -
Je -
Je -
Je -
sus.
sus.
sus.
sus.
far—*— i — !—
~i— *-T>
~£2
7 ~\ 9 1 m\ j*\ J
~~m\ — ' — l_
- . A
tf %
1 J * !
*/ V *
1
/T\
11 #*
/TV
1
1
1
!
VcJ' ff N*
; «r 1
-
! * • ^
w
4
1 # __l
Chokus. Spirited.
■zr
tH
&=?={
a
The best friend to have
S:
-*-i-
'/ ' '/ y \ y
Je - sus, The best friend to have is
Je -sus ev-'ry day,
m > 7 m -
Copyright, 1891, by P. P. Bilhorn. Used by per.
86
THE BEST FRIEND IS JESUS. (Concluded.)
f—j-
K K
:v==v
\ N
' '/ / / / V
Je - - sus. He will help you when you fall, He will
Je - -u* all the way :
i
6L JL _*_ _^_ _*_
Ts O — "V
A-
AZ»-
fl J
hear you when you call; the best Friend to liave is Je - sus.
. - - -* * - ■* -* * ^ -
r <k r
:g 9:
i^ez^m:
II
/ / / \/
/
No. 85.
JESUS NOW IS CALLING.
R. E. H.
R. E. Hudson,
4
"• — W •> W
i v-j>' NJ
-=»— •— £ h* — < —
s — s — V
:«. -•_ _•
1. Come, ye wea-ry and oppress' d, Je-sus now is calling you, Come to him, he'll
2. Tho' your sins like mountains rise, Je-sus now is calling you ; He has made the
3. Tho' your sins like scarlet be, Je-sus now is calling you; From your sins he'll
4. Come, ve wand'rers from the fold, Je-sus now is calling you, his love can
-^- * -m- -*- -m- -+-
*^>
! -\-
/ / / —
Chorus.
i
V V V V ' * '
/ /
/ / / /
zSz^z^
z fir^
&
I
give you rest — Still he bids you come. Je-sus now is calling, Calling,
sac- ri- fice — Still he bids you come,
set you free — Still he bids you come,
ne'er be told — Still he bids you come. calling, calling.
-♦-i-«-
■f-g
&—mi3f— j * r T r I 1 1 1 I 1 fr l» w fr \JT T " r-
Lv— /— /--y- 1 ^— ' -~-~^-j> ZI ^- ? -~ / -^y—y-y-y- A
E£Z3EEE^=IE^E^E^E3EE31
J JljT i i\4 i : j I gJ
II
call-ing,
call - ing
_/ 1-
Je - sus now is call- ing you — Call- ing you to come.
_^ — *.
/ / / /
Copyright. 1882, by R. E. Hudson. Used by per. Q'J
/ /
-y — y — y — /-
No. 86.
WELCOME FOR ME.
Fanny J. Crosby.
Wm. J. Kirk pa trick.
£$
?^S:
O « . '
1. Like a bird on the deep, far a - way from its nest, I had
2. I am safe in the ark ; I have fold - ed my wings On the
3. I am safe in the ark, and I dread not the storm, Tho' a -
m
I I
* J4 * J
wander'd, my Saviour, from thee ;
bo - som of mer- cy di - vine ;
round me the sur- ges may roll ;
But thv dear lov- ing voice called me
I am fill'd with the light of thy
I will look to the skies, where the
^±
ifEESEff:
^
I I
I I I I
— • ar»- ■= *t ■
2Eg3j
~-m^^&
home to thy breast, And I knew there was wel- come for me.
pres- ence so bright. And the joy that will ev - er be mine,
day nev - er dies, I will sing of the joy in my soul.
£ 5ZZ
Y-F-
15>- — «•-
I I
Chorus.
WZITM 4
%
:\-±
-1V-A-
V g J ' ^
Welcome for me. SaA
from thee : A smile and a welcome for me
^=^3E
i — r
Xow, like a dove, I rest in thy love, And find a sweet refuge in thee
in thee.
_. _ ^._^_ J|||
a. «.
^%jZ-~-~-P- "J 11 ^!^
-tSi *-
mttm:
m&
I i I I I i * i i I
1885, Copyright of Wm. J. Kirkpatrick. Used by permission.
88
No. 87.
THE SAVIOUR NOW IS NEAR.
C. H. S.
3
, — _5 V
~+ *
Clarissa H. Spenxer.
1. O the Sav-iour now is near, His sweet gen- tie voice we bear; Come
2. Je - sus longs each heart to win, He will save from ev - 'ry sin ; Xow
3. Happy hearts that seek his grace, Turning toward the Saviour's face: Xow
^b4 y
— •■ » • — * — • — p—
-y y — / — y — /
* * s w w—t ?
-r-^j * * g g ,■' • ^
p p . i* p p p ^
/ / / / / 7
* j •* * *-* p-
lean your weary soul on him without one fear ; All your care and grief he
o- pen wide the door and let him en - ter in ; He has car- ried all your
to his ev - er- last-ing love.commit your case ; He will cleanse you a guide,up-
^ m -p- -*■ - -+ - ■+- -m~ ¥u* -m~ ~ - -0- .
— m — 9 — * — -*- — i 9 — »■ — -
? y y-y y y
-y — y
'$.
/ y y /
\ | Fixe.
knows, He will conquer all your foes, And give you sweet repose; Praise his name,
grief. From your sin and unbe- lief He of-fers sweet relief: Praise his name,
hold, Till the tale of life is told, And pearly gates unfold: Praise his name.
•?Ti:
m^z^s.
y y y y y y
^m
j y y y / / va/
D. S. — take vour sins away: Praise his name.
Chorus.
-A- s ^V
! 1 ^ ^
1
l>
J
*
*•-» p
— •
• V
v \
fy?— 5*5*-
" 9 t
— p—
— *► — •• — p-
p
!
•
— S j —
A kr-
V ) - m
j m
%)
i
1 — w
-<•-
• ■♦■ -a
r S"
Come, come to - dav, hear the Sav- iour sav: " Come and I will give vou
1 , — 1 ^ 1 r^ m- m ! m— i-s — s
i
^33
/
n
*^^
9*
• *^
\
ZX5.
• '^
1 1-
rest apoD my breast;" Come and own his sway; his commands obey; He will
I -*■- -+■- -m- -+- m -»- fcp- -•- -•- -*■- -m — *- -•-
— • ™-P-9«-i-» — :
/ — A
zTJ=±=g — h»— ^- S=^=S=q
• •
Copyright, 1897, by Wm. J. Kirkpatrick.
89
No. 88.
LOVINGLY, TENDERLY CALLING.
w. A. o.
W. A. Ogden. By per.
~— *■— —J— S g S — d gt -+?-F— i^d— ^— •■ i |
■/ '/ ii y y
1. Je- sus, the lov-ing Shepherd, Calleth thee now to come In- to the fold of
2. Je- sus, the lov-ing Shepherd, Gave his dear life for thee, Ten-derly now he's
3. Lin-ger-ing is but fol-ly, Wolves are abroad to-day, Seeking the lambs who' re
=£8
n_ ; — i — i 1 1 1
-y— v— y
P-n*-
^=^=^^r=:^:
/ /
y-r
h /~ y— /— 1 /-
safety, Where there is rest and room ; Come in the strength of manhood, Come in the
call-ing, Wanderer, come tome : Haste, for without is danger, "Come," cries the
straying, Seeking the lambs to slav ; Jesus, the loving Shepherd, Calleth thee
^ ^- |S f* j I* _ m + m
tt=H=$=m±
m
jV--\-
i*= 3 -*-J^
i -+.*-+- ~m- m -m-
y / I
morn of youth, En-ter the fold of safe - ty, En-ter the way of truth.
Shepherd blest, En-ter the fold of safe - tj', En-ter the place of rest.
now to come, x En-ter the fold of safe - ty, Where there is rest and room.
J3t-
mm + ■ I —
y i/ i/
£=«*:
Chorus.
?"-t?-M-
4M^-J— , is__]v-n- ft
-^rVr-
■ M 1 —I 1 F^ 1^ 1"^ j\— -K
^H—H i 1 ^l—b-m—m—m %7 ^-
■■*—*— 9-
/ y
Lov-ing- ly, ten-der-ly call-ing is he, Wanderer, wanderer, come un-to me ;
£=£
v— y— /— /
fcfc|e:aE:i: -"w-p zfr
:*=t=t=t
k k HFTti^
/ / /
rit.
fc^--^=v
N l\
^3=2=3
> ' y r / . .-
Pa-tient-ly wait-ing, there standing I see Je- sus, my Shepherd di - vine.
V — £
.*_«_^_^
! 1 h 1 1
i 1 1 1 — H-w — * — tar
y y y i
90
rlo.89. ARE YOU COMING TO THE FEAST?
I. N. M.
I. N. McHose.
*=2
*=*
2^
1. There's a feast now a- wait-ing, pre-pared b}- lov- ing hands, In the
2. Come, for all things are read- y, why will you stay a : way ? Hear the
3. "lis a feast ev - er- last- ing, a - bun-dan t, rich and free, Thro' the
4*- -JL. • JKL. JR. -M.- -ft- .«. — JL. -m~
*
4=£
1 — ^ — ^ — i
midst of the banquet, the gen- tie Saviour stands; Then no Ion- ger go
kind in - vi - ta-tion, come, without de-lay ; Tis the day of sal -
blood of the Sav-iour, an o - pen door we see ; Come and wear the white
-*. -m- • -,*- 4*- -m- /7\ -ft. -p~ -m~
jE=fc — y~ £ =fe:
S5
4 s [S ^ _ |v
* ?
JS-JN-^-JS-^v
^ ^ ft J
rov-ing o'er des-erts bare and wild, See! the Fa-ther now is wait-ing to
va-tion wtw will you lon-ger roam ? There's a mansion now preparing, for
raiment, the wedding garment fair, And the Lord and all his an-gels will
7*3 * • y ~
$=*
g^
— / — /-
r r ig -g- fa L u I
Chorus
greet his wea-ry child. You're in-vit - ed, are you com-ing?
you in yon-der home.
bid you welcome tbere. to the feast, to the feast,
ac- cept the in - vi - ta-tion, all things are ready, come ;
See the Fa-ther now is wait-ing to {Omit.) welcome wand'rers home.
%=£=?:
-mzz3rzmzzM_\
r F ML
r -H- L L L L f II
Copyright, 1897, by Wiu. J. Kirkpatrick.
91
/ / /
-m-
/ ] / '/ >
No. 90.
THE SOUL CHEERING PROMISE.
Fanny J. Crosby.
Moderate. \ *
-\ — I 1 3 — IV
Geo. Jn\ Rockwell.
5N 9 Z "+- -■•- -••- -+-'-+-
I =3 /
1. We know not the trials be-fore us, But Je- sus takes thought for them all,
2. We know not the trials be-fore us, But why should we tremble or fear?
3. We know not the trials be-fore us, The sorrows and cares we shall meet.
And trusting the aid of hiscoun- sel, We nev- er, no, nev-er, can fall;
The arm of the Lord will protect us, The ark of his mer- cy is near;
But Othere'sa re-fuge in Je - sus, Though surges may break at our feet;
'- • m '?' h m- » m. m p *
I
*^=*
v V V k k k
^- I s * * I s | N \
g^iggii §fcirjEn iigSjig
We know not the tri- als be-fore us, Or what on the morrow ma} T be,
We know not the tri- als be-fore us. Or whatourtempta-tionsmay be,
How blessed that re-fuge for - ev - er Where safe from the storm we shall be,
1^."^»T IT T~ T> Jfr
^=^-s^
-f- -j«- -♦- -^ -m- k. -♦-
:=:
jt
Fine.
1
But sweetis the soul-cheering promise, "My grace is suf-ficient for thee."
But stronger than death is the promise, "My grace is suf-ficient for thee."
The password to life is the promise. "My grace is suf-ficient for thee."
*
m
m=&
m
y / V / / S V
D.S. — Re - member the soul-cheering promise,"My grace is sufficient for thee."
mf CHORUS.
Chorus. ^ D.S.
Then cleave totheSaviour.cleave to him,W hat ever the conflict may be,
1 — r-\ — W - m < 1 * I ^ — — ^ — I —
Copyright, 1896, by Wm. J. Kirkpatrick.
:£z=£zz£=te=j*:
mm
92
No. 91.
BLESSED ASSURANCE.
"He that believeth on me hath everlasting life.'' — John vi. 47.
Fanny J. Crosby. Mrs. Joseph F. Knapp.
W^
» 4 m i -*
A — p
■g— gi— w-
1. Bless-ed as -sur-ance, Je-sus is mine! 0, what a fore-taste of
2. Per-fect sub- mis - sion, per-fect de - light, Vis-ions of rap - ture now
3. Per-fect sub- mis - sion, all is at rest, I in my Sav-iouram
wm
" ' i/ >
glo - ry di - vine! Heir of sal - va-tion, pur-chase of God,
burst on my sight. An - gels de - scend-ing, bring from a - bove,
hap-py and blest. "Watch-ing and wait-ing, look-ing a - bove,
8- XX =£
---
iS
Chorus.
^
t P - * <r~r~ ar
1/
5— •r^m
Born of his Spir - it, wash'd in his blood. This is my sto - ry,
Ech - oes of mer - cy, whis-pers of love.
Filled with his good-ness, lost in his love.
J. N I s N _ #- -P- ■*- .-(*--
I m * i * I I 3t
Ac
N-^V
11 — « — « — «
A — V
> N \
k p^
i : ?f=i=rF* :
^*
'~ ^ --~-~
this is -rav song, Praising mv Sav-iour all the dav long; This is my
*
ZWZZMl
y — / — '4-
~/ — / — /
JSTJE^+
-♦- -*■- -*■- -+- -m~» \ \
- 1 — .-1 — . J •> ■•-
:izi:
/ — 4 — /
y-y
fc=i
-N — x — !S — h=:-H
J. fl: s t
S=s
S.— 5_—_*— jb:
to a ry, this is mv sonar. Prais-ing mv Sav-iour all the dav lon<
II
^l-' • m.. .m~ .*-•-*-<
K K s
1 ! *— -* — *-
Topjright, 1873, by Jos. F. Knapp. Used bv permission.
93
' i# ; 1 j- j- v- * * i | ~r ' i
No. 92.
W. A. S.
SHALL BE LIKE HIM.
Rev. W. A. Spencer, D. D.
1. When I shall reach the more ex - eel-lent glo - ry, And all my
2. We shall not wait till the glo - ri- ous dawn-ing Breaks on the
3. More and more like him, re - peat the blest sto - ry, - ver and
%
— _ m. — _p> — * — m — m — *—!-< -i i - pl.
tri - als are passed, I shall be-hold him, O won-der-ful sto-ry!
vis- ion so fair, Now we may welcome the heav - en - ly morning,
o - ver a - gain, Changed by his spir - it from glo - ry to glo - ry,
^s^ia^F — — >r-F z ft^ = F z:: v==? s = = ^ =: r
■^ g I m - — m ■ <■ » ■ " ■ — ♦ — -o -m « 1
I shall be like him at last.
Now we his im - age may bear.
I shall be sat - is - fied then.
I shall be like him,
mM
m- — *-
===^zz^^JHq^=M=J^
fc==J=
r-«— m— g— m i— «—• «— g— «-i— ^S| — r"^ i *1 -\ — hr— «— <•— g— «
I shall be like him, And in his beauty shall shine,
■m-" -m--m~-m~-m- +&+-+. I* * l
I shall be like him,
«=*=»=r=±r=«ai=fc
A- — IS IS \-
42 — tl — «. — m W- W~
3=3=4
■*> — s-
v ? / r r
won- drous- ly like him, Je - sus, my Sav - iour di - vine.
:?=*
-?— /-
V r
■f* — •> — «
:st
ii
ss/ y ]/ |/ ]/ ]/ |/
Copyright, 1897, by W. A. Spencer. Used by permission.
94
No. 93. LEANING ON THE EVERLASTING ARMS.
Rev. £. A. Hoffman.
A. J. Showalter.
-I -J^— V
. .._|_ (V
1. What a fel-lowship,what a joy divine, Lean-ing on theEv-er
2. O how sweet to walk in this pil- grim way. Leaning on theEv-er
3. What have I todread, what have I to fear, Lean-ing on theEv-er
n
ft 4 L
I I
-^ » m ■ m m I —
-I 1 — £-— V 1 ? ■
fc^ZjE
.
i«M
— \
-& — i
— i 1 r* — in — h - 1 — i 1 in — s .
1 1 1 1 — m 1 j 1 m _•_ 1
last - ing Anns; What a bless - ed-ness, what a peace is mine,
last - ing Arms; O how bright the path grows from day to day,
last - ing Arms? I have bless- ed peace with my Lord so near,
I
i K
Chorus.
• * 1 1 1 ah- 1 —* -m 1 — ■ — i
Lean - ing on the Ev - er - last - ing Arms. Lean - ing,
Lean - ing on the Ev - er - last - ing Arms.
Lean - ing on the Ev - er - last - ing Arms.
Lean - ing on Je - sue,
I s fc i
^_JS_jS_V^
j=
«=,
m
£zi
i— ^
J 1 A i
lean - ing, Safe and se-cure from all
Lean - ing on Je - sus,
N N_ J J
a - larms;
. r r r h
— • — m— — ♦ — — i-
z=Htr_zt=EzE
mzi— «:
i£
*
*
-•• — « 1 i—zp:^ — zj — |H>
Lean - ing, lean - ing, Lean-ing on the Ev- er-lasting Arms.
I Lean - ing on Je - sus, lean-ing on Je-eus,
t . ft ■ ■ J y ' yV J , » ,« * p p m i m • |S__^_jS__X ^ _^
fe=^-z3E^g^±r^E^E^E^?E^t=?EEl
i — P— y-| — h
Copyright, 1887, by A. J. Showalwr. Uied by permission.
95
No. 94.
WATCH AND PRAY.
Fanny J. Crosby.
Kirkpateick.
1. "Watch and pray
2. Watch and pray ;
3. Watch and pray,
4. Watch and pray,
that when the Mas-ter com -
the tempt-er may be near
nor let us ev - er wea -
nor leave our post of du -
eth, If at morn - ing,
us ; Keep the heart with
ry ; Je - sus watched and
ty, Till we hear the
i
N Hi J ^^ J i J:tlJ J=^r3
ir
noon or night, He may find a lamp in ev - 'ry window, Trimmed and
jeal - ous care, Lest the door, a mo-ment left un-guard - ed, E - vil
prayed a - lone : Prayed for us when on - ly stars be-held him, While on
Bridegroom's voice : Then, with him the marriage feast par-tak - ing, W T e shall
f 9 ' ~ . * t* ' * - . + i "iiT" — ^ — m-±-m-
2:
£lIZm±mZT=MZz2ziZ*ZZHZTZ*
Chorus.
— I — I — R— p
-ft-
i^W
| " 3 I ¥
burn - ing clear and bright. Watch and pray, the Lord corn-
thoughts may en - ter there.
01 - ive's brow they shone,
ev - er-more re - joice. Watch and pray, the Lord com-mand - eth. Watch and
J IS ~z ^-£:
3-*-
•HH a -'-IH a - z y fr'H
*— 1£ J — *-=* — y — 2zzz\
~S 3 — v
■ ^— — — -as
mand - - eth; Watch and pray 'twill not be
pray, the Lord com-mand - eth; Watch and prav. 'twill not be long, Watch and
-m- ' -*■- -+- ' -m-
long; Soon he'll gath - - er home his
pray, 'twill not be long : Soon he'll gath - er home his loved ones, Soon he'll
m
1885, Copyright of Wni. J. Kirkpatrick.
Used by permission.
96
fed
WATCH AND PRAY. (Concluded.)
J —
- g -^ — 2 f ^ji * . ^—
> g> *
^1
I
song.
loved ones To the hap - py vale of song. of
gath - er home his loved ones To the hap - py vale of 6ong, the vale of song.
A — h. — A-
9=£
?—*
5=^
S3
13
No. 95.
Rev. W. L. C. Huxnicutt.
Con spirito.
I 1/ I
I'LL REJOICE.
j Lj- i-J jfrs q.^ >g J J| j = s-JH N &-r— 1 =
Wm, H. Hartwell.
1. I will praise ray great Cre-a - tor, For his wondrous grace and love;
2. I will praise ray dear Re - deera- er, While he saves my soul from death;
3.1 will praise the Ho - lv Spir - it, Svveet-est Com-fort-er is he;
> - Jff: 3t :£-" - - fe«-- ^ -*- -*- ^r- -*- ^ .
02±
■U 1 j7_ g rE
I l
_L ^ 1 1 f=s-A-l |S— to 1— I -I— ,
'Tis meet that they should praise below, Who would praise our God above.
I will glo - ry in my Sav - iour, 'Tis for this he gives me breath.
Praise- is come- ly for the right - eous, O that I might righteous be.
Chorus. Con Abandone E'sosto.
I will glo - ry in my God,
I
-h — --* — IS— I I s — I pr— 1 ' N — fer~^ IV— I n— I 1
— y 1 1 ahr 1 i --1-W-I 1 ' — — -3-i HhH-; 1 — ** +-\~%-\ 1
-^-i—^ — *— i— • — ^ — « -*J-^ — <$> -m-*—m-^ ♦- *— • — <r — *-\-GL- i. 1
ay God,
ii
I'll re-joice in my Cre
. i* JPm ■ * m
Pm mosso. cres -
■-\2. hr-4— A
I I
- cen
do. a tempo. E'sosto.
: 4
_5^~S— *-
5d=j5=3:
l£
*ti:
~] —
w
My soul shall make her boast of him, And I'll sound his praise a-broad.
_j_ l -y H'-TTf j. -UrT j
Copyright. 1897, by Wm. J. Kirkpatrick.
II— R N— 7
97
No. 96.
THE BRIGHT MORNING-LAND.
E. E. Hewitt.
Not too slow.
WM. J. KlEKPATRICK.
«i ^
1. Some-times we grope
2. 0, let us walk
3. Come, let us live
4. Dark though the way,
'mid
as
in
vet'
J5t_
the
the
the
'the
-•-
shad- ows
1 chil-dren
might of
Lord will
of
of
his
pro -
pain,
light,"
name,
vide "
Some-times the
Know-ing the
Kin-dling our
Light that will
-#-- -#-- -*-
Av t * r i *
Sr •
{"> , o * * i 1
1 r r r
W ? * '
'0
i l
/ 4 1
1 1
1
1
1 1
1
!
1 1
~M —
- —
/T i? «* 2
m \ m *
'
1
• ' • •
£$-'
1 m
O •
* *
m
*
• *
clouds will
1
' re - turn aft -
er rain;''
Cling, then,
more close
- lv to
" Dav-spring
' mustcon-quer
the night;
Mys- fries
we nev
- er can
lamps by
the Heav - en
lv Flame ;
On - ward
- bev -
ing the
shine at
the calm e -
ven - tide ;
Por - tals
of glo -
ry wide
-0— —
-#-- -0- -0-
-0- -&- *
1 1
• ■«-
-*- -*■-
#
V
JSa «L_^
God's bless- ed hand, Lead- ing us on
here un-der- stand Spar-kle with love
Mas - ter's com-mand, Joy, rest and peace
o - pen will stand, Beau - ti - ful gates
-♦- -m- -•■- <& ■m~
-&4-
-♦- ^- •
to the bright Morning-Land.
in the fair Morn-ing- Land.
in the blest Morn-ing- Land.
of the bright Morn-ing- Land.
^
szzzar
• 1/
1 — r
Chorus. A little faster.
Hark! hark
f ,
t
— >? •>
a cho - rus grand King - ing,
.£__
- fc
*
/ /
ring -ing from that gold - en strand. Sav - iour, hold us
A — -j — I -*- -*- *^ -•-
*£-
■•M*
1 — I-
25:
Copyright, 1897, bj Wm. J. Kirkpatrick.
98
THE BRIGHT MORNING-LAND. ( Concluded.)
g J I i j^zfig
s
«=g
ssil
No. 97.
THE GOSPEL FEAST.
" Come; for all things are now ready."— Luke xiv. 17.
Charles "Wesley. Clio, bv H. L. G. H. L. Gilmour.
.a ^ja: — s — \ — i — « — «-
—I i — •— — H — ! — — ?- 1
1. Come, sin-ners, to the gos-pel feast; It is for you, it is for me;
2. Ye need not one be left be-hind, It is for you, it is for me;
^4» I k V
m w:
£^=3gig
I
^b — f
K-JMM-
y 1/ i
Fine.
— V
a — i H-*— ~ — i v
H ♦ ■• — I— *s ^b * — ^ +—
5 =E^3^S^^^U
« — & — ♦ — • :— m— h-i — i — i^— H
Let ev - 'ry soul be Je-sus' guest ; It is for you, it is for me.
For God hath bid - den all mankind, It is for you, it is for me.
-/ — * — V
V-
mi
D.S. — wea- ry wand'rer, come and see, It is for you, it is for me.
Sal - va-tion full, sal - va-tion free, The price was paid on Cal - va - ry
5fc
^~m:
■p n « j* -
> i k i k k r~H
Copyright, 1889, by H. L. Gilmour. Used by permission,
3 Sent by my Lord, on you I call ;
The invitation is to all :
4 Come, all the world! come, sinner, thou!
All things in Christ are ready now.
5 Come, all ye souls by sin oppressed,
Ye restless wand'rers after rest;
6 Ye poor and maimed and halt and blind,
In Christ a hearty welcome find.
99
7 My message as from God receive;
Ye all may come to Christ and live:
8 let this love your hearts constrain,
Nor suffer him to die in vain.
9 See him set forth before your eyes,
That precious, bleeding sacrifice !
10 His offered benefits embrace,
And freely now be saved by grace !
No. 98.
BEAUTIFUL ROBES.
E. E. Hewitt.
,, -j Not ton fast
WM. J. KlRKPATRICK.
-A—. 1 V >-• V i—fcr— V 1
_=E_*-i_5=L«!- T S=*^ : — * J-*— J i ~ ' jfS ^~~ ' 2 .^ 1
1. "We shall walk with him in white, In that conn - try pure and bright,
2. We shall walk with him in white, Where faith yields to bliss-ful sight,
3. We shall walk with him in white, By the tbun-tains of de-light.
g p-4 r • r ir- $'' r r
-If-^r-
*=^
1
Where shall enter naught that may defile : Where the day-beam ne'er declines,
When the beau- ty of the King we see: Hold-ing converse full and sweet.
Where the Lamb his ransomed ones shall lead, For his blood shall wash each stain.
IS ^ - N
For thebless-ed light that shines Is the glo - ry of the Saviour's smile.
In a fel - low-ship complete: Waking-songs of ho- ly mel - o - dy.
Till no spot of sin re-main, And the soul for-ev - er-more is freed.
1 *. * / — 1-^ 5 ^ V * • ^ ,- 1 L
42.
• » ~ -^— «Ht
If Tf
Beau - - ti - ful robes Beau - - ti-fnl robes
Beauti-ful robes, beautiful robes, Beauti-ful robes, beau-ti-ful robe%
»„ -
U
S
-<P ♦-
a:za:zs:_*
-1- /-*-* -
jeje:
/ / /
Beau - -
Beauti - ful robes
Tf (•
1/
ti - ful robes
we then shall wear
we then shall wear, Beau-ti - ful robes we then shall wear,
sup X
/-y— /— h
n
f=fzzl
1/ 1/ 1/ I
1890, Copvright of Wm. J. Kirkpatrick. Used br permission.
100
BEAUTIFUL ROBES. (Concluded.)
i» N J .— J . I . K
m-itm — •-' — ■
" lr tf^r^ — :*-
Gar - - ments of light Love - - ly and bright
Garments of light, garments of light, Lovely and bright, lovely and blight.
>?££
y / bBozr: ==E
/ '/ /
; — ~s — s — v
N — x ^izr - ~
/ / /
V '
AYalk-ing with Je - sua in white, Beau-ti - ful robes we shall wear.
£ e > & & > * r • r r e ' ! l > * k • h
No. 99.
E. D. Mi-n-d.
THOU THINKEST, LORD, OF ME.
"The Lord thinketh upon me.'' — Ps. xi: 17.
E. S. Lorexz.
\_J ^
tm
fm
~- ^- ♦- «^- •-*-* * -«-* -W
S
i I '/
1. A - mid the tri - als which I meet, A- mid the thorns that pierce my feet,
2. The cares of life come thronging fast, T'p - on my soul their shadow "cast ;
3. Let shadows come, let shadows go, Let life be bright or dark with woe,
»' « p <*\ | r f r = ^~ ig r r - i w + * \
* y ■ i »* r r r >P r r r ^ -^-^ i
l_j . 1 1_^ ^ 1 1 1
-/ *
/ /
%
Fixe.
• — 5=5 — S^^+f — • — <• -J- J- 5 — — *-F^— Id
One thought remains su - preme- ly sweet. Thou thinkest. Lord, of me!
Their gloom reminds mv heart at last. Thou thinkest, Lord, of me !
I am con-tent, for this I know, Thou thinkest, Lord, of me !
g#-S
WS.
V — /
i!
D.S. — What needl fear since thou art near, And think-est, Lord, of me
Chorus.
4 I N
D.S.
^rr-s-rr^rl a^:
Thou thinkest, Lord, of me, Thou thinkest. Lord, of me!
of me. of m<- :
.zzzzzd — z_ -^-/ — / — ; r-— ^v — / == F — i ' '
Copyright of E. S. Lorenz. Used by permission.
101
No. 100. SWEET PEACE, THE GIFT OF GOD'S LOVE.
P. P. B.
■fejft r. jj fc l*-
m
v^*
P. P. BlLHOEN.
— 1 -7^* i M — \ £ . s\- m — ^ — ; — —5 — _ I
-•- I 1/ I 1/ |/
1. There comes to my heart one sweet strain, A glad and a joy-ous re - frain, '
sweet strain, refrain,
2. By Christ on the cross peace was made, My debt by his death was all paid,
was made, all paid,
3. When Jesus as Lord I had crowned, My heart with this peace did abound,
bad crowned, abound,
4. In Je-sus for peace I a-bide, (abide,) And as I keep close to his side,(bis side,)
%*
m
W W P
/ /
/ /
I— -\
HP
£j J*_^-N-
^T3*
:«=W:
— I 1 — *Hi
Ji U I j
3rr-.^
:*:rs:
I sing it a- gain and a- gain, Sweet peace, the gift of God's love.
Xo oth - er foun-da- tion is laid For peace, the gift of God's love.
In him the rich blessing I found, Sweet peace, the gift of God's love.
There's nothing but peace doth betide, Sweet peace, the gift of God's love.
mm
r * c r
W.—W.Z
$ > 1/
Cnonrs.
M^ yTTr j .y.' T.j.'E
ut r .
Peace, peace, sweet peace! TVon-der-ful gift from a - bove! (above!) O
;J* - ii — *' _ " ? " — ^ — ^- r— ^ ~- — #— ~
;s^i
tinzi:
j\J
I I I I
/ / y 1/ y 1/
'^=5=
\ y ^ \ 1 3--| i^~ — 1 1 1 . 1
-.-j* i } L £BT j j j > ^ . > h u 1
1 1 — 3 A 1 m *^ . m — 2— •-• — ♦ — ♦ — ♦ — ^^ ' 1 - ^ — u
won- der- ful, wonder- ful peace ! Sweet peace, the gift of God's love !
Copyright, 1887, by P. P. Bilhorn. Used by per.
102
No. 101. THE COMFORTER HAS COME.
"I will pray the Father, and lie shall jrive you another Comforter,
that he may abide with you forever.'" — John xiv. 16.
Rev. F. Bottom e, D.D.
WM. J. KlRKPATRICK.
K
spread the
2. The # long, long night is
3. Lo, the great King of
4. bound-less Love di ■
5. Sing, till the ech-oes
dings round, wher
r>ast,
kings,
vine !
fly
the
with
bow
a -
morn - ing breaks at
heal - ing in his
shall this tongue of
bove the vault - ed
fonndAYher-
last; And
wings, To
mine To
skv, And
-3-
4
v / — /— I
$
;— -^ 1 \I 1 —
-m-~— * — «* — m- [ — & •— '
ev - er bu-man hearts and bu - man woes a-bound ; Let ev - 'ry Christian
hush'd tbedreadful wail and fa - ry of the blast, As o'er the gold-en
ev - 'ry cap-tive soul a full de-liv'rance brings; And thro' the va-cant
wond'ring mortals tell the match-less grace di- vine — That I, a child of
all the saints a- bove to all be- low re - ply, In strains of end-less
m
i*-
■MZL
mS:
-*—W-
D.S.
r w r i , | V ' ' \
■Ho-ly Ghost from beav'n, The Father's promise giv'n
spread the ti-dings
n 1
i I s > v
1
_ 1
1
Fixe.
, J „
y i i
J ' N
.1
&
~J
_. II
/L ' *
• • *, *
«
■j
-
m
m \
^ II
f{T\ A <m
\ . m
w
A
11
VI; % m
*> - • * * €*
a
*
%
J
*
& ||
tongue pro -claim the joy - fnl sound
bills the day ad-van-ces fast!
cells the song of tri-umph rings
bell, should in bis im-age shine
love, the song that ne'er will die:
:Tbe
The
The
The
The
Com
Com
Com
Com
Com
-&-
- fort -
- fort -
- fort -
- fort -
- fort -
1
er
er
er
er
er
has
has
has
lias
lias
come !
come !
come !
come!
come !
-&-
% —
''V
p
^*D
♦
^ n
IJ
*— ' a i 1 j 'j \t
(2 ll
r^ y / /
-r JJ
1
round, Wher- ev - er man is found:-The Com - fort - er bas come
Chorus.
q \ K n N
1
_ J
H N ^ 1U
]
D. S.
- * • m ml*?
J
J N
J
Jf_ *
+ 1 1 |
*
* •
i *
^ 1
!
1 *
* ■
• . * -^ & \ &
J
1 * •
<» s +
&
m> l
The
1 1
Com - fort - er has come,
The
Com -
fort - er lias
some!
The
7 / >
1890, Copyright of Wm. J. Kirkpatrick. Used by permission.
103
mm
No. 102.
BLESSED HOPE.
E. E. Hewitt.
SOLO, DUET OR QUARTET.
WM. J. KlRKPATEICK.
-b-s 1— ^— fc-^— V-h- v— 1— V- \ 1 C, i
it: *
1. bless- ed hope so dear, so bright, It cheers the watches of the night;
2. "When dawns that hour of wondrous grace, Xo veil will hide my Saviour's face;
3. Sin, pain and death, on that sweet day, Like broken dreams, shall pass away ;
4. Soon, soon shall fade the scenes of time, Emmanuel's advent bells shall chime;
£fc£
9 4 i »-
urn
::,"
i^i^
i
84
It wakes a song with- in the soul, Till heav'nly hal - le - lu- jabs roll.
He'll own me ev - er- more as his, And I shall see him as he is.
His spot- less beau-ty I shall wear, His per- feet joy and glo - ry share.
The Bride shall hear the Bridegroom's voice ; Look up, my heart, in him rejoice !
m
Chorus, i John m. 2.
■A
. u N P — 1 —
•? *--♦ 1 -H 1 — *MF
t '
*=&
@S
Be- lov - ed, be- lov- ed, Now are we the sons of God, And it doth not
tUUU
vet appear what we shall be; But we know that when he shall appear,
t> 1/ ? I ?
s
9-i-m •»— ♦ — ♦ — • — -• — ♦
• /I //y////|
—j v
"&~ZSL
* * * •
3 3 ^
"We know that when he shall appear, We shall be like him, We shall be
we know
^3§
3 3
y-v— ^
/ /
E— *-
-1 — r
-I — ' — r 1
1896 Copyright of Wm. J. Kirkpatrick. Used by permission.
104
BLESSED HOPE. (Concluded.)
poco ritard.
ik-p him • For we shall see him as he is, "We shall see him as he is;
-» m — ^
LI appear,
mi
We know that when he shall appear, We know that when he shall appear,
we know we kuow
3 3
"We shall be like him,We shall be like him ; For we shall see him as he is.
*_^. 3 ♦-p* *_*— «_ H * — m ; g ; i — E\ L 1 1 n
No. 103.
MUST JESUS BEAR THE CROSS.
Thomas Shepherd. Alt.
( MAITLAND. C. M.)
G. X. Allen.
j ! u
1. Mast Je - sas bear the cross a - lone, And all the world go free?
2 How hap - py are the saints a - hove, Who once went sorrowing here !
3. The con - se - era - ted cross I'll bear. Till death shall set me free;
H? < S
Z2 «. ^
JU
g!@
— v-**-—-& — I
mm
=s=t
— i — /$«-
--* I-
Xo, there's a cross for ev - 'ry one, And there's across for me.
But now they taste un-min-gled love, And joy with-out a tear.
And then go'home my crown to wear, For there's a crown for me.
m
n
'*
&L
~5~
-a — .-
ffi
I I
105
No. 104. BY FAITH, AND NOT BY SIGHT.
Maggie E. Gregory.
SOLO, QUARTET OR CHORUS.
Chas. H. Gabriel.
-3- — *— 1-* • •— -— ^— •-• « ♦-- ? — •— I « «* ♦— s — ♦_|_ifi ~_|
-«r- -^- .^p.
1. I do not ask to walk by sight, I on - ly need to grasp
2. I do not ask for constant joy In raptures strong and deep;
3. I do not ask to see the path O'er which my feet must go,
4. I do not ask what glories bright, Wait up inheav'n for me;
££
-4— t*-
:p=r
if- w - P
^=fcz^:
m
'/ '/ k
The wound-ed hand of Christ my Lord, And feel his lov - ing clasp.
I on - ly ask to re - al - ize, His pow'r to save and keep.
My Guide has pass'd this way be- fore, And well the way doth know.
But this I'm told, my King in all His beau - ty I shall see.
_ -*■- -(*- -*- * — -•■- H*- -*- * .- -•■- *~ „, — -&-
■*—
« w i k w — w- pfl — ri
—i—
:i&£
Although my eyes may darken'd be, Although my eyes may darken'd be,
To rest up - on his bless- ed pow'r, To rest up- on his pow'r and might,
I ful- ly trust his love to lead, I trust his love to lead me right,
For in that home a - bove so pure, That home a-bove so pure and bright,
m
V V 1
*=£*
m
=*=p
■J • J 1
I
I'll walk by faith, I'll walk by faith, I will not ask to
And then I'll walk, I'll walk by faith, By faith and not by
I'll fol- low him, I'll fol- low him By faith and not by
Love shall be crown'd, love shall becrown'd, And faith be chang'd to
see,
sight,
sight,
sight,
Hi;
' — I — w ^-
221
r
Copyright, 1897, by Wm. J. Kirkpatrick.
106
BY FAITH, AND NOT BY SIGHT. (Concluded.)
1
i « — r
p> r> r^
!
A
\
1
— mt —
1 1
7L
— *!— -
zs!
#
j
i 1 i
1
a- j
&
*
^ * i
And
To
I
For
-m*~
then,
rest
ful -
in
1 .
although my
up - on his
ly trust his
that home a -
p* r* r^
eyes
bless -
love
bove
may
ed
to
so
■~4>
dark -
power
lead
pure
1?
ened
and
me
and
be, I'll
might, And
right, I'll
bright, Love
&< '9 1
i V J»
* * +
j 1
i
X-s «
1
l ■
p
5=*
*n=^
_£ — V
rit.
\ / s / \, p
walk by faith, I will not ask to see.
thus I'll walk by faith and not by sight.
fol - low him by faith and not by sight.
shall becrown'd, and faith bechang'd to sight.
^=*
m
v
{ I will not ask
( by faith and nut
( bj faith and not
(and faith be chang
(^ k, k
-*- mi \?S
V
to
by
by
g'd to
m
I
see.)
sight. )
sight.)
sight.)
^r
Hi
No. 105.
HE IS CALLING.
F. W. Faber.
Arr. bv S. J. Vail.
1 — T-*
siiiPi
* > -»#: -g 7 ^^
I -- - -|
, I There's a wideness in God's mercv. Like the wideness of the sea :
f lib-er-ty.
I ,
at
( There's a kindness in his justice Which is more than
-^?- -m-- -m>- -<m*-' -<?- -m>--m>-
There is welcome for the sinner,
There are blessings for the good ;
There is mercy with the Saviour;
There is healing in his blood.
For the love of God is broader
Than the measure of man's mind
And the heart of the Eternal
Is most wonderfully kind.
4 If our faith were but more simple,
We should take him at his word;
And our lives would be all sunshine
In the sweetness of our Lord.
107
No. 106.
VALLEY OF REST.
Faxxy J. Crosby,
WM. J. KlRKPATRICK.
1. Val - ley of E - den, be - yond the sea, Ha - ven of rest,
2. Val - ley of E - den, the soul's dear home, Bright are thy hills,
3. Val - ley of E - den, be - yond the sea, Love - ly thy bow'rs,
ifcifc
4r— •— '— *■ — m-
a
V
C\ I
| J
i\ i
h-
/nT U —[ _' ^> \,»
J \ & » ! ^** 4
i J J «M
^K * 2 J ,<J
<» ■ • S " " ' •
~m
1 ^ J * 1
tran - quil and blest ;
peace - f'ul thy rills;
fade - less thy flow'rs :
An-chored for
Hap - py for
Val - lev of
S !
4P
- ev
- ev
E-
w
- er
- er
den,
we soon shall be,
we soon shall roam
we dream of thee,
/5»Y i j» » *> Z
1 ;
IT); r? * • .» p 1 s.
/ ' 1
II |* N*
>— Ai r w \m *•
1 I 1
I
1
I 1 1 1
— N-
— i—
:5z£
Gathered with Je-sus to rest; Songs of the ransomed are floating in air,
Over thy bright blooming hills ; Thine are the beauties that never de-cay,
Dream of thy beau-tiful bow'rs. Friends that were parted with rapture shall meet,
^j^. 1 1 1_^_ ' _ ^ * , ' * -
^>^s>
:«zr.
£=*
tz
1 — i — r
±— i — >— i — I — •£— f-
— «"^-J J * - J
M-^
-I — -*-
^=*==^t
:^
-JS_
Waft - ed to earth from thy re - gions so fair ; An - gels are
Thine is the light of a shad- ow - less day; Voic - es of
Cast - ing their crowns at Im - man - u - el's feet; Still the glad
m at.
:*iiiz*~<»
m
r— r
-&-
j
J L
^S
ten - der - ly call - ing us there, Call - ing the wea-ry to rest,
loved ones are call - ing a - way, Home to thy bright blooming hills,
voic-es of an - gels re - peat, "Come to the val - ley of flowers.
i, Copyright of Wm. J. Kirkpatrick. Used by permission.
108
r-r
VALLEY OF REST. (Concluded.)
Chorus. Repeat pp.
L i 1. M ■
:^=P2:
m
Come, conio, come, come, I ^.^
Come to this val-ley of E - den fair, Wea - ry and sor-row op - pressed
— &■
— r-
m^.
— . r-x4-«- Mfe-ife— I
An-gels are tenderly call-ing us there, Come to this valley of rest.
Come, come, come, come, Come to this val - ley, this valley of rest.
X X L X X-
• X r ^TTrp
1 -M— ' I i" I H — 1 — b-
No. 107.
WHO MAY COME?
E. R. Latta. Alt.
1 | I -K ^ j ZJ I
"W -W "•' 9 -0T
WM. J. KlRKPATRICK.
=1=1
sfcz
1. Who may come at the gos - pel call ? Whoso-ev - er will ! whoso- ev- er will !
2. Who may drink of the living streams? Whoso-ev - er will ! whoso- ev- er will !
3. Who may come to the throne of guace? Whoso-ev - er will ! whoso- ev- er will !
4. Who may dwell in a mansion bright? Whoso-ev - er will ! whoso- ev- er will !
ii i > r> m m -*- m* *^ ^^
1 — i — r
-^— »— »— ^— <?-
v— /— *— y-
l r r r f = f ==
Q jj
1
1
Choeus.
I j | \S 1
1
1
1 m • 1* a — I
^
I .♦ r ^ zl \
f(lV j I | |> fs
S: S-*-
-m-
-<5h^
^F*
Who may sit in the ban-quet hall? Who-so- ev
Who may walk in the heav'nly beams? Who-so- ev
Who may find at the cross a place? Who-so- ev
Who mav walk witli the saints in white? Whosoev
I 'I I > \ S - * si. +.„^
9 & •
- er will
- er will
- er will
■ er will .
.Te - sus is in -
(W)' *>+'*. • * * I •' ■» \s
i i i
J- \-S>-*
r» • « *» l * i
^7-ff— r j j ^ hj 1— j j f
-^--1 — —
-x-
hp ^__p p
\— i L <_ ^ — /_ J_ I
~! h — i —
H H -7
I' " ' ' I
1 / 1
1
fc-fc
t/
-l — I
s. s
«
-d:
■» *l • -Ph& 1-
1— \ 1 ••- 1 &
♦-i 9-9 9-\-& r
_ ^
9-%-M
9—^i\ \-A§
II
vit -ing, Whoso-ev- er will! Come,and take salvation, Whoso - ev-er will!
„ S- 9-9.. &' -.-♦-- ~ I -*■ --♦- ~..
I I
I H I ' I
1894, Copyright or Wm. J. Kirkpatrick. Used by permission
109
+~m- — 9-
> i r
g^H
No. 108.
REST IF YOU WILL.
Fajtbty J. Cbosby.
ft ^ I
* N
Chas. Epw. Pollock.
s_
1. O
2. O
3. O
4.
why are you cling-ing to earth's fad-ingflow'rs,Tho' fra-grant its
why are you dreaming of hopes that are frail, That die like the
why are you slighting the voice of the Lord, Re - fus - ing to
why are you wait-ing when time flies a- pace? Take heed that ye
®uP
-; -%-
w 4 i
Q.ft |
-N-
— / — ^
— v —
/ /—
S ^
1 i, > |- *
!\ 1 * >
l
ft *!"
—
-* — i m -\r m — ^~
fnT *
«. —
—m —
* % • • « tf» J
-• 5-*rta|
v\) m
• • . * 1 • ■• •
J
&
*
m
♦ IT 1
bios - soms and love - ly its bow'rs?The cold breath of win - ter will
leaf - let when toss d by the gale? The heart's wea-ry long - ings the
fol - low his life - giv - ing word? Xo love like the Sav-iour's your
spurn not God's mes- sage of grace; O trust nut the pleas- ures that
m
-I ; P"«
f f t
"i
£
> \
Fixe.
;^s=^
i-aVjll
sweep them a - way, Then why from your father-land, O why will you stay?
world can-not still, And yet in the Saviour you may rest if you will,
lone hearts can fill, That love is in - vit- ing you to rest if you will,
charm to de-ceive, But come to the Saviour and, re - pent - ing, be-lieve.
j * r
ff~tr
jg zrzzi»q -g — yzzgzig
-I ; /— F ' ^-^^
/ / \ / i * r i
TJ.aS. — And vet in his mer- cv vou mav rest if vou will.
I
n Chorus.
ft i
s s
TT-N
fcfe
Why will you stay? Je-sus calls you to -
Why* will you stay? Why will you stay? Je - eus calls you to- day, Je - sua
Iej;
r* \
7;. &
SI
-\ =
:a=i^:
day. Your poor ach- ing hearts for rest are long-ing still;
calls you to - day,
Copyright, 1897, by Wm. J. Klrkpatrick.
uo
No. 109.
AN OPEN BIBLE FOR THE WORLD,
Hexry M. King, D.D
-I 1\
WM. J. KlRKPATRICK.
I ? V * I
1. An o - pen Bi - ble for the world ! May this our glorious mot -to be!
2. Wher-e'er it goes its gold - en light, Streaming as from an unveiled sun,
3. It shows to men the Fa-ther's face, All ra-diant with for- giv -ing love;
4. It tells of Je - sus and his death, Of life procured for dy- ing men;
5. It of-fers rest to wea - ry hearts ; It comforts those who sit in tears;
*H> 4 I I 9 £ j I !
-•S-T-
1 — * — s— v — si- 4 ^-^
s j 5, Pq a UfcdJ-5-jJ
r y p i i
On ev - 'ry breeze its flag un -furled Shall scat-ter blessings rich and free.
Shall dis - si - pate the clouds of night, Y\\ -do the work that sin has done.
And to the lost of A-daru's race Proclaims sweet mercy from a- bove.
And to each soul of hum-ble faith, It son-ship gives with God a - gain.
To all who faint it strength imparts ; And gilds with hope th'e-ternal years.
fct
N -»-
^3E
i
Chorus
. v
wmm
^-JS_
HI
Blest word of God! send forth thy light
Blest word of God! send forth thy light
-/ — y — v—t-
m
fr^N^n
V / / /
N
:*z=.^:
• • / / / /
O'er ev - 'ry land and ev - 'ry sea, Till all who
and ev - 'ry sea,
: — J T^H S , S — 9 — * — m-
^2i
v — > — ? y
fcfezd
k
^ ^ k
i
j^EgEBjg
s
wan - der in the night Are led to God and heav'n by thee.
ls§B
1892, Copyright of Wm. J. Kirkpatrick. Used by permission.
Ill
No. 110.
BE NOT AFRAID.
Rev. Alfred J. Hough.
^ fr -Jl J -4-*
«3
Chas. H. Gabriel.
Isl
-<•- -«*-
1. Come weal, come woe where'er we go, God is not far a - way;
2. Tho' clouds may veil the stars that sail O'er boundless seas of space,
3. Thro' changing years, in joy and tears, The changeless One a - bides,
IztradrztH— :
- is l m — ^
I— I
J=f
i
'/
1
H ^ , 1
■ , 4M *,
— 1 — 1-1
i ^=\ =M~i fl *—•
— r== — t-
. « » * I ^ * J
He holds the storm-y winds that blow, And moulds the golden
And lights a -long all shores may fail, God will not hide Ins
And safe the soul from doubts and fears That in his bos - om
M -NJISININ.I
1
dayT'
face:
hides.
• r •
1* f \
V '? 7
_U * *| 4-
* W . # #1
* P -W w
=t — H
*^?-7 9~
m 9 * <*
— ♦ «» — « ♦—
h £=r fc
Szizad
g^
*»
si
The dark- est night to him is light, And thro' the shine or shade,
But sweet- ly whis-pers while his hands Up - on his own are laid, —
On nois - y street, in still re- treat, Thro' vales of deep -est shade,
-^- -♦- -»- -^- -o-- -m- fl*- -*- -
vS ^— !-♦ « » ♦-
• I
V
upsi
J HH ^ Jl i ^
i, 1 -
He speaks in tones of ten- der might, "My child, be not a- fraid."
"Lo! at thy side thy Fath- er stands, My child, be not a- fraid."
That voice is heard with ac-cents sweet, ")Iv child, be not a - fraid."
igEpi^:
■ IL ' g L r~ ^*A
Chorus.
♦ 9-
S^;
E?4
u m m rrrrrrrx r ., f
Be not a - fraid be not a - fraid,... The darkest night to
Be not a- fraid, be not a - fraid,... He speaks in tones of
Chill, be not, be not a-fraid,. Child, be not, be not a-fraid,
M ' J M % 1
±I2Z±
Used by per. of Geo. F. Rosche, owner of copyright.
112
w=^
BE NOT AFRAID. (Concluded.)
p> i k
him is light, And thro' the shine or shade,
1/ —
[Oww7 ] tendermight, "Mychild.benotafraid."
-g-T.V-ldm
:^2
v-+
».■[#
^-^-^
No. Ill
BEAR THE CROSS FOR JESUS.
wmmmi
H
Mrs. Anhib S. Hawks. " Take U P the cross aud follow ^."-Maek x : 21. R L owry.
4—
^, ;^-h — , ^ fil— I — ^P% y -
1 . Bear the cross for Je - sus, Bear it ev-'ry day ; Tho' the path be rug-ged
2. Bear the cross for Je - sus, Bear it thro' the strife, Or in pain and silence —
3. Bear the cross for Je - sus; Would you know thepow'r Of his grace to save you
-+— +— +■ * I m- ~ — i — . I m +-
- m— m— m— m— \+- , tm —- V-m—m-
- — /- i— vH-i i — h — /-
— r-i . I ^ — m — 9 -
-U^L
— *— ♦ — m-
— i — ^*<— a{-
- «i *) ^ »
1/ ~
Bear it all the way; Bear the cross for Je - sus, Whatsoe'er it be;
What-so-e'er thy life ; Bear the cross with patience Tho' you sigh for rest ;
Save you hour by hour? Bearthe cross for Je - sus, Never mind its weight;
iSm-M.
i*_H /-
ZMzzmzzm.
A-J-
f=s
-4-
• i
^—m-+
i- — m- — i 1— i 1 1
Chorus.
■■ \ !
* — N N ~uL i I i p j I fj ^
Bear it, and re-mem- ber All his love for thee. Bear the cross, bear the cross,
Just the one he gives you Is for you the best.
We shall leave our burden At the gold-en gate.
Bear it ev-'ry day; Bear the cross for Je - sus, Bear it all the way,
- w . .^ - ^_ _^ .
Copyright, 1877, by R. Lowry. Used bv permissiou.
H— R X— 8 113
t — r
No. 112.
T. 0. Chisholm.
0! TO BE LIKE THEE.
WM. J. KlRKPATRICK.
! #frf^=*
~~>l
*-*-
i-h j IS ^ ^
— i 1 1 — -x — ♦ —
-~m a ■•! ™ 1—
i — i —
1— z~fr^
! i
1/ 3
— 9 —
lM - t- t—~ J
1. 0! to
be like thee, bless- ed Re-deem - er, This is my con-stant
2. 0! to
be like thee, full of com- pas- sion, Lov-ing, for-giv-ing,
be like thee, low - ly in spir - it, Ho-ly and harm-less
3. 0! to
4. 0! to
be like thee, Lord, I am com - ing, Now to re-ceive th' a -
5. 0! to
be like thee, while I am plead- ing, Pour out thy Spir - it
3
— i —
J j? — ft* — m — «_
i-* —
3 H«-
r 1 ,•- —
— ( 1
®4+ %=$z
-i —
r\ £ H- * T—
H h ~¥ ¥ ¥
H 1
* * F—
— V * 1
1/ 3
long- ing and prayer ; Glad-ly I'll for - feit all of earth's treasures,
ten-der and kind, Help-ing the help- less, cheer-ing the faint -ing,,
pa-tient and brave ; Meek-ly en- dur - ing cru - el re- proach - es,,
noint-ing di - vine, All that I am and have I am bring- ing,.
fill with thy love, Make me a tem - pie meet for thy dwell- ing,
3 _ 3
Je - sus, thy per - feet like-ness to
Seek-ing the wand-'ring sin - ner to find.
Will- ing to suf - fer, oth - ers to save.
Lord, from this mo - ment all shall he thine.
Fit me for life and heav- en a
3 „ „ -♦- -«-
:£=te=£:
bove.
O! to be like thee,
HP
w=£
■J*-A
-• — 2 — -*-
£=qv=^Fn
i
*=*
!EElE^Ei3E£3E^EiE*
*~ 3 3
O! to be like thee, Blessed Re-deem-er, pure as thou art; Come in thy
3 tm- -+- 3 _ „ -m- f~ -f-
:fe=£=£:
e
¥ ¥ ¥
■&-
1 1-
■p— W -
I I
-P*-K
Rit.
*C±
i
Z i> "
?£
sweetness, come in thy full - ness ; Stamp thine own image deep on my heart
*- *L. *„ JL. JL. J0- y^ \ > \ I SN
V=W-
-*y-
i
Copyright, 1897, by Wm. J. Kirkpatrick.
H4
No. 113.
MY SAVIOUR FIRST OF ALL.
( MAY BE SUNG AS SOLO AND CHORUS.)
Fanny J. Crosby. Jno. R. Sweney.
\ |S — |S — 1\ — ^ — rv-
*=**
i"^
4==t
:*=jv
J 1 t
^=K
«ii
1. When my life work is end - ed, and I cross the swell-ingtide,When the
2. the soul-thrill-ing rap-ture when I view his bless- ed face, And the
3. O the dear ones in glo - ry, how they beckon me to come, And our
4. Thro' the gates to the cit - y in a robe of spot-less white, He will
^^
&--IW
T ^Sk
§
/ /
bright and glorious morning I shall see ; I shall know my Redeemer when I
lus-ter of his kindly beaming eye; How my full heart will praise him for the
parting at the riv - er I re - call ; To the sweet vales of E-den they will
lead me where no tears will ev-er fall ; In the glad song of a - ges I shall
£- ^_^ -*- ^_ >_ m _^ ,N N ■*- — ^
S
^ I g :-T— "PR
^
B
«»-•
reach the oth - er side, And his smile will be the first to welcome me.
mer- cy, love, and grace, That prepares for me a man-sion in the sky.
sing my wel-comehome; But I long to meet my Sav-iour first of all.
min-gle with de- light ; But I long to meet my Sav-iour first of all.
■w
;*=*:
Chorus.
#3
I shall know him, I shall know him, And redeem'd by his side I shall stand,
I shall know him, , „. .
- — i — i ~ — •-
>- y— w -
42
V-^
\ I
F 1 ^
, ' -^-J- fag
I shall know him, I shall know him By the print of the nails in his hand.
I shall know him,
^fel^
jgy-y-/-y y / I <? — ^
M 1 ^ Vd — M —
m
*—*-
£=?lz{e=j=
Copyright, 1891, by Jno. B. Sweney. Used by per.
115
No. 114.
ABIDING AND CONFIDING.
Rev. A. B. Simpson*.
Rev. L. L. Pickett.
1. I have learned the wondrous secret Of a - bid- ing in the Lord;
2. I am era - ci - tied with Je - sus, And he lives and dwells in me, '
3. All my cares I cast up - on him, And he bears them all a - way;
4. For mv words I take his wis-dom, For mv works his Spir-it's power,
- - . > fr > > jN N
■9±^±-z:
— h* m m ' * i 1
U y g y - ?=*3
/ /
:«zzz_V
$=*
m
I have found the strength and sweetness Of con- fid - ing in his word;
I have ceased from all my struggling, Tis no long - er I, but he;
All my fears and griefs I tell him, All my needs from day to day.
For mv wavs his gracious Presence Guards and guides me ev-'rv hour,
-/ — / — * —
-^ — * \ "£ "A
* •
-> —
-• —
— V
— •—
— V
-m —
!/
— V
-♦ —
H
fr
-s-
=1
[(ft " P
1 « 1 —
— * —
-<m—
9
•
9 .
=*
1—
I have tast - ed life's pure fountain,
All my will is yield- ed to him,
All my strength I draw from Je- sus,
Of mv heart' he is the Por-tion,
I am trust- ing in his blood.
And his Spir - it reigns with-in,
By his breat I live and move;
Of my joy the ceaseless Spring;
f f ' I ? l > l > 9 K '
W j> ,n| J. J
N N
« — « — ♦_ — ^ — i
I have lost my- self in Je-sus.
And his precious blood each moment
E'en his ver - y mind he gives me,
Sav-iour. Sane- ti - fi - er, Keep- er,
f J* -~- : - t - r - t - ^ - r .
I am sink-ing in - to God.
Keepsme cleans'dandfreefromsin.
And his faith, and life, and love.
Glo-rious Lord and com - ins King.
m
m
Choru
I'm a - bid
I'm
bid - ing in the Lord. V
the Lord. And con-
a - bid - ing in the Lord, And con -
1891. CoprriL-Li. of Wuj. J. Kirkpatrick. Used bv permissi
116
ABIDING AND CONFIDING. (Concluded.)
._&__SS=^=A:J:
__: — i — i — ^_i_i_x>_
9&—
fid - - ing in his word, And I'm hid
fid - ing in his word, And con -fid- ing in his word, And I'm hid - ing, 6afe- ly
l^r#
._ F=— ^ 1-
3fc
M
ing,safe-ly hid - - ing, In the bos - om of his love,
hid- ing, I am hid - ing, safe - ly hid -ing,
f £*Mj& — / — V — / — V » » •— h» m ' m \m • m- -P 5 — P — P — P 1 II
No. 115.
E. E. Hewitt.
A SONG OF PRAISE.
(YORKSHIRE DOXOLOGY.)
Arr. by W. J. K.
1/^
1. My heart uplifts a hap- py song, While tender recollections throng;
2. Have sparkling sunbeams cheered the day, And roses bloomed along the way?
3. Or have the clouds o'erspread the sky, While at my feet the ros - es die?
4. Bright angels, sweep your harps of gold, But half his praise hath not been told;
I I I I swell,
Cho. — And above the rest this note shall swell, This note shall swell, this note shall
DOXOLOGY.
Praise God, from whom all blessings flow ; Praise him, all creatures here below;
I • I I
D.C. Chorus.
k f.J*\ J i-Li I J i J j 1 *hH~ C5I J J *J l l
As sweet as bells that ring above, The strains that breathe my Saviour's love.
Let mem'ry each fair scene re-call, And bless the Lord who sent them all.
Since Je - sus bore the cross for me, I'll trust him though I can-not see.
Come, all who my Redeem-er know, Still let the joy - ful mu- sic flow.
to
i±a2=£x£
-m-r-
i s f k i*7 i
It*
\1/ \i/ vj/
And above the rest this note shall swell, My Jesus hath done all things well.
Praise him a-bove, ye heav'nly host; Praise Father, Son, and Holy Ghost.
Copyright, 1694, by Wm. J. Kirkpatrick.
117
No. 116.
WE WALK BY FAITH.
Fax>y J. Crosby.
1— ^= ^ N S ^
Wm. J. KlRKPATRICK.
Ch* i J* J *
U J.. J ft J
1. We walk by faith, and how
2 We walk bv faith he wills it
sweet Theflow'rsthat
3. We walk bv faith di- vine- lv blest, On him we
4. And thus bv faith till life shall end We'll walk with
« « • « « ■
/5»V ^ 't
Ps 7 i r s
V. * * . . 5 — -
* r# "S
^^7 A
1 /— : — *r~. l
1 *— - — / — : —
> / > /
J / '/ /
^ v
-^T^>
*^ s
s \ s -^
IS fc >
*/ */
/ / / '/
grow beneath our feet And fragrance breathe... along the
path that we should go : And when at times our sky is
lean in him we rest;.... The more we trust our Shepherd's
him our dearest Friend : Till safe we tread the fields of
* , ',
way That leads the soul to endless day
dini, He gently draws us close to him
care, The more his love 'tis ours to share
light Where faith is lost in per- feet sight
-»—» — w
We walk by faith, but not a- lone. Oar Shepherd's tender voice we hear,
?-4-
y y
"^
-/=?-
^izje^*:
ill
pH
N N
^=^
"9r^ + *
£=$
wmmm
And feel his hand with-in our own. And know that he is al- wavs near.
£zk2:
V^=^
V *
V / /
m
1*85. Copyright of Wm. J. Kirkpatrick. Used bv permission.
118
No. 119.
MEET ME THERE.
Henrietta E. Blair.
Wm. J. KlRKPATRICK.
-N — JV
~T~n " TNI
V
4
^^=^^5E^
S^T--*^
1. On the hap- py, gold- en shore, Where the faithful part no more.When the
2. Here our fondest hopes are vain. Dear- est links are rent in twain : But in
3. Where the harps of an-gels ring. And the blest fur- ev - er sing. In the
jHr
S * N * —
mm
%-'•-<
\— V
1* 11 ; 1 1 •-•— 1 — I
+-±-m — I
storms of life are o'er. Meet me there: Where the night dissolves away In - to
heav'n no throb of pain, Meet rue there : By the river sparkling bright. In the
palace of the Kins, Meet me there; Wherein sweet communion blend Heart with
Fine.
pure and per- feet dav. I am go- ing home to stay. Meet me there,
cit - y of delisrht. Where our faith is lost in sight. Meet me there,
heart and friend with friend, In a world that ne'er shall end. Meet me there.
* — ; — * ?--y^za>
I
^S= N^
* — ^
^— ^i-
+=?—*
«:
^i
1/ 1/
Z).S.— hap- py golden shore. Where the faithful part no more. Meet me there.
I
Chort-5
V *. — ^ V
Meet me there.
/ y 1 - '
Meet me there, Where the tree of life is
-ft- -? g=£ =&=l
a — s
V v__% V
v D.S.
1. 1 i* s g ;,; 1
blooming, Meet me there : When the storms of life are o'er, On the
Meet me there :
— ^ — ^ — * ^-
:±2=*=^z=?=£
lellilgl
l^o. Copyright of ITm. J. Kirkj atrie's. Used bv permission.
121
No. 120.
W. G. Ievin.
ONLY WAITING.
J. H. Fillmore.
-H*-
1. I am wait-ing for the raorn-ing Of the bless-ed day to dawn,
2. I am wait-ing ; worn and wea-ry With the bat- tie and the strife,
3. Waiting, hop- ing, trusting ev - er, For a home of boundless love;
4. Hop-ing soon to meet thelov'd ones Where the " many mansions" be;
m
When the sor-row and the sad- ness Of this changeful life are gone.
Hop - ing when the warfare's o - ver To re-ceive a crown of life.
Like a pilgrim, looking for-ward To the land of bliss a-bove.
List -'ning for the hap-py wel-come Of my Sav - iour call - ing me.
& ^ -*- -«*■- J-«m- -i — • -*- -«>- ■
■ ^ 1 ,.
-jLizm::
Chorus.
'/ 1/
■p*
N-^-
I I I I I A *
'/ '/ '/ '/ '/ V '
I am wait - - - ing, on - ly wait-ing,
I am wait-ing, wait-ing. wait-ing, on - iv wait-ing, on - ly wait-ing,
|\ ^ -»- -*~ >- -f*- -jm- -<+- -*+-
i§^=s
ISZT3E
-y — * — * — y — / — •
i
EE3EJ&
/ / / / /
Till this wea - - - ry life is o'er;
Till this wea-ry, wea-ry, wea- ry — Till this wea- ry life is o'er:
m
■?—*-
-/ — / — / — * — /
^7 W~ M— ij
12?:
ZV
m
On - ly wait - - - ing for my wel-come,
On- ly wait-ing. waiting, wait - ing for my wel - come, for my wel-come,
_> J* * -~- ^ ^ -~- -~-
-L-/ / / / / /— 1
By permission of Fillmore Bros.
122
3b£e
■a==Z-
ONLY WAITING. (Concluded.)
/
From
qfl
feav - lour
m^
±2
the
-•-
oth
— m-
shore.
I
la
No.121. 'TIS SO SWEET TO TRUST IN JESUS.
Mrs. Louisa M. R. Stead. Wm. J. Kirkpatrick.
-*-i±=: w^~ | ! = -4-
^ — i — ; i - v ■ • »' hJ — ^-
- -^-- - ~ - -^. 11/ 14--
1. 'Tis so sweet to trust in Je - sus, Just to take him at his Word;
2. 0, how sweet to trust in Je -sus, Just to trust his cleansing blood;
3. Yes, 'tis sweet to trust in Je -sus, Just from sin and self to cease;
4. I'm so glad I learn'd to trust thee, Pre-cious Je - sus, Saviour, Friend;
<m
l
5E3E-ZE
-■m — ■• — & ■
Just to rest up - on hisprom-ise; Just to know, "Thus saith the Lord."
Just in sim- pie faith to plunge me 'Xeath the heal-ing, cleansing flood.
Just from Je - sus sim- ply tak - ing Life, and rest, and joy, and peace.
And I know that thou art with me, Wilt be with me to the end.
--— 4 — I—,
n=t
m
m
Chorus.
Je - sus, Je - sus, how I trust him ; How I've prov'd him o'er and o'er.
Se
—* — g:
*=^
?£
m
^-
— — « — ■• — _ — *■
m
it
Je - sus, Je- sus, Pre-cious Je - sus! O for grace to trust him more
i
yr-^r.
^
i
1882, Copyright of Wm. J. Kirkpatrick. Used by permission.
123
No. 122. THE UNCLOUDED DAY.
(May be sung as a Solo.)
Words and Melody by Rev. J. K. Alwood. Harmony by J. F. Kinsey.
1. O they tell me of a home far be-yondthe skies, they tell me of a
2. O they tell me ofa home where my friends have gone,0 they tell me of that
3. they tell me of the King in his beau-ty there, And they tell that mine-
•±. x!> b-mj v ic7i luc Kitx jae'biiiiies offiiis c7iimre:ti "iiferfe, Anu ms smiie~dri ves their sor-
!t.T.
mm
home far a-way ; they tell me of a home where no storm clouds rise,
land far a- way ; Where the tree of life in e- ter - nal bloom
eyes shall behold Where he sits on the throne that is whiter than snow,
rows all a-way ; And they tell me that no tears ev - er come a- gain
I
^"— \z — I 1 ! 1 1 *T ^- -* f S
«
^=^:
-^
i
V 1/ >
i=i
V
^izS=^i=^iS=gT^ =
1/ > i/ ? — i i v i
O they tell me of an ancloud-ed day; the land of cloudless day,
Sheds its fragrance thro' the unclouded day ; O the land of cloudless day,
In the cit - y that is made of gold; O that land mine eyes shall see,
In that love-ly land of un-clouoSed day; O that land of love - ly smiles,
'%— +-*-— *-P*
-N-
&
■=g — trh
O the land of an un- cloud- ed sky ;
O the land of an un- cloud- ed sky ;
O that land of an un- cloud- ed sky ;
the smiles of his love-beam-ing eye ;
J ~
O they tell me
they tell me
they tell me
O the King
of a
of my
of the
in his
By permission of The Echo Music Co
124
THE UNCLOUDED DAY. (Concluded.)
home where no storm clouds rise, O they tell me of an un-cloud-ed day.
friends by the tree of life, In the land of the un-cloud-ed day.
King and his snow-white throne, In the land of the un-cloud-ed day.
beau - tv in-vites me there, To the land of the un-cloud-ed daV.
}fl I I'll!: t r rTTflflv
No. 123. THE HALF HAS NEVER BEEN TOLD.
Frances R. Havergal.
R. E. Hudson.
H4-
m
j. ' ii «
^ZZjfc
-g}-. — w— h » • * J -H ~sH
1. I know I love thee bet - ter, Lord, Than a - ny earth - ly joy,
2. I knowthatthou art near - er still Than a - ny earth - ly thron<
3. Thou hast put glad- ness in my heart; Then well may I be glad!
4. Sav- iour,pre- cious Saviour mine! What will thy pres- ence be,
m±
■-4-
31T
i
n
v I s
| 1
1
1
V
V \
N ^ J
\ !
J 1
/L
\ ^
i •*
4> • *
o x • 1
rTi
J m
_'
*
~t '-*-
1
isy
«, 5
% <m *
~ *
~i . 1
For
And
With
If
thou
sweet
- out
such
hast giv
- er is
the se -
a life
-en me the
the tho't of
cret of thy
of joy can
peace Which
thee, Than
love, I <
crown Our ^
noth
a -
:ould
valk
/
■ ing can
ny love -
not but
on earth
de - stroy.
ly song,
be sad.
with thee?
-■*- 4 -&
Chorus.
£l_]N
1
:*=*
i f g I I
( The half hasnev-er yet been told, Of love so full and free ;
( The half has nev-er yet been told, The blood— it cleans-eth me.
vet been told,
— •
I
Copyright, 1883, by R. E. Hudson.
Used by permission.
125
No. 124.
LEAD ME, SAVIOUR.
"For thy name's sake lead me, and guide me." — Ps. xxxi. 3.
F. M. D. Frank M. Davis.
With expression.
/ / r "i L L u L
'/ '/ 1/ ^
1. Saviour,leadrue,lestIstray, Gen-tly lead me all the way ;
2. Thou the Refuge of my soul When life's stormy billows roll,
3. Saviour,lead me,then at last, When the storm of life is past,
1. Sav - iour, lead me.lest I stray, Gent - ly lead me all the way
• j p * .» > jp-^H-
^^j*^3 =
^w
is:
'/ '»* y k
-I — M^v-v^ ,
^^-j_^-^ii___ rr ^_j
i/ 1/ 1/ 1/ 1
i/ / ^ ^/
I am safe when by thy side, I would in thy love abide.
I am safe when thou art nigh, All my hopes on thee rely.
To the land of endless day, Where all tears are wiped away .
I am safe when by thy side, I would iu thy love abide.
3£
m
<&
-m*L-
H 1 h
jg > k k-jg-
'•>>'• I
Chorus. |
## ] 1-s-m j air ■ j-j— ^r m t 1
=JdJ
lead me, Sav - iour, lead me, lest I
^ *-+. -m- -P- -*-
— \ A - m — i 1 h
strav
lest I stray
-<5>
1P— X— »
-m- — ♦ — m i
| # 1 * |P _jffl.
I h
/ /
a*
te^sl
=s=F*rr
rit e dim.
I I
*=S=*=^
TB»"
a
HP- -«*- (• r* -•-
I 1/ 1/ I
Gently down the stream of time, Lead me,Saviour,all the way.
stream of time, all the way.
I r > I
From " Carols of Joy,'' by permission.
126
No. 125.
JUST A LITTLE WHILE.
T. 0. Chisholm.
Wm, J. KlRKPATRICK.
Just a lit - tie while and the day will dawn, And the drear - ynight,
2. Just a lit - tie while, then, the toils all done, And the bat - tie fought,,
3. Just a lit - tie while and the tears that stray Down our fac - es now,
4. Just a lit - tie while— let us work and wait, Till our Father's hand
(WHMH*-
. . !#.
w. •
■^
1 — 1
— i 1
-f* (2—
" • •
. m «.•
-**— f2
ES^-4--^-
-JL
-k-
-4— u
*=£
* 1
1 — 'm-*-
i
1/
9 v
-l 1
5 1
■H-*-
-fc-
-*%
-=-fe-fn
rv
^fe
=r—
— V
^F=F
S I 1
W git-
--•- -
+- •
— -»- ! -
— ♦ ^-^
1 — -•—
-*— £-£
be for - ev -
and the vie -
God will wipe
o - pens wide
er gone;
fry won,
a - way ;
the gate,
Just a lit - tie while e'er the storms will cease,
We shall lay the cross and the bur -den down,
And the bit - ter pain and the wand'rings lone
And we hear his voice sweet- lv bid us come,
W-^=*£
I
:»=&£zn£:=s:=
D.8. — Soon ourwea
9 i
ry feet
the end will come
Chorus
Fine, k fc |
=fc
E^^S
£:^
Ere the heav'nly calm, the e - ter - nal peace. Just a lit - tie while, it
To re-ceive at last heaven's promised crown.
All will sure- ly end at the Father's throne.
Ev - er-more to dwell with the Lord at home.
_i 1 /5_J J-
m
Glo - ry be to God ! we are al-most home.
*=^— fcj=^=
D.S.
| ~ I
won't be long, Cour - age, faint-ing heart ! let your faith be strong
} f T g r i w • If * Hr-f-
5i
-
Copyright, 189V, by Wm. J. KirKpatrick.
127
No. 126. WHEN THE ROLL IS CALLED UP YONDER.
B. Iff. J
J. M. Black.
1. When the trum - pet of the Lord shall sound, and time shall be no more,
2. On that bright and cloud-less morn-ing, when the dead in Christ shall rise,
3. Let us la - bor for the Mas - ter from the dawn till set- ting sun,
«
4=p:
t±=&
-£ — w-
£^£
yv j. Ji J- J I * t> j* I a i i. a J I ^~^ M
1 jl. J. ' * ' » — ♦" i — * — «-=— W — *-r-tj*— '-«-— +==*-' - W-^— J — «M— . «L-
And the morning breaks, eternal, bright and fair ; When the saved of earth shall
And the glo - ry of his res- ur-rec- tion share; When his chosen ones shall
Let us talk of all his wondrous love and care, Then, when all of life is
I*. * m m
gath - er o - ver on the oth - er shore, And the roll is called up
gath - er to their home be- yond the skies, And the roll is called up
o - ver, and our work on earth is done, And the roll is called up
m
b^lt
zt±
-m — I — m m-
=fc=t
Chorus.
mm^Mmm^mmm
1 — ■
yon-der, I'll be there. When the roll is called up yon ■ - der,
When the roll is called up von- der, I'll be there
_^ . £I^£l££I£_ r _£I£j£i££:
f*
When the roll
When the
W&tt
is called up yon - - der, When the
is called up von- der I'll be there,
J U 5 — * ?-
»-»■
4^4^^ s^m
^--ft- d* — s- r > k -»- m i in
roll is called up yonder, When the roll is called upyonder.T'llbe there.
When the roll
» * » ! • ■ IP — 1» ■ »-
I * » I*
s
Copyright, 1893, by Chas. H. Gabriel. Used by per. of J. M. Black, owner.
128
No. 127. WHAT A GATHERING THAT WILL BE.
J. H. K.
H. KtEZENKXABE.
1. At the sounding of the trumpet, when the saints are gather d home, We will
2. When the an - gel of the Lord proclaims that time shall be no more. We shall
3. At the great and final judg-ment, when the hidden comes to light, When the
4. When the gold-en harps are sounding, and the an-gel bands proclaim, In tri-
.*. « #■ f M. jfL. Ml. M. j*~
* g P I I L L— L g g~ « L I P— *— E— f — I g ftCi
~X 1^ ^ 1 ^ ^ ^ h* q* jjrf M btf 1 1— Urf h* 1
=*=*
FF i ■ £ jLizjn r? - yi
greet each other by the crystal sea, With the friends andallthelov'd ones there a-
gather, and the saved and ransom 'd see, Then to meet again together, on the
Lord in all his glo- ry we shall see; At thebidding of ourSaviour/'Come.ye
umphant strains the glorious jubilee ; Then to meet and join to sing the song of
urn- .m- -*- ■*- ■*-- -*- crystalsea; m- jl. jl. m- jl.
-tirrtz— I t-z=g=gq^±g±g=fL-aigr_g
_u» ». iv-
-* — P* — ! -> -£-,
-V
^ ^ .V i*
&-*-4-
=* n — s — n — 5=
n* - ~ JS ~
=3=
— m m- — *+ 9 -0—
5 :
J
wait- ing
us to come. What a gath -'ring of
the
if >
faith-ful that will be!
bright ce
-les-tial shore, What a gath -'ring of
the
faith-ful that will be!
bless- ed
to mv right." What a gath -ring of
the
faith-ful that will be!
Mos - es
and the Lamb, What a gath -'ring of
the
faith-ful that will be!
g*=s %
.-*-
-^ + -*1 -J*Z ^L.
— £ 9 » m— .— i- n
Chokus
- m m m m m m •■ » •• * * • * *—
> y m y > u» > w * * p w *
ring.
loved ones when
gath - - 'rin^
meet with one an - oth
At the
s=s
£E£^S
m -m- -m- -m- -0- m i^^^x******
* *> * *
! If > I
sounding of the glorious ju - bi- lee! What a gath - - ring.
ju-bf-lee! What a gath'rin g when the friends and all the
-0- M - -*- J*- -M . -*- ' >> * -«- .*._*- #L JE. M- M- M-
h p p p = ? p p =r p I < - = y * U ^ ^ ^F ~|"ki i ' p r *£*£* E I
08 i 1 N^J^^I^Nvuh*
y^rrci I] «■ I ^ « _J >>
^ £ *~^ £ £ f ~ 3 3 * * : J " g *f "^ >=S=I— 7=^4
gath - 'ring, What a gath 'ring of the faith- ful that will
dear ones meet each oth - er,
■755-3— 3— «— s— s -£--£— s— s-,-2 — y y -g- 1r -r y— p^-
be!
— 1 rn
ggg-^— > ^ ^ > g 5 > |-^ ^ ^ — > » k. v k
^^fl
From " Song Treasurv." Used by permission. 129
H— R N— 9
No. 128.
WILL SHOUT HIS PRAISE IN GLORY.
P. H. DlNGMAN.
Jno. R. Sweney.
IS IS N h
1. Youask what makes me happy, my heart so free from care, It is because my
2. I was a friendless wand'rer till Jesus took me in, My life was full of
3. I wish that ev'ry sinner before his throne would bow; He waits to bid them
4. I mean to live for Jesus while here on earth I stay , And when his voice shall
■m- 4*- -m- -m- -m-
■ i i
^^^f^
L3=l=i=
Sav- iour in mercy heard my prayer; He brought me out of darkness and
sor - row, my heart was full of sin ; But when the blood so pre-cious spoke
welcome, he longs to bless them now ; If they but knew the rap - ture that
call me to realmsof endless day; As one by one we gath - er, re-
PSiPfi
now the light I see; O blessed, loviug Saviour! to him the praiseehall be.
pardon to my soul; O blissful, blissful moment! 'twas joy beyond control,
in his love I see, They'd come and shout salvation, and sing his praise with me.
joicing on the shore, We'll shout his praise in glory, and sing for ev- ermore.
I will shout his praise in glo - ry,
So will I,
Andwe'll
tt u e e i CT=g=6=
m
will
wm
±
IS N
all sing hal-le - lu-jah in heav-en by and by;
JL. JtL J|. .£_ ^
I will shout his praise in
*— r-
Copyright, 1889, by Jno. R. Sweney
Used by permission.
130
No. 129.
THE CITY BEYOND.
Mrs. Thos. May Pierce.
Wm. J. KlRKPATRICK.
1. We'll sing of the statutes di - vine, Whilst pilgrims, lest here we despond;
2. How bless- ed as children and heirs, To en-ter that mansion a - bove,
3. And wbeth-er we bear to that land, Heart sorrows or mem-o - ries fond,
4. Be - fore they shall call he will hear, And, ere they cease speaking, respond,
- 6 p=l- s? — g— ^— ^— e- >^ | 'w | — 6»-' • •—*—*—*— *-j- r ^ r ^
But we'll sing the new song Of the an -
Where the souls of the blest Are for - ev -
Shall their pur-pose be seen, With uo shad-
While the au - gels a -wait To throw o -
gel- ic throng When we meet in the
er at rest, In the bos - om of
ow between, When we meet in the
pen the gate That leads to the
cit - y be - yond, When we both, you
in - fi - nite love! When the ransomed
cit - y be - yond; When the chil- dren
cit - y be - yond; For the num- ber-
and I, Having passed thro' the gate,
of earth, Having passed thro' the gate,
of grace, Having passed thro' the gate,
less host Thatshall sweep thro' the gate
— -- — .. — -— — ■-
:*=*:
:t=pfc:
:£:=:
/HORUS.
• m 1 =*=
Shall meet in the cit - y be - yond. When we meet in the
Shall meet in the cit - y a - bove.
Shall meet in the cit - y be - yond?
That leads to the cit - y be - yond. When we meet in the cit - y, the
-+- -m~ • -+■ -»- m m . m ^-v -m- • -+- -+- -+- -*■- -m-
|J-3qr-Zfi -^-y- |=^=^=F=C=t:=trq
H-^i — °-£— S^M* — £— s? — t? — y — t*— '
£_fc_|» N N j
zzmL
beau - - ti-ful cit - - y be - yond, We will sing the new song
beau- ti- ful cit - y, the beau - ti- fnl cit - y be - yond, beyond,
izzgrirf-^— >-rH^z|l=|=ti=L-J L
Of the an - gel- ic throng In the beau - ti- ful cit- y be - yond
the cit - y beyond.
1888, Copyright of Wm. J. Kirkpatrick. Used by permission.
131
No. 130.
THE LIGHTS OF HOME.
Priscilla J. OWEN«
WM. J. KlRKPATRICK.
Questions in Italics, responses in Roman type.
Vd-
_ g==g=r=r!= T\— ' ZZ5J
- •-! — 1 — — H — «*-
-V
I f i j, " • i I j,
1. Steers-man, steers-man, the channel's rough and dark. The waves roll high, the
2. Steers-man, steers-man, the stars are wrapped in mist. The Po - lar star still
3. Steers-man, steers-man, how wild the tern- pest raves ! The floods may swell, but
*=_•:
±±
*F=W-
/
winds sweep by, Xow whith- er speeds thy bark? Xow whither speeds thy bark t
beams a - far On hills of am-e-thyst, On hills of am-e-thyst.
all is well, While Jesus walks the waves, While Jesus walks the waves.
BPS- • — » — -j— — ♦
+ — *_
v=7:
JUL ! I \ N— S-^— ! =Tj J | \ I
Sail - ing, sail - ing, to reach a glorious home, Tho' storms as- sail we
Sail - ing, sail - ing, to find a bet- ter land. No wind that blows our
Sail - ing, sail - ing, to find a happier shore, A pathway bright shines
#*-
r=t=
*=
Chokus.
dare the gale, For Je - sus bids us come. Sail
hope o'erthrows. While Christ waits on the strand,
through the night, Where friends have gone before. Sail - i
ing o'er the
sail-in;
^ >
m
P¥
4-7
wt
sr
* • &-
Z=W
rest - less tide, Sail - - - ing thro' the gale we glide,
Sail - ins, sail - ing,
~ —
8, Copyright of Wm. J. Kirkpatrick. L'sed by permission.
132
THE LIGHTS OF HOME. (Concluded.)
m
r i
i •.■»••
There, beyond the bil-lows' foam, We see the lights of home.
There, be - youd, be-yond
p p *p
i y y if ifc
:t=c:
HHS
No. 181.
STRETCH OUT THY HAND TO ME.
Nellie E. Rice.
J. S. Fearis.
i-0-rb-«-H 1 H 1 V-T-i
: — i r
-^^=r
— « — « — ^- — -
r-fc- • -S
w £ ^
* %
1 . Stretch out thy hand to me, mer - ci - ful
2. Stretch out thy hand to me, mer - ci - ful
3. Stretch out thy hand to me, mer - ci - ful
m ~P~ + mm*
Sav-iour ;
Sav-iour;
Sav-iour ;
1 ' 1
I am so
Sor-row and
Then tho' no
fm\* k P * * * *
If A ? (» * p p p • p f*
P ^
# p p
i ?t2_aL_4 1 U '• > — | —
— i ^ rr--
_4_ 1
i 1 1=
I I
:?:!2=5=:=g:
*
■• 5*-
r w ^-4 — P — -P 1
wea - ry, the way is so long ; A - lone, un - aid - ed, I
care have my spir - it de-pressed ; Heart-sick, dis - cour - aged, I
gleam in the dark- ness I see, Through all the night, I can
ra
Be
:*:
m
i — i — i
4 4 4 J\1 ■ ! i J 4 J I J J i i | |
—\ i 1 1 1 ■ - m — m 1— I—* «" ■ m 1 II
« ♦ ♦ & 1 <9 * P~* * ^ P P S -<5-=-J->
tk
5.
stum-ble and fal - ter, I am all weakness, but thou, Christ, art strong,
grope in the dark-ness, Seek-ing but vain -ly for light and for rest,
fear- less - lv fol - low, When I but know 'tis thy hand lead-ing me.
I I
P «_. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 L_
t—1 — r
133
-p m-
II
Copyright, 1897, by Wm. J. Kirkpatrick.
I I I
No. 132.
GLIDING AWAY.
J. KlRKPA TRICK.
i
» ' a > -
S
> x .—,
V
ft
*Z3*I
m <m — • « *
1. Beau - ti - fill white clouds drift-ing a - way. T~n - der the bine.
2. Beau - ti - ful white forms glid-ing a - way. O - ver the sea,
3. Beau - ti - ful raan-sions bright-er than (b -ing for me.
^ 8 #
4P + + •
# # # • # •
« * W §J' *
4f * * ^ .
/ / /
> • p ~ ~ m . « •
♦ — 9 — y *^*'
/ / /
^
_* x =>
^ ~« «
— I— ♦ • ♦ ♦ «
g
on- der the blue, Drift-ing a- — . the clos-ing of day,
o - ver the sea, Glid-ing a - way to the hear - en - ly shore,
wait - in g for me, Beau-ti- ful fac - es that glid - ed a- way.
* * m.
» * <• * * * * • m
/ / •
1
-Vl
3
-*—*-
iLZZ^=±=ML
r * -+ ♦ ♦-
@
EUd-den from view, hid-den from
Hid-den from me, hid-den from me ;
There I shall see, there I sbali
Float-ing a - way from our
Sail - ing a - way from our
to be tossed bv the
— — vf-* ^-
m
A • * m-
l 3 fl « L S =g
y / /
rap - tured sight, Tinged by the glow of the fast fad. - ing light,
mor - tal sight. Out of the shad-ow and in - to the light,
wind or ti 3 - ing in peace that for - ev - er a - bides.
m
i
":■'[:: '.'•■•' : - • - ." - -£;&:- r
:z~
GLIDING AWAY. (Concluded.)
poco ritard.
Tinged by the glow of the fast fad-ing light..
Out of the shad - ow and in - to the light
Rest - ing in peace that for - ev - er a -bides
Tinged by the glow of the fast fad-ing light, Tinged by the glow of the fast fading light.
Out of the shad-ow and in - to the light, Out of the shad-ow and in - to the light.
Rest-ing in peace that for - ev - er a-bides, Resting in peace that for - ev - er a-bides.
S :
Chorus, a tempo.
.-- U__^ S-^-
Glid - ing
Glid-ing away.
way
glid-hig a- way
glid - ing
glid-ing a -way,
m=>
/—/—/-/-
-/-/-*-
WZM^MIM
mr-rt
/ / / /
i 7 I g': i & *■
- - ver the storm line
- ver the storm line in - to the bay,
in - to the
o - ver the storm line
m
i*=m=*=£:
'/ /
/ / /
r\
i 1 ! N
1 /^i
wt -
„ N J>b
53 > • r :
bay ;
in - to
the
bay;
Sor-row and
"*3 * =f *
sigh - ing there shal
Sor - row and sigh - ing
cease,
there shall cease,
^8 j» j»
|#
*>
t£
J r ij — ' ^— — '
— *• — hj — *
r E r 1
/ /
V -
1
L-y / 1
n
1
>
Ritard
r— \
— r~^~
Jr <*
\
#
'/L 2
«
#
m i
S • & . 1
/en ■
•
m
»' •;
i^K ^
J
•
m »
A * ^ • H
It/ *
Beau
•
- ti
- ful
ha
Beau - ti - ful
-♦- -•- -+-
ven
ha -
ven
-m-
of
of
1
per - feet
per - feet,
5 ^C"
1 '/ 1
peace
per - feet peace.
S *"• "
#. .
— hj —
M —
- . ^l
— 4 / /—
— A —
—4—
— * —
_J / —
_p_- j2_i_H
135
No. 133.
TOPLADY. 7 s. 61.
A. M. TOPLADY.
Thomas Hastings.
Fine.
j J. JIJ j $
8 9 • Pig ; _J J ^
J 1
:;=£
— j»-
^S
1. Rock of a
ges, cleft for rae,
Let me hide my - self in thee
^ ^ ^ . I i I
^zz=^:
i
Z>.C— Be of sin
the dou - ble cure, Save from wrath and make me pure.
I , ft! I ___) , D.a
:^-^-ar
m-&
— i-
I
Let the wa - ter and the blood.
— <9-
%±
From thv wound -ed side which flow'd,
E 1 ■ __I X_1 =B
2 Could my tears forever flow,
Could my zeal no languor know,
These for sin could not atone ;
Thou must save, and thou alone:
In my hand no price I bring,
Simply to thy cross I cling.
While I draw this fleeting breath,
When my eyes shall close in death,
When I rise to worlds unknown,
And behold thee on thy throne,
Rock of ages, cleft for me,
Let me hide myself in thee.
No. 134.
Rev. Edward Hopper
IS
PILOT ME. 7s. 61.
I* s
«^ T — ^-^ — -i — i— ^ — i — M — \
J. E. Gould.
v Fine.
I
1. Je - sus, Sav - iour, pi - lot me O - ver life's tem-pestuous sea ;
=fc
1/ * I 1/ 1/ V I " I
.D.6 1 . — Chart and com- pass came from thee ; Je - sus, Sav - iour, pi - lot me.
r* r n
-^oS — ^
. . , ^_^ D.a
^ 4- «fl-*j - jS -J H N| J |
f^i — i ii i*j >^
—■ i/ i/ i** 1 i
Unknown waves be-fore me roll, Hid-ing rocks and treach'rous shoal ;
R> P f r r r fM * f r r r~f i 1 ^^^
z p — *— = M -i 1^ — t/--v— I / — y- H - — y— / — y— V? I
2 As a mother stills her child,
Thon oanst hush the ocean wild ;
Boist'rous waves obey thy will
When thou sayesttothem, "Be still!
Wondrous Sovereign of the sea,
Jesus, Saviour, pilot me.
136
I
3 When at last I near the shore,
And the fearful breakers roar
'Twixt me and the peaceful rest,
Then while leaning on thy breast,
May I hear thee say to me,
Fear not, I will pilot thee! "
No. 135.
BEAUTIFUL SABBATH.
Fanny J. Crosby.
Wm. J. KlRKPATRICK.
i^^=5
*T«l * » jl £4-^^ 3 & ' * B + •—+-&
1. Beau - ti - ful Sab-bath, how peaceful the light, Waft-ed from E - den so
2. Beau - ti - ful Sab-bath, we hal- low the hours, Si - lent- ly bear-ing the
3. Beau - ti - ful Sab-bath, when Je-sus our Lord Bids us de-vout-ly re -
4. Beau - ti - ful Sab-bath, when la -bor and care Yield to the rap-ture of
_ — 1 — ♦— ♦— » — p— iv* — ♦— •— *>— ,— ~— ^— — f^-
A 1 1
I\ 1^ 1
1 IS v
^ \ < \
J '
1 _J- 1 1^ ,
\M <s> 1 <v 1
l(lY 7 *
■ 1
1 m w < 1 ns 1^
\t\ m , m & s
tran
-
mem
song
u J A
quil and bright ;
dor of flowers,
- ber his word ;
and of prayer;
m m. fS.
Draw-ing us near - er to
Plant- ed in gar - dens that
- pens its treas- ures of
Pre- cious the mo-men ts that
J . J* f , ^^
Je - sus our King,
nev - er de - cay,
wis- dom so dear,
now from a - bove
1 r r
/»V U 1 *
2 m *
1* 1* 1 r 5 1
(f ;•, 7 u «
L" !, 1 «j •
> > ^ 1
VL>V;-.™ r
* W \ !
I / / p
W P]?
r r
U 4
While in his tern - pie we gath-er and sing. Beau - tiful Sabbath of
Blooming in sunshine that fades not a-way.
Treasures that sparkle our young hearts to cheer.
Ten - der - ly whis- per a mes-sage of love.
1 r #i 1
y $ ■/ > '/
I*— is
1 — p— i-
- — 1?» — \ — \- — 1?> — \i — 1 — p — 1 1 1—
1— *l— — I 1— *H 1 H — i ^-T — i-ral-r ■• —
rest, sweet rest, Beau- ti - ful Sab-bath, di-vine - ly blest, Youth-ful and
IS Jl*~~- . -~-\>~- * N
Hrfc — ' «i — ' — -srh y — ' •-—-••—»-— 1 1 s — =-H ' ' —
:?:2z=se:
I
-t-*-*-
^^"-"W=5:
J^-M-
>-^-V
i
a
hap- pv the hearts we bring, Praising our gracious Redeem-er and King.
i-S S— • 1— *-=—•— *■ — •■ --=—♦— •—!-*■ — ^ — s — _
1893, Copyright of Wm. J. Kirkpatrick. Used by permission.
137
No. 136.
C. B. S.
FATHER, TAKE MY HAND.
Chas. B. Smith.
mm
* * iifad fit l«i *a
S=$=S=^tS:5
1. My Fa - ther, I would cling to thee, What-ev - er ill be - tide,
2. My Fa - ther, I am poor and weak — Too weak for all life's cares,
3. But, Fa -ther, when I trust in thee, What joy, what peace is mine
^fr-fr
^=S
^E_^
^3*
1
•= 1 — / J - — F
n
.* — ♦
Pi
Yes, I would have thee take my hand, And keep me near thy side.
Un - less thou take me by the hand, And guide me thro' its snares.
The darkness gone, the light appears, 'Tis full of love di - vine.
m
/ 1
For, 0, the world is dark and chill, And life a storm-y sea;
How of- ten sin would hide from me The sun-shine of thy face;
So let me live close bv thy side, And feel thy pres-ence near.
>_£5-
--i-
m
m
W*
-/-^jr
*=S
I h I
--H— * «M 1 -A 1 9.
mm
Wilt thou not take me by the hand, And lead me safe to thee?
But Je - sus, at the blood-stained cross, Re-veals thy sav - ing grace.
That when the mes-sage comes for me, No dan -ger shall I fear.
>fcfe
W.
:*=S:
ss
^4
i — ■
2— r*
-•- N
P P. m .^T
st
Copyright, 1897, by AVm. J. Kirkpatrick.
138
Ho. 137.
NEARER THE CROSS.
F. J. Crosby
The cross of our Lord Jesus Christ." — Gal. vi. 14.
Mrs. J. F. Knapp, by per.
I
2=r
U^T
1. " Nearer the cross!" my heart can say, I am com-ing near - er; Near-er the
2. Nearer the Christian's mer-cy seat, I am com-ing near - er; Feasting my
3. Nearer in pray'r my hope as-pires, I am com-ing near - er; Deep-er the
fofcS±S=$:
M
1
: i r r \ r r : 4
m—»-
-¥— *-
¥—*-
I I
\iJJi J |
cross from day to day, I
soul on man -na sweet, I
love my soul de-sires, I
§1
am com-ing near - er; Near- er the cross where
am com-ing near - er; Stronger in faith, more
am com-ing near - er; Near- er the end of
-*- -*■ -' -m~-0- i — -*■-
1
? v
ot i M
*. v IS IS
IS 1
> fc IS 1 IS
J -> J «
p* s>
• •! •
* N ' m
/f 5 ' ii*
j^ • * J
(fr* 3 J J----
—^+T—++ ♦' •-
» ♦ *• •
<► . • ^ •
Je - sus died, Near-er the fountain's crim-son tide, Near-er my Sav-iour's
clear I see Je - sus who gave him-self for me; Near-er to him I
toil and care, Near-er thejov I long to share,Near-er the crown I
ill!
£P«— ,• — ^-V-
— / / / *~
— » •• — m
* — 1~ j - ^ -
— 1 1 1
i / i
1 / 1
/ " r / 1 /
wound-ed side, I
still would be : Still
soon shall wear : I
I
am com-ing near - er, I
I'm com-ing near - er, Still
am com-ing near - er, I
i
am com- ing near - er.
I'm com- ing near - er.
am com- ing near - er.
1
139
No. 138.
Rev. J. E. Rankin, D.D.
LEAVE IT TO HIM.
4~*-
4-J J J j
j — — « ^_
Chas. H. Gabriel
N -\
II
& t Ef
1. Why go a-round with troub- led soul ! There's One that makes the
2. How - ev - er man thy lot may slight.He'll turn to day thy
3. How - ev - er dark thy path may be, Dark and in-scru - ta -
4. Sure he who sets the moun-tain fast, When all earth's clouds are
m— , — F— F P- F— r-F p. m. fm , hr_5— 0t m.
-£>=
1*=^=*=*--
t=t
M
I
wound - ed whole; Up - on
dark - est night, And flood
ble to thee, He rules
driv - en past, Will jus
the Lord thy
fromheav'n thy
on high your
ti - fy his
_,* ♦ m-
bur
path
des
wavs
den roll :
with light,
ti - ny,
at last,
— f f
i
r=5t
M=Z.^l
*-T 3
=*==it
Leave it
to him,
Leave it
F F
Fine.
Leave it
to him....
I
to him,
%EZ
Leave
— F-
it to him.
Chorus.
1 „
— - p* ^ i^
1
1
^-rt? -f* — X T
^
" — 1 » .. 1
fi£— 2-=^=
<5> '
F m \ F ~~ ^
^
ISli
— 4*-
>
F *
|C
j*.
* * • * |
Leave it to 1
lim
who knowetl
1 V
lall
all, Leave
it
1/
to
.... Him who
Leave
it
3
to liim who know-eth
him,
'•Y h
—f*-
— m — ♦ — » — m — m-
, r
[VJ; P > n» F
1 !
"«#
wU 1 5 •" j
! A \ A
-m-
-i —
-j»-
!» *
" 1 /
~r
/ / • / • 1 • *
N I
D.S.
3=*=3
♦-^-
j* *.
--==— J— =4=1
-m 1 — m — I
^=S-f3
'/'/'/ II I
marks the sparrow's fall, Who lis - tens to the rav-en's call,
Leave it to him who marks the sparrow's fall,
— m—\ 1-* — • — * — •
_ r r~H — r I I
Copyright. 1891, by Chas. H. Gabriel. Used by permission.
140
m F
t=t=:
*=el
No. 139.
ENTIRE CONSECRATION.
Frances R. Havebgal.
(Chorus by W. J. K.)
1. Take my life, and let it be
2. Take my feet, and let them be
3. Take my lips, and let them be
4. Take my moments, and my days,
WM. J. KlBKPATEICK.
^ifetei
Con - se - era - ted, Lord, to thee
Swift and beau - ti - ful for thee
Filled with mes - sa - ges for thee
Let them flow in end-less praise ;
iS>— 1
Take my hands, and let them move
Take my voice, and let me sing
Take my sil - ver and my gold,
Take my in - tel-lect,and use
At the im-pulse of thy love.
Al - ways, on - ly for my King.
Not a mite would I with-hold.
Ev - 'ry pow'r as thoushaltchoose.
Chorus.
=r
N t-IUt
I rl i—. H> t"i ■
£j-f- ^- • -^— MZLZ~Z1I 8 -^r-y~ w ~- w
1/ p $ ' ^
/ Wash me in the Saviour's precious blood. .
1 Cleanse mein its pu - ri - fy -ing flood, t Af^™ d ?J?!SL°° d ' \ Lord - T ? ive t0
the heal - ing flood, J
P 1/ /
-§»— N
— N I ; n I i
s — « — ♦- 1 — ♦— ^ — — r
thee mv
life and all
:fe:r
to
be Thine, henceforth e
■PL
ter - nal - ly
1875, Copyright of Wm. J. Kirkpatrick Used by permission
5 Take my will, and make it thine;
It shall be no longer mine :
Take my heart — it is thine own —
H shall be thy royal throne.
6 Take my love;— my Lord, I pour
At thy feet its treasure store !
Take myself, and I will be
Ever, only, all for thee!
141
No. 140.
JESUS IS PASSING BY.
E. E. Hewitt.
Jno. R. Sweney.
w
&
j=s=^
^^-^
1. Come,con-trite one, and seek his grace, Je - sus is pass - ing by
2. Come,hun-gry one, and tell your needs, Je - sus is pass - ing by
3. Come,wea -ry one, and find yourrest, Je -sus is pass- ing by
4. Come,burden'done,bring all your care, Je -sus is pass- ing by
fe^=#=t
&±
-0- ♦-
y— y f-
~mm
-s — •-
See in his rec - on - cil - ingface.The sun-shine of the sky.
The Bread of Life your soul will feed, And ful - ly sat - is - fy.
Come where the longing heart is bless'd, And on his bo - som lie.
The love thatlis-tens to your pray 'r, Will 'no good thing 'de- ny.
1
P m
Chokus.
-/— t-
-* — r
• >* m — •■ — V m I m * ! 1
I —I
ISii
i
Pass - ing by, pass - ing by,
mf Pass - ing by, pass - iug by, p pass - ing by, pass - ing by,
ff
1/ y v \ v
Has - ten to meet him on the way, Je - sus is pass - ing
I X I <. - _ _
+
P»Vb w » -u
v — y — /
§
! > i r -r JTr
by to-day, Pass - ing by, pass - ing by
Pass- ing by, pass- iug by, pass - ing by, pass- ing by.
1 A i
3&
mp
-+— ♦— -i-^ — m
-I ^— r
— i— i — ^-
i
¥= ^^^-^-Et- 3 ™^ 1 ^ :5=E
9-*-
HHi
i *-\
Copyright, 1891, by Jno. R. Sw^nev. Used by permission.
142
No. 141.
GOD BE WITH YOU.
J. E. Rankin, D.D.
W. G. Tomer, by per.
-N — N — IS — N — IS — I — -
tv=N=\— \z
tittitt^it
±*
1. God be with you till we meet again, By bis counsels guide uphold you,
2. God be with you till we meet again, 'Neatb his wings securely bide you,
3. God be with you till we meet again, When life's perils thick confound you,
4. God be with you till we meet again, Keep love's banner floating o'er you,
apt?-
r.r. r.u
y / / ¥ /
mwm
i/ y
With his sheep se-cure-ly fold you, God be with you till we meet again.
Dai - ly man-na still pro- vide you, God be with you till we meet again.
Pat his arms un-fail-ing round you, God be with you till we meet again.
Smite death's threat'ning wave before you, God be with you till we meet again.
-*-! -♦- -« « h - - — -^- . -^*--*-
m t: t. jj ^,
meet at Je - sus' feet, Till we meet , till we
meet at Je - sus' feet, Till we meet, Till we meet, till we
-*l i r.
s
*-
s
r-
i/ > i
M=S
-=f:
:r!v
J=5
5-
lg
V 7-
i
Copyright of J. E. Rankin, D.D. , Washington, D. C
143
ipfl
-9-
1/ 1/ '
meet, God be with you till we meet a - gain,
meet a - gain, God be with you till we meet a - gain.
I I
II
No. 142.
GOOD NIGHT.
Fanny J. Ckosby.
WM. J. KlRKPATRICK.
1. the morning, hap-py morn-ing, That will break on yon - der shore,
2. the morning, bliss-ful morn-ing, That from ev - 'ry care is free,
3. O the morning, gold- en morn-ing, We shall see it by and by,
_fcl
:*x
=2=S^l
When the march of life is end - ed, And our bar- vest work is o'er;
And for - ev - er with our Sav-iour And Re-deem- er we shall be;
Faith be-holds it in the dis-tance, And its dawn-ing draw - eth nigh.
When we stand a- mid the gloaming,
When the sil - ver chord is bro- ken,
Here we part, for time is fleet -ing,
i i
ft s •• s I
-_£ — «_
m
And our hearts with joy are bright,
And our spir - its wing their flight,
Ev - er fad -ing from our sight,
■ ites
:#=S±_:
_n
mm
_____ _, __ ^__^^________ __+ __ __-_
I / * I *
While we say to those a- round us, With a lov - ing smile, Good night.
On - ly pausing till our dear ones Catch the lov -ing words, Good night.
But in von- der hap-pv mor-row We shall nev - er say, Goodnight.
I
mm^^^^m
!F g
-&-*■
1
Chorus. A little faster.
_»E[_g_i_Ef_^|-|
a— v
____________ 5 _,_ rt _,
Good night, good night, Till we meet in the morning light. Good
Good night, good night, good night,
^— —
-»-*-
___:i3e:
-S-i ^— ^-
-_► +—V-&
F L__n
i Zl___________[-_l
1891, Copyright of Wui. J. Kirkpatrick. Used by permission.
144
GOOD NIGHT. (Concluded.)
night till we meet at the Saviour's feet, In that land where all is bright.
-j^s — m-
! i I
/ 9 I * — 9-
131
Wk
No. 143.
TWILIGHT SHADOWS.
Birdie Bell.
Duet or Quartet.
J. S. Fearis.
_V
•g~i
1. Twi-light shad - ows gath-er 'round us. Sunset splen - dors fade a- way,
2. Earth is hush'd to gentle slumber. Breezes chant her lul- la - by ;
3. When life's twilight shadows lengthen, Take us home to thee,we pray,
1. Twilight shadows gather 'round us. Sun-set splendors fade a-wav,
/ / / /—* — *
■m— > £-
-ff. 1 — ^ — tj- — ^— i— c
/ / /
f.
, V
i>
V
1 — ' — 1
Jf k b ^
v Si
N S
N | «. ;
• \
m 1
~%-J w— t— «-|
*
* >— •
-*-
+> *■ + <*
— • •»• _
And the murm- 'ring breezes whis-per Farewell to the dy-ing day.
"While we lift our hearts in worsliip, Praising thee enthroned on high.
"Where no night shades ev - er gath- er, Home to one long endless day.
And the murm'ring breezes whis-per, Farewell to the dy-ing day.
i*^*-i*- _ - _ -P- • - _ _ _ N N N 1
&V i
ESlfo * 1
-m-*-<>—* — ♦ — *-
a w W <v + m
/ y ?
J J J f s s
o 1
■ /
/ / / / / /
1 1
Chorus.
1 hi N
1 N V v
1
J ' 1 ** e>
^ N
S M I
A. i v
9 - *• « J
• \ \
\ i 1
1) P ? - -.
«
* • * • ^ 1
V J ; -*
«* * « »
^ f 1 5 1
Twilight
1
1/
shad - ows soft- ly
'wilight shadows soft - lv
gath - er, And we turn our hearts to thee,
gath - er, And we turn our hearts to thee,
f- m - fc h -
/5»V »
- , « » _ v ■
("> > .7 *_
* * 1 U? 1
W 7 ,' ~
/ / / ■> / /
W • *
. 1
7 7
« * » 9 * 9 |
/
i
— < 9-
9*
,, ; _ = , =i _
. — ' / / /
S > N v \ ' 3 V v*"
ac-cept the praise we of - fer ! Father, heark - en to our plea.
0, accept the praise -we of- fer! Father, hearken to our plea.
Copyright, 1*97, br Wm. J. Kirkp*trick.
H— R X— 10
145
No. 144.
I WANT TO BE A WORKER.
I. B.
The laborers are few.'' — Matt. ix. 37.
te
r > > iv
I. Baltzell.
A — N — N-
P
want
want
want
want
to be
to be
to be
to be
m
i
^ ^ ^
w <m <m ^ ^
a work-er for the Lord, I want to love and
a work-er ev-'ry day, I want to lead the
a work- er strong and brave, I want to trust in
a work-er; help me, Lord, To lead the lost and
|V |\ |\ |K |\
~-W-^m—
\ K
n
h~\-
\ NJ ^
n^M-
MZZfi
/ /
*r~ "*3 <
trust his ho-ly word; I want to sing and pray, and be bus-y ev-'ry day
err-ing in the way That leads to heav'n above, where all is peace and love
Jesus' pow'r to save; All who will truly come, shall find a happy home
err-ing to thy word That points to joy on high, where pleasures never die
m
W^r-
-*—'*—*-
jr\r»r\
Mrf ^ -4 b
/—/—/-
Chorus.
I
m
-I— K v
" *
1. In the vine-yard of the Lord. I will work, I will pray,
2 3 4 In the king-idem of the Lord. I will work and pray, I will work and pray,
~: k J J J — :^ --- --- ---
gunnel
P^H
]S N f* N
a*=3fc=«=*
In the vineyard, in the vineyard of the Lord; (of the Lord;) I will
igs=3E
:fzi — i — i ^ — — ^<f-|
-> — J — I 1
-1 L
1
^fet2Z
work I will prav, I will la - bor ev-'ry day In the vineyard of the Lord
' > / / / — | i^— /"
-/ — /
3E=te=z^=e:
s
Jy permission of E. S. Lorenr.
146
No. 145.
A BLESSING IN PRAYER.
E. E. Hewitt.
WM. J. KlRKPATRICK.
1/ • ' |
1. Tliere is rest, sweet rest, at the Master's feet, There is fa - vor now at the
2. There is grace to help in our time of need, For our Friend above is a
3. "When our songs are glad with the joy of life, When our hearts are sad with its
4. There is per-fect peace tho' the wild waves roll ; There are gifts of love for the
-♦f-4--
-*■ — «. — 1 1 — i—
1 I I
/ /
f\ * "^
II |S |\
1 ! I
Jr Ty i 1 I r *
m *~~i « ^ « ^
_J — :J—t — ^— J-
gj s d \ -M
vl> * s • • •
^ • • ^ ! i
U - * 1 !• -5-
'/
mer - cy seat, For a - ton - ing blood has been sprinkled there ; There is
Friend in -deed, We may cast on him ev - 'ry grief and care; There is
ills and strife, When the powers of sin would the soul ensnare, There is
seek- ing soul, Till we praise the Lord in his home so fair; There is
Jm- jl. -p.- .*.. .m.- .m- -p.- 4*- -m- -p- -m.-
jm . w p w |#
• Z i \
i r~ 1 '/ /
Tl ! ' „ r A
i ' / I
I 1 1 / /
111 r
Chorus.
i 1* J* I s i 1 \ h .-="1 \ N ^ M A — £ =E
al - ways a blessing, a blessing in pray'r. There's a blessing in pray'r, in be
> J> • \ l ; +—
S*
*=$:
j i ^ — m- — In 1—
! 1 ! »■ — 1-» — »
III ' WW
>— y— t-
-I 1-
£=*
-*— /-
4 I
-*?* * — "
.-j — a
ri*-
lieving pray'r ; When our Saviour's name to the throne we bear, Then a Father's
.p. .^ .p. ^
— ♦ — ^-r-* — m- — ♦ — =-^-^= + — •• — m- — •—!-* — * —
.^.^m- -+
m
- "-
fcifctt
/ }
V w-^i
^=£=£
=3— — *— s-^-i — =q=
£z:*:
*=r*
love will re-ceive us there; There is al-ways a blessing, a blessing in pray'r.
II
;ii *■ — •— ♦-r^ — • — I *■ — +-\-+ — i 1 1 •• n*— 9— a n
; S, +■ — i h _ — -_^~ ~ZT~ m ~9.\ — t— _j _J *- | [ — h S H
m n - i ; ; if p r y > if g g c r g i,>* f f r "
1887, Copyright of Wm. J. Kirkpatrick. Used by permission.
147
No. 146.
ONE THING I KNOW.
E. E. Hewitt.
±
4
7" *X
(SOLO OR QUARTET.)
Wm. J. KlRKPATRICK.
1. One thing I know; O bless his name, Tome the
2. One thing I know; he heard my cries, With mighty
I know; he died for me, In him my
I know; the Saviour's mine, O boundless
5. One thing I know; O help me sing! Such hap-py
Oue thiug I know; bless his name,
3. One thin<
4. One thin;
-*— *-
3— If j*'
-*-
J fH"
[ 1 j — 3-S-
/ / / /
i> i y i
5 1/ p i/
3^g
* i>
Lord ofmer-cy came, He filled my heart
power he touched my eyes, To see the light
hope, my trust shall be, My Sav-iour lives
grace, joy di-vine! And heavenly beams
praise to Christ our King While smil-ing faith
To me the Lord of mer - cy came, He filled my heart
n ^ N
I .. ! N -
_r* ik i
\ >
Jf- *' -JL- -ftl a)' - « ^~ £
a> i- T -«-
-0—Jt-l
f(TS •» ^ *
=-♦— h-
-^ — ^^|
VL/ ^ s» !•«•««•««
-•—
i
* • *
d ♦» '
with love's bright flame This T
K f £
know
. this I
. this I
.. this I
. this I
. this I
•,
know.
that nev - er
e - ter - nal
dies This I
-lv, This I
know,
know,
know,
know.
shine, This I
know,
know
know.
know.
with love's bright flame.
This I
kno\
-*-
&V
«P •
|*
* . «♦
^ * 1
(?;• « ^
f • ? i ? ■ *•
"+ l /
/
V_> 3 X
7 /' / i X
•* / Y
/ V
£ k 1
y y /
f r- j
1 /
Chorus.
-*—•*-
=ft=]*=£
-?--
i
zv
^-Fv-fe
I know, I know, he loved me so, He saved my
I know, I know, he loved me so,
*t ' 1/ I 1/ I '
y y y ^
*
■*--»■
y i y
y y y 1/
Copyright of Wm. J. Kirkpatrick. Used by permission.
148
•-•— £— la — B-tr
/ / / /
ONE THING I KNOW. (Concluded.)
', <s f i, y s * 1/ - * v f U t V
soul from sin and woe, Now peace and joy
He saveil my soul
from gin and \v<
Now peace and joy
i#=*i
iz±= ^z z^f^=^i^=d p±M^ mnr^ -^:
i / i
y-/ — »- *-
No. 147.
JESUS BIDS US SHINE."
Anna Bartlett Warner.
Wm
. J. KlRKPATRICK.
|N — *
\
— \
1 1-
... \ ■ \ \ fs
_.'
•
» *
II ! : 1
vi/4 5 5 5
w t
1. Je - sus bids
2. Je - sus bids
3. Je - sus bids
us sliine
us shine,
us shine,
with
first
then,
-■*-
a
of
for
i
pure clear
all for
all a-
-g - * * * *
light, Like a lit - tie
him, Well he sees and
round, Ma - ny kinds of
1
♦ • -«*-
i*
m & m <m
! *,
*
<*»
1 L
• *» « <B
* i
VL> '. * « 4>
* w
w
V '/ V V
i i
i> '^ >
/ 1
/
/■
^ ^ -_. - w - -_- -_- - w _ _ w - _ w _
can - die burn - ing in the night, In this world of dark - ness
knows it if our lights are dim, He looks down from heav -en to
dark - ness in this world are found; Sin, and want, and sor-row: so
^ ^ st» *m
-(22—
£— -£
m
- — i 1 1 — -• — m — <*> 1
-l_^ « <» : ♦ — ^ « <
:^=J:
II
we must shine, You in your lit- tie cor-ner, And I
see us shine, You in your lit -tie cor-ner, And I
we may shine, You in your lit -tie cor-ner, And I
»
v— r
in mine,
in mine.
in mine.
4
1885, Copyright of Wm. J. Kirkpatrick. Used by permission.
149
No. 148. GO TELL THE WORLD OF HIS LOVE.
War. J. KlRKPATEICK.
JS |\
1. Heirs to the kingdom of Je - sus the Lord, Go tell the world of his
2. Think how he la- bor'd that we might have rest.Go tell the world of his
3. Plead to the lost ones to come while thev mav,Go tell the world of his
n -r T T -~ T g g .i"« g *:.f r'.ffTl lf
-ff- ^ — -ft m — m m —
EG
Vz=A
iz— t/
-J^-l^-J-
^^E
love ;
love ;
love ;
Pub- lish the bless-ings
Think how he suf- fer'd
Je - sus is wait - ing,
that flow from his word, Go tell the
that we might be bless'd.Go tell the
he'll save them to-day, Go tell the
■y-
-y j
&zz£==si
r^-^_jz=z^zqsz^:
^— >
*-l
w T orld of his
world of his
world of his
i
love :
love
love
-H«-*=J
Love that has purchas'd re- demp-tion from sin,
Saved by his mer - ey, up - held by his care,
Love that is near- est when earth joys are past,
♦T» H* * * * «* ^i-^ ♦ — *■ — *-fn
a*
-*-
j 1 1 m, ^_i_« m -^ — _ — ,_
Love that makes hap
Tell of the good
Light - ing our path
py
ness
way
the spir - it with - in, Love that will
we con- stant-ly share; Fill'd with his
bv clouds o - ver -cast; Love that will
-%-*
-N
-6— UJ
D.S.— Heirs to the
it Fine.
z=z% — ■►— 4T3 s J — * . I J * • * , ' j j\ p ^^HA
help us our con-quest to win, Go tell the world of his love,
full- ness, no Ion - ger for - bear, Go tell the world of his love,
bring us to glo - ry at last, Go tell the world of his love.
-*■ <g gz b? — " ^ * g H "
-> — > — ^H^ — 7 — > — ^—H
king-dom of Je - sus the Lord, Go
1885, Copyright of Wm. J. Kirkpatrick. Used by permission.
150
~wz
tell
y / / /
the world of his
r\jT 7
love.
GO TELL THE WORLD, etc. (Coneluded.)
Chorus.
\ IV N
— y-^
JS — |S — ^_
MHWJIW^MZ^
-+ ttizi:
D.S.
^ s « u j» p p 1 7 77-f-H
*
/ / / / / •/ / 1
Go tell the world, Go tell the world, Go tell the world of his love;
of his love ;
m m . ~ J .-♦--* -* -*- -m -+- V- -«F h N J .
* — W-a-« — h/ * — £ — H
y /
=t;
/ / /
P
No. 149.
Reginald Heber.
BRIGHTEST AND BEST.
(WIMBORN. 11s, 10s.)
John "yVhitaker.
1. Bright- est and best
2. Cold on his era •
3. Say, shall we yield
4. Vain - ly we of -
I I
of the sons of the morn-ing, Dawn on onr
die the dew-drops are shin- ing, Low lies his
him, in cost - ly de - vo - tion, O - dors of
fer each am -pie ob - la - tion, Vain-ly with
Wttj-
m
I I
-I 1-
£2
P
*T=±
-4— f-
S.
1 — r
^S
dark - ness, and lend us thine aid ! Star of the East, the
bed with the beasts of the stall, An - gels a - dore him,
E - dom and off '- rings di - vine? Gems of the moun-tain,
gifts would his fa - vor se - cure, Rich - er bv far is
« ^ ^ Si ±:
ho-
in -
and
the
-*? -+-
-•• ^—i—^
i
I
ii^s:
■?-t
1 — r
-~J 1 1 1 ■
Guide where our in- fant Re - deem
iSsL=ilg!
ri - zon a - dorn-ing, Guide where our in- fant Re - deem - er is laid,
slum-ber re - clin-ing, Male- er, and Monarch, and Sav - iour of all.
pearls of the o -•cean, Myrrh from the for- est, and gold from the mine?
heart's ad - o - ra- tion, Dear-er to God are the prayers of the poor.
^±L2.
mmmmmm
I I I I
Adaptation and arr. Copyrighted, 1393, by Wm. J. Kirkpatricfc.
151
No. 150.
THE GREAT PHYSICIAN.
William Hunter.
Arr. by Rev. J. H. Stockton.
Fine.
I. '/ '/ I
f The great Phy-si- cian now is near, Thesym - pa-thiz - ing Je - sus. '
\ He speaks the drooping heart to cheer, hear the voice of" Je - sus. J
| Your ma- ny sins are all for-giv'n, hear the voice of Je -sus. '
\ Go on your way in peace to heav'n, And wear a crown with Je - sus. |
2-ii-i
9-r-H-y
~9 ar
mm
DC— *-Sweet-est car - ul ev - ersung, ^ Je - sus,bless- ed Je -sus.
Chorus. D. C.
im
Sweetest note in ser - aph song, Sweetest name on mor - tal tongue.
1
3 His name dispels my guilt and fear,
Xo other name but Jesus :
how my soul delights to hear
The charming name of Jesus.
4 The children too, both great and small,
Who love the name of Jesus,
May now accept the gracious call
To work and live for Jesus.
No. 151. HOLY SPIRIT, FAITHFUL GUIDE.
M. M. W.
M. M. Wells.
Fine.
h— 4-d
wmm
fc&z
iPlll
3.
f Ho - ly Spir -
| Gen - tly lead
I Ev - er pres -
"( Leave us nor
| When our days
I Xoth- ins left
it,
us
ent,
to
of
but
y —4r
/y m.
I
faith -ful Guide, Ev - er near the Christian's side ; '
by the hand, Pil-grims in a des - ert land. J
tru - est Friend, Ev - er near thine aid to lend; »
doubtand fear, Grop- ing on in darkness drear; j
toil shall cease. Waiting still for sweet re-lease, »
heav'n and pray'r, Wond'ring if our names were there; J
-*- - f -fg- •*- ~ - !TV^
I
B.C. — Whisp'ring soft
J* I J_l
-ly, ''Wand'rercome! Fol- low me, I'll guide thee home."
_ . i i . \ D.a
SMSiSO*
liM
Wea - ry souls for -e'er
When thestormsare rag
Wad - ing deep the dis
re-joice, While they hear that sweet -est voice,
ing sore. Hearts grow faint, and hopes give o'er,
mal flood, Plead-ing naught but Je - sus' blood,
}—&—
1
1 -0-
a
_•_[:__
-j <& —
» — 1
— k-J
152
No. 152.
Charlotte Elliott
fate:
JUST AS I AM.
(WOODWORTH. L. M.)
Wm.
fci*
I
1. Just
2. Just
3. Just
4. Just
r,
-5#
1 E TRH
-4— •v«i 1" 1 1
B. Bradbury.
k-4
3t?£
is
I am, with -out one plea, But that thy blood was shed for me,
I am, and wait-ing not To rid my soul of one dark blot,
I am, tho' toss'd a-bout With many a conflict, many a doubt,
I am — poor,wretched, blind ; Sight, riches, healing of themind,
And that thou bidd'st me come to thee,0 Lamb of God, I come ! I
To thee whose blood can cleanseeach spot,0 Lamb of God, I come! I
Fight-ings within, and fears without, Lamb of God, I come! I
Yea, all I need, in thee to find, Lamb of God, I come! I
TJV- ^ -*- i
come !
come !
come!
come !
5 Just as I am thou wilt receive.
Wilt welcome, pardon, cleanse, relieve
Because thy promise 1 believe,
O Lamb of God, I come ! I come!
No. 153.
R. E. Hudson.
6 Just as I am — thy love unknown
Hath broken ev'ry barrier down ;
Now, to be thine, yea, thine alone,
O Lamb of God, I come ! I come !
I'LL LIVE FOR HIM.
C. R. Dunbar.
mm
\/ |/ •
1. My life, my love I give to thee, Thou Lamb of God. who died for me;
2. I now bedieve thou dost receive, For thou hast died that I might live;
3. O thou who died on Cal - va - ry To save my soul and make me free,
3E
Cho
-fi — ^ — r-i ; — i 1
4 i ly -^-i^
=jEjCfe=^
I'll
1
live for him who died for me, How hap-py then my life shall be !
v v , v ^ B.C. Chorus.
may I ev - er faith - ful be. My Sav- iour and
And now henceforth I'll trust in thee, My Sav- iour and
1 con - se-crate my life to thee, My Sav- iour and
-9-
--:
I'll live for him who died for me. My Sav- iour and
Copyright, 1882 by R. E. Hudson. Used by permission of The Hudson Co.
153
my God !
my God!
my God!
wm
my God !
No. 154.
STANDING ON THE PROMISES.
R. K. C.
R. Kelso Carter.
wr'--m s -wr—+—9TT-3^T*—2*\-w — -J — ~t
.^vzzxiz^:
fcir_£
1. Standing on the prom-is - es of Christ my King, Thro' e - ter - nal
2. Standing on the prom-is - es that can - not fail, When the howl-ing
3. Standing on the prom-is - es I now can see Per - feet, pres-ent
4. Standing on the prom-is - es of Christ the Lord, Bound to him e -
A_? — * « (2 _*_
-9-4-
7—-*-
:rb=:V=S=^
ISZZX
J* j: *
10 • W — w-
m
a - ges let his prais - es ring; Glo - ry in the high- est, I will
storms of douht and fear as - sail, By the liv - ing Word of God I
cleansing in the blood for me; Stand-ing in the lib - er - tv where
ter- nal -ly by love's strong cord, - ver-com-ing dai - ly with the
:E= y=g:i= y=}==
-&— — ♦ -«-
S w 5> — ' — * =I - J * — a^-v— » — •--— • — *-= — •' gj, — ■
shout and sing, Stand-ing on the prom - is - es of God.
shall pre - vail, Stand-ing on the prom - is - es of God.
Christ makes free, Stand - ing on the prom - is - es of God.
Spir - it's sword, Stand - ing on the prom - is - es of God.
_*_i_* N _jV
-i 1 *■-- — «■ — £—4 — S- — •- * — W5-1— «_!—
B
-m- ^
m
Chorus.
* >
/ y
^ —
y £ y
=M^
-.*-±.*L-wrr-W-
* - - - y y \ * * r w /
Stand - - ing, stand - - ing, Standing on the
Staud- ing on the prom - is - es, stand - ing on the prom - is - es,
prom - is - es of God my Sav - iour ; Stand
Stand - ing on
.: « J.« ,V *
ing.
the prom - is - es,
-? — y-
Copyright, 1886, by John J. Hood. Used by permission.
154
STANDING ON THE PROMISES. (Concluded.)
-A
_% ^s ^ ^ fc |S ^
1 — )\ 1 -m *-* — ^ -z -^
M
{£&- — &-. i ♦---•—♦-
1 1 1 1 -^-j *. |— 1-
"1
stand - - ing,
stand-iag on the prom- is - es
<# • * m • * r* * P *
I'm stand-ing on the prom- is - es of God.
. *- ,}-?— i k- *^
v — ?-v — ?-* — ? ~y — *
— ^> — |j
No. 155.
THE SAVIOUR IS MY ALL.
P. B.
P. BlLHORN.
5±fcr^
tr
rSzz
k* *4
I
1. The Sav-ionr is my all in all, He is my con- stant theme;
2. His spir - it gives sweet peace within, And bids all care de - part;
3. And what- so- ev - er I may ask, To glo - ri - fy his name,
4. O praise the Lord, my soul, re- joice, Give thanks unto thy God,
-m- 1^
By sim - ply trusting in his word, He keeps me pure and clean.
He fills my soul with righteous-ness, And pu - ri - lies the heart.
The Fa- ther free - ly gives to me, Since Christ, the Sav-iour, came.
Who took thee in thy sin - ful-ness, And cleansed thee by his blood.
lib:
!/ i
Chorus.
r-r
zJzz* gzzzg:
P — m -9 9-
1
1/ - |
Glo - ry! O glo - ry! Je - sus hath re -deemed me,
^
p • . f • T T * -
2zz«:
-i — — ^^ — — «
5Eh=*^Z=»Z=ZM
r
-i — >
— i-
Glo - ry ! 6 glo - ry ! He washed my sins
t.-2zz*zzzz=«:
w^m
-m-x-m-
I I
Copyright, 1886, by P. Bilhoru. Used by permission.
I I
155
No. 156.
COME CLOSE TO THE SAVIOUR.
Fanny J. Crosby,
-* — h — I-
(DUET AND QUARTET OR CHORUS.)
Dr. H. R. Palmer.
m^^
\i=0=g^=^'-
1. Come close to the Sav-iour, thy loving Redeem-er, O sorrowingheartop-
2. Come close to the Sav-iour, he calleth thee gently, Draw near to thy Fathers
3. Comeclose to the Sa v-iour, earth's pleasuresare fleeting, But Jesus will care for
-A -I 1 _ . 1 1 1 L_— I 1 1 L
f £ U h» ' — ' ^
press'd, (sorely oppress' J;) Life's journey is drear - y, thy spir- it is wea-ry;
throne,(thy Father's throne;) His eyes will behold thee, his mer-cy en -fold thee,
thee, (he'll care for thee;) Whatev - er may grieve thee, he nev-er will leave thee,
=#
Se
iil
O come unto him and rest. Comeclose to theSaviour,0 why dost thou linger?
Why carry thy grief a - lone? Come close to theSaviour, O trust and remember,
Thy strength as thy day shall be. Come close to theSaviour, O come as a bird ling
■4— -3T- f
He knoweth thy heart op- press' d, (sore- ly oppreas'd.) His promise be
Thro' tri-als our souls are blest, (rich- ly are blest.) What- ev - er be
Flies back to its par - ent nest, (flies to its nest.) Where peace like a
fe
-J
*f3 l&i * 3 —m — a-
IH^iE
m — r~ r-
=1=5=
t~
hev - ing,
tide thee,
riv - er,
his message re- ceiv- ing,
thy Ref-uge will hide thee,
flows onward for - ev - er,
=3=
O come un- to him
O come un- to him
O come un- to him
Chorus. Slowly
and
and
and
-flB
pi
rest,
rest,
rest.
-_ 1 1 — •-
atz^g:
Peacefully, tranquilly, tenderly rest, Folding thy wings like a dove,
like a dove.
gBFE-b-y
->-
:*=fc=*:
A— «— *— 5» — *— g — <L ^_
■»— » — »— ^f — I*- — j» :< ~
-y >» — ti» — »
y— *-
x *«- ■*• * * *>>
Copyright, 1890, by Dr. H. R. Palmer.
Used bv permission.
156
COME CLOSE TO THE SAVIOUR. (Concluded.)
Peacefully, tranquilly, tenderly rest Safe iu the arms of his love
in the arms of his love.
fe ! > , fr f r :
~> 8*-
:|Kzr*zzj*:
No. 157.
LOVE TO TELL THE STORY.
Kate Haxkey.
W. G. Fischer, by per.
rf^=
1. I
2. I
3. I
4. I
§e§F
love to tell the sto - ry Of uu seen things above, Of Je- susand his
love to tell the sto - ry! More wonderful it seems Thau all the golden
love to tell the sto - ry! 'Tis pleasant to repeat Whatseems,eachtirael
love to tell the sto - ry! For those who know it best Seem hungering and
e=k=*z]z£:
V\ I
u
- > r* ,-, — i !_, — i — p»_j — _, — i i — -i— .
^^EgE E- j j • £ ^= 34-3 4 — 1=
BfS
glo-ry, Of Je - sus and his love! I love to tell the sto
fancies Of all our golden dreams. I love to tell the sto
tell it. More wonder- ful- ly sweet. I love to tell the sto
thirsting To hear, it like the rest. And when, in scenes of glo
ill u i
-i-
z^j:
3-
ry
ry
ry
IV
■ , 4, J
! Be-
! It
! For
, I
I
1
I I
fm^m^wmm^m^-
-N-J-,--^
11
cause I know tis true: It sat - isfies my longings, As nothing else can do.
did somuchfor me! And that is just the rea -son I tell it now to thee,
some have never heard The»message of sal- vation From God's own holy AVord.
siugthe new, newsong, 'Twill be the old, old sto- ry That I havelo^'d soloug.
157
No. 158.
RING THE MERRY BELLS.
E. E. Hewitt.
"Wm. J. KlRKPATRICK.
fei-^-
-=s— a-
"•"• ' -h
T~?
ft r rn — |— ^
1. Ring
2. Ring
3. Ring
- f
the mer
the mer-
the mer-
-ft *
— J* m —
-js ^-
%— 5
■ry, mer
ry, mer -
ry, mer-
IT 1 ^-^ 1*
- ry Christmas bells,
ry Christmas bells,
ry Christmas bells,
fe 1* 1* .
=S=r* — •- — !
Ring
Wake
Thro'
1 1* •
— *— s — #_l_f-__l
them far and near;
the ju - bi - lee;
the star - ry night,
-m- -m- -m- -*■->
^ — * i i p J3
— - *"4~j^ —
0L jf».
HP—*-
— 5—
_JC- ^ =
\^~
/&-2-^E5^
h
1*
=i?* =3
, h __$ _|s _*_,
*~* * — « IS
Peal - ing o -
Hark, the bless
Ev - 'ry note
h.__Js J 1
ver
-ed
the
IS
M..
— +—
— U —
hills
mu -
day
•m-
=*-
and dells,
sic swells,
fore - tells,
i* J
— * ,
-I—*- 5 ■ ■ $*—
Bid the world good
- ver land and
Noon - tide splen - dor
f f f #■
-^- n -l
cheer.
sea.
bright.
W_fl V *"
i
_l > £ ^ L* 1
i^
•» r*
Gold- enhopesand mem'ries ho - ly, Clus- ter 'round the manger low- ly,
Tell the wondrous news from heaven, "Un-to us a Son is giv - en,"
Christ, the Morning Star is shin-ing, Light that nev- er knows de-clin - ing,
S» » -g I — H- g • ' — I j P ' g ^ - »— 1 1 » » 1 1
— g=^ ^ — -» — » * j. — =j*=£=£=£= ^ — »= r » _ I
1 Lrf ^ 1^ IE 1 1 (^ 1^ 1< ^ 1
D.S. — Tell a- new the dear old sto-ry; Glo - ry in the high -est, glo - ry;
_|s £ j 'is ft I £__ £ is *. Fine.
:;?:=l=*=z:
Ring the bells, ring the bells, Ring the mer - ry bells.
^|=g^
— * »» 1 —
Ring the bells, ring the bells, Ring the mer - ry
Chorus.
bells.
^
^E*EEE
Bells of love, and peace, and gladness, Charm away the thought of sadness,
Ring the bells, ring the bells, Ring the mer- ry, mer- ry Christmas bells,
1v fe I A fc fc fc fc _fc >
I s " ^
p444
i °> > > -fc-j-ji
D.S.
v7 ^-r — ^S — Jp — m g- £
^ t* £ £ *
Ring the mer- ry, mer-ry
_* • *_ j_
1 %
bells,
[Jji
u 5 ^ ^ p
Ring the mer-ry, mer-ry
>. H J J* $ '4
bells.
— -
W3j 1
w_J — p_: * J £ 51- 5-
_ i =j_
_^ — 5 — ^ — e —
— fl
1890, Copyright of Wm. J. Kirkpatrick. Used by permission.
158
No. 159.
WE MARCH TO VICTORY.
G. Moultrie.
J. Babhbt.
-4 — l-
wmmmmmi
33
&
&=*
m~z
We march, we march to vie - to - ry, With the cross of the Lord be -
m
mz^mm
fore
?S — I H~ i -p — N— * — s— T3 |s ^-i
—i — * m — * — «— •— « w — ^ — i *_: — « — i
us, With his lov - ing eye look-ing down from the sky, And his
:.=£=_-=*:
--£_ k£l-jflL
i
i—l 1 1
2st, ~d, 3d. | iasr.
1 1 !
Fine.
s — *^
=*=|F=Ftt
J^J J -4_
-^=n—
<s>
Lii — [*_:-
ho -
^ -r:
— ? r r
ly arm sprer
i *" i
id o'er us, His
J- 1
1 r tJ^
His arm
ho - ly arm sprea
r-i i i
Ysl ^ — 1
do'er us,
o'er
1 — a • 1 II
us.
*-
- p
—4— -3 1 1
-I 1*
i
i— „ —
& • :;
1 ™
!N
53:
a
^ ^ | -v — r- *, * II
1. We come in the might of the Lord of light, With ar - mor bright to
2. Our sword is theSpir-it of God on high. Our hel - met his sal-
3. And the choir of an-gels with song a- waits Our march to the gold- en
^^c=\=Z
-*^-N-
-N^n-N
-I V'-n IV
m — j*^^» — 2 * f ^ i » <^ * — 5* — -** 5--^»— 1
meet him; And we put to flight the ar-mies cf night That the
va - tion; Our ban-nerthe cross of Cal - va - ry; Our
Zi - on; For our Cap- tain has bro - ken the bra - zen gates, And
—- J *^
SC
11
a:
1-1 :
11
D.O
-* ^
sons of the day may greet him, The sons of the day may greet him.
watchword, the in -car - na - tion; Our watchword, the in -car - na - tion.
burst the bars of i - ron, And burst the bars of i - ron.
e ; y
=- -£
159
No. 160.
LORD, I SEEK THEE.
E. E. Hewitt.
"Wm. J. KlRKPATRICK.
— 5-1— & — «$* — I— pr T — <» — * — *•"• — ♦-
1. Lord, I seek thee,heav-y lad- en, Hum- bly kneeling at thy feet,
2. I am looking un - to Cal - v'ry, There the precious blood I see,
3. Thou art a- ble, thou art will - ing, From my bondage grant re-lease,
4. Bless - ed promise, tru- ly seek -ing, None are ev - er turn'd a- way
*-? — *_«. *-^-;2 „ — , — | — S— m.—^.—m— 'Z-'-^-p. "
^
m
Thou hast suf-fered to re- deem me, All the gracious work complete.
May thy Spir- it bring the wit-nesa Of e - ter -nal life to me.
Might - y Saviour, speak de - liv-'rance, Bid me henceforth " go in peace."
Thine the glo - ry, thine for - ev - er, Save, and keep me from this day.
1
m
I / y
Choeus.
*—
-J^-b— I 1 — «► — *-
Bless - - ed Saviour, thou hast call'd me, I have
Bless -ed, bless- ed Sav-iour, thou hast call'd me, thou hast call'd me, I have heard thy
~ m • N .N -N N
v — y
j>=2£zi=:
m
-&-£
£-
3tzr^:
heard thy voice di - vine;
voice, thy voice di - vine,
Lord, I'mcom-ing; O re
Lord, I'm com - ing, com - ing, re
:2=a
msm
m
y w * iy
I have heard thy voice divine,
i=r
-■m — -9 — — *• -•• — •-•
y i / /
ceive me. Make me now and ev - er thine.
ceive me, re-ceive me, Make me now and ev - er thine, now and ev - er thine.
m <m {* p T
f-f-f-r- - , r
* - . .
^]}A? j# |# '|P 1# l» ^K3L
-•—•—•—«» — w — • — •
i r r r r;-?4l
' _Z_> y y > >_^
? * * ? * / 1
i i i i ' '
y i/ iy i/ i
1894, Copyright of Wm, J. Kirkpatrick. Used by permission.
160
No. 161.
FOR YOU AND FOR ME.
W. L. T.
Very slow, p
Will L. Thompson.
1. Softly and tender-ly Je-sus iscall-ing, Calling for you and for me,
2. Why should we tarry when Jesus is pleading, Pleading for you and for me?
3. Time is now fleeting.the moments arepassing.Passing from you and from me ;
4. for the wonderful love he has promised, Promised for you and for me ;
*c*^=fc=^
g g — « L^_ ^_ W_ ^ J U 1 _J
— — -m- ' —
See on the portals he's waiting and watching, Watching for you and for me.
Why should we linger and heed not his mercies, Mercies for you and for me?
Shadows are gath-er-ing, death beds are coming, Coming for you and for me.
Tho" we have sinned he has mercy and pardon, Pardon for you and for me.
M> [ L r fr fl j * F r C [ tIS \.yT''t f L ^
/ $ z r V V
m Chorus.
iv L _> "> ~">'-^T'*
•7/1 * !• '
Come home, come home, Ye who are wea-ry, come home,...
Come home. come home,
\ r ^ | ^
=£2:
^
an*:
v* — A
/ 1/
1^=1
Ear-nest-ly.ten-der-ly Je-sus iscall-ing, Calling, O sin-ner, come home!
<» » *•— • H 5 — Pi <m—+—m r-^ ^ - » — • — • . ^ I ^- * -•• — n
!> [ [ L » J J I s ■ * E r - ? E E -Mr ■* * ? i^
/ / /
By permission of W. L. Thompson & Co., East Liverpool, O., and The Thompson Music Co., Chicago. 111.
H— R X— 11 161
No. 162.
MORE LIKE JESUS.
C. K
Charles Kerr.
IE:
^¥r
^ — 3-
T* ^. «F J 7 . 4*1 jL
=^3Sfe
E^
Pi
1. Changing, ev - er changing are the shift-ing scenes of time, But a- mid its
2. Growing, ev - er growing in the Spir-it's lib- er-ty, More and more like
3. Working for his kingdom as we jour- ney day by day, Leading souls to
- • M : 1 E : g f*ft-F-^-^f e ■ '- r r' N
•g l> B U s u* a I L_ -a u p— j — i-j>-^- |» | » ■ l-
f+H-ft^^ J ^ i J -y j 1 - i H ^paa
changes may I ev - er, Lord, be thine; By the blood that cleanseth may my
Je - sus as his glo - ry we shall see; Day by day reflect - ing back the
Je - sus as the on - ly Living Way; Tell-ing of the mansions of the
*» -» 5
iMiii
S^gEiE*
I p: E g:=j=j±=^
H ' Lj £ ta < —
r
m
mm
heart from sin be free, And the changes ev - er make me more like thee,
glo - ry of the Lord, Growing and a - bid- ing in his liv - ing Word,
cit - y built on high, Tell -ing that the com-ing of our Lord draws nigh.
V f f-^-E-fc fir r f=
1
Chorus.
'-&& 1 1 —
■j t
i— d s *-
-i*
— s 1 1 1 —
; 1 —
ftf-fr— i — *-
=^ — th
^t
=rr
/j IJ
=j— j
=i=\
J
Changing,
Growing,
Working,
changing,
growing,
working,
_J= » —
— # * —
changing
growing
working
ev -
ev -
ev -
'ry day, More
'ry day, More
'ry day, More
k ^~ 1 F
like Je -
like Je -
like Je -
m r
— 1 -1
-■» *
sus
sus
sus
-f— 1
•&&-£ — r-
=J= 1
1=5— 5-
-U —
~te r 1 U
i
-f— f-
: £ E 3
- ft — I — 1-^ =
:*=?=*= =
ev - er- more I pray ; Walk- ing ev - er where his feet have trod,
-m- »-- — » r- 1 — f- tr
i
-g r
-5 — »-
1 — tr
P
>
■ — is ^ — --> -
t=V
ills:
nn
Till we meet
in gold - en streets the son
W f~ — — £= — f~ T~ t — *-
— > — g. > — * — I — P-
of
God.
1
Copyright, 1897, by Wm. J. Kirkpatrick.
162
No. 163.
LOYALTY TO THE MASTER.
E. E. Hewitt.
SE5
|^|— i=S=izrtiI
Wit. J. KlRKPATRICK.
k fc _i > N N N ^
i» f | JV> H— 1-4 .J J, . 4~ x ~w~
1. Loy-al- ty to the Mas-ter, loy-al- ty to the King; Loy-al- ty now and
2. Loy-al- ty to the Mas-ter; letting him lead the way; Glo-ri-ous is his
3. Loy-al- ty to the Mas-ter; looking to him a- lone, Turning a- way from
•0?- -h- -m- -+- • -m- -+- -0- -i- -•-
pimmm
ev - er, cheer- i - ly let
ban - ner. fol- low it ev - 'ry day;
e - vil, Je- sus will keep his own;
Wholly at his command - ment,
In - to the 'midst of bat - tie,
Onward, still on- ward press - ing,
-»- -i- -»- -m~ ' ■»■- -»■-
T T T—T fc . fc
"W 7 k" £ 5» £ t~
?z^=i_-a— h=h=)g
=&=d
=»=*
HI
^EtEi^TEEf^
FJ^ES:
2.
let ev-'ry soldier be, Joyful-ly serving Je- sus, serving with loy - al - ty.
conquering as we go, Vi(>to-ry he has promised o - ver the deadly foe.
seeing the star- ry prize Waiting for all the faithful, meeting beyond the skies.
-» W i» — » g~ 1 — 1-£— -— -ST—
i=£
szfiidtzzj
:*^T22:
Chorus.
— I v
d*=
Loy - al sol-diers, let us joy-ful- ly march a- long, For
ward,
WM
Joy- fill - lv march.
re i f f\f I j Lt =g _f : •
mm
for - - ward, with a triumph ant song; On - ward, on - ward, a
stead- i - ly march, Joy-ful- ly march, stead- i - lv march,
mi
r 2 k £ k £ i
happy and loy - al throng, Loy-al to our Saviour and our King
to our Saviour aud our King.
i- -•- m- • *»- ■»! -+-•-+-
6==S=£i
:g — W S — P g=B:
H
■^• Jt/'-JU
f^
Copyright, 1896, by Wm. J. Kirkpatrick.
163
No. 164.
WORTHY IS THE LAMB.
Full Chorus
Worthy is the Lamb that was slain." — Rev. v. 12, 13.
Frank M. Davis,
A 1
s^=?vz}vzr==3r
^=J=J= ^=g=S=|=g4
T-S
Wor-thy. wor-thy, Worthy is the Lamb that was slain
Wor - thy, wor • thy, , . .
'/>>>{ t~~v
. >• -•
Quartette first time.
■*=
r ' r nr T r 7 ^ i - — v *
I ". V V I
Wor-thy is the Lamb that was slain. Wor - thy is the
that was slain. Wor-thy is the
^ -^- h*- -* - -^- I s \ N I s J ' -+- ■ -+- -+ - -♦-
_Z_^ y / — y 1 L li-^ C C= 1 1
p
^ — V
m
ES^^IE?Ei3^lEi^
f - T -
^
Lamb that was slain, that was slain ;
Lamb that was slain ; Wor - thy is the Lamb that was slain ;
m=z=*
/ /
jSL *.
at
^-- ^M £2
^s-fc-^
«gl
Wor - thy is the Lamb that was slain that was
Wor-thy is the Lamb that was slam;
Wor - thy is the
La.
v— y-
1
Solo.
£==
rv — ■ i r .r rr*^ — '
m TJ - IV
/ / /
^ •'> /
a
-g>7^
slain
Lamb that was slain. Lamb that was slain.
slain. And hath redeemed us to God bv his blood.
f- *-
w x
si
/ /
V / >
164
CX
WORTHY IS THE LAMB. (Concluded.)
And hath redeemed us to God by his blood, And hath re-deemed, and hath re-
And hath redeemed.
m
t* — *-
2ZJgZJgZJgZ^ *
> '/ *
, tO M N |*
■frV ^ "^ : ■ *
i ' ^7.
-J^~-fi—i& : : r— »' •"! * m —
«_♦ at— tr— ' — ! r* r-
<d . «r^"H
fnY ^q ^u- ■ • • • '".- J a a 1
J J 1 ^ •
H*P* 1
VlJ 7 •» *ta ,* i*
a V ** n a ^» »
J • n 1
deemed And hath re-deemed ns to God bv his blood.
and hath re-deemed,
/gj : ,r f — J-i — ' — tn
1 ha ■*-
-&-'
E^ 7 r-r r > » *^H
rr r— p — r pr!
- r *=|
/ / / •/ > /
t / •
I
ft -Rwfer.
**
-t^4-
1/
4 — fr
» .» I.
^rr~ r^~g =EzS
*^
( Bless - ing and hon - or,
( Bless - ing and hon - or,
glo - ry and pow - er, be
glo - ry and pow - er, be
W
r==r±
r=t
, „*.« r. ^*h/.v,H, /;
•
( V
1
r A I % ,N»^i
1/ .^ r *^ n / \ | '
" % \ f ' « •!
«j c
* ' J #1 '/ •I
f(T» ■' S * " ai * |
a
*1 *
* * '# .1
Wly m a 5 * J
• ' a *
» * '
* N* .1
!*/ 3 *
un - to the Lamb for - ev - er and ev - er,
un - to the Lamb for - ev - er and ev - er,
3 a
-a-- -«- ^- -•>- -a~ -a~ -a>- -a-- -m- -+-
* •<
for - ev - er. )
for- (Omit ) /
-~- -+- ~~-
f&— : w W-
— •-
. i .. (_ . . .'
H* ">— s. ^
VE^-^-ar W a 1-
... ....
_ *
p
i — £ — H
«
1 •!
/ / '/
I
i 1
^ -*1 -
1 ..
1 ! *
^ TV
^ > i'
*> * *
1^ i"
^ H
/ b> K • n ^» L
(M
a .»
* . *. o N»
a 7 a C) a^
^5"~ ^~
frtV / '*? a ^. ^
: "
"I ' f A
S / 2 a
^ ^11
VL> «
*
« '* '
rr r
r *
^ II
ev - er,
ev - er, and
ev -
ev -
er,
er, for
ev - er,
ev - er and
i i
ev - er, A -
ev - er. A -
1 *
men, A -
men, A -
-&-
men.
men.
-->- -«>- X -^ -*>-
I s J J
■Ov r^
g- ^ , ,^ , -
■■m- -♦ ^-
a
165
No. 165.
WONDROUS LOVE.
Edw. Pollock.
Fine.
.. J 'Twas wondrous love, 'twas love divine, That wash 'd away those sinsofmine; 1
' (That brought my soul from deepest night, To walk in God's own blessed light. /
2 f 'Twas wondrons love, 'twas love divine, And I ae-eept the gracious sign; )
•-{'
The Spir-it's witness with the blood, As-sures me I
am
boru of God. f
m-
D.C. — And I am hap - py all the day, Be- cause my sins are wash 'd away.
Chorus. , _ d.C.
Iwas wondrous love, 'twas love di- vine, That wash 'd away those sinsofmine:
m
wm
1891, Copyright of Wm. J. Kirkpatrick. Used by permission.
3 'Twas wondrous love, 'twas love divine,
That drew this wand'ring heart of mine
To thee, dear Lord, that I may be
A branch that beareth fruit for thee.
4 'Twaswondrous love, 'twas love divine,
'Twas God the Father's grand design;
And heaven is filled with joy to know
A soul's redeemed from endless woe.
No. 166.
WILL JESUS FIND US WATCHING?
Fanny J. Crosby. W. H. Doane.
1. When Je-sus comes to re -ward his servants, Whether it be
2. If at the dawn of the ear - ly morning, He shall call us
3. Have we been true to the trust he left us? Do we seek to
4. Bless - ed are those whom the Lord finds watching, In his glo - rv
:-:
m
•-ft? — r h
r 1 -r-i
i
n N >
-4 1 K ! .
IE3 -HH-t-^
=t=
— g-* — $ — g— — 3 — s"l~* * 5 — * — H
noon or ni^ht,
Faith
- ful to him will he find us watching.
one by one, When
to the Lord we re -store our talents,
do our best ?
If
in our hearts there is naught con - demns us,
they shall share;
If
he shall come at the dawn or midnight,
L. . * — r-i
^gzt_^_
— fr- —
« • m m * »
-r~ £ tar tar — H
!w P ^_ -
__ r _ — ^
— • —
— ♦— — o » # p—
_? — r — *_-_ =3
With our lamps all trimm'd and
Will he an - swer thee, "Well
We shall have a glo - rious
Will he find us watch - ins
bright?
done?"
rest,
there?
Copyright, 1876, by W. H. Doane.
Used bv permission.
166
WILL JESUS FIND US WATCHING? (Concluded,
read- y, broth-er? Read-y for the soul's bright home? Say will he
SE=±— -d:=rn=f
^B
rind you and me still watching, Waiting, waiting when the Lord shall come?
No. 167.
REDEEMED.
Fanxy J. Crosby.
Wm.
J. KlRKPATRICK.
■U=s4-
Redeemed, how I love to proclaim it, Redeemed by the blood of the Lamb;
Redeemed, and so happy in Je - sus, No language my rapture can tell;
I think of my blessed Re- deem - er. I think of him all the day long;
I know I shall see in his beau - ty, The King in whose law I de - light,
I know there's a crown that is waiting In yonder bright mansion for me.
Redeemed thro" his in- fi-nite iner - cy, His child and for-ev- er I am.
I knowthat the light of his pres-ence With me doth continual- ly dwell.
I sing, for I cannot be si - lent, His love is thethemeof my song.
Who lov- ing-ly guardeth my footsteps. And giv- eth me songs in the night.
And soon with the spirits made per- feet, At home with the Lord I shall be.
g^EffiE?E?E?E^
£E|EF
$ $ %
> * *> + * *
Chorus.
J, . J »\ I
wmm^mmmm
Re - deemed, re - deemed, Redeemed by the blood of the Lamb:
Redeemed, redeemed,
Re - deemed, re - deemed, His child and for - ev - er I am.
Redeemed, redeemed,
• — i — m- • m m — . — • » — m » — ,— - m m m - m »■ — -_ — . — U=v-1-
1882, Copyright of Wm. J. Kirkpatrick. Used by permission.
C i f r f r \ n $ »-#- s hi 4"
mission
167
No. 168,
MARCHING TO THE LAND ABOVE.
Mrs. W. W. Savage.
Sopranos and Altos in Unison.
J. H. Fillmore.
3^
£=*
mm
1. We are marching to a land a-bove. Beau-ti - ful land a-bove,
2. We are marching t'ward the cit - y fair, Beau-ti - ful cit - y fair,
3. We are marching to the home of God, Beau-ti - ful home of God,
m
±
-»-£-
«^=v
— a — — : ■
beau-ti - ful land a-bove ; To a land where dwells e - ter - nal love,
beau-ti- ful cit - y fair; Where the an- gel an-thems fill the air,
beau-ti- ful home of God; And our guide-book is his ho - ly word,
g<-*- .
— H» 1 — i — s—* — M» — i — 3 — 1 — h* —
— i — t- 1
+*-0>
* s
Basses and Tenors in Unison.
m
The
The
The
beau-ti
beau-ti-
beau-ti-
ful land a - bove.
ful cit - y fair,
ful word of God.
And we sing a glad triumphant song,
While our glorious Captain leads us on,
Marching a - long, marching a- long, marching a - long ; marching a- long.
i
T " »
Chorus. All voices in Unison. Play the melody of the Chorus in octaves.
-H — ^
.,.4
.
| *^ *^r -f p«
*~l
* • ^
*
m • — - r
~*4
tr « f '
We are
We are
We are
■0- 3
march - ing to
march - ing t'ward
march - ing to
n . ^ 1 -
a
the
the
1
-3 3
land a - bove, Beau - ti
cit - y fair. Beau - ti
home of God, Beau - ti
f * *
# m #
- ful
- ful
- fill
©*-* . L
— 1 —
-5
1 — J. —
1 — '
1 —
Copyright, 1893. by Fillmore Bros. Used by permission.
168
MARCHING TO THE LAND ABOVE. (Concluded.)
i
75—
land a- bove,
cit - y fair,
home of God,
beau-ti - ful land a-bove;
beau-ti - ful cit - y fair ;
beau-ti - ful home of God ;
t=i
To a land where dwells e
Where the an - gel an-thema
And our guide-book is his
m
1 — h
n # r^- S v
« •
V rt \ -? ^ \
11
r ° ^
If
f?c\ • * J • * J
•
ff
m *
« '-ll
X>\) - W m W
" ' " r. i i
* 11
ter - nal love, Beau- ti - ful land
fill the air, Beau- ti - ful cit -
ho - lv word, Beau- ti - ful word
* * *
7
a - bove,
v fair,
of God,
i m
land a - bove.
cit - y fair,
word of God.
to & 4 _ « 2 «
1 *
— »
P-s-U
1g^« — j j
0-
— # 1
H
— J
LJ _L 1 —
11
No. 169.
E. A. H.
ENOUGH FOR ME.
Rev. E. A.
Hoffman.
I \ I I
w—9— w
-*4-*-S-
^E*
1. O love surpassing knowledge ! O grace so full and free ! I know that Jesus
2. won-der- ful sal - va- tion ! From sin he makes me free ! I feel the sweet as-
3. blood of Christ so precious, Poured out on Calva-ry ! I feel its cleansing
"I 1— »+
Chorus.
PS=iS=fi s =s=fe=N :
m
save? me, And that's enough for me!
sur- ance, And that's enough for me!
pow - er. And that's enough for me !
*- -0* I . ^ -0>- -*- _^
And that's enough for me!
And that's enough for me!
And that's enough for me!
I
PP
UfFS
3S=S:
S^f 1 :
II
And that's enough for me! I know that Jesus saves me, And that's enough for me !
And that's enough forme! I feel the sweet as-Mirance. And that's enough forme!
And that's enough for me! I feel its cleansing pow-er. And that's enough for me !
Copvright of
Hoffman. L'*ed br permission
169
No. 170. IN THE RESURRECTION MORNING.
E. E. Hewitt.
Wm. J. KlKKPATRICK.
— I 1 1 — — i— J
z r r r t .*..*.■
1. In the res - ur - rec - tion morn-ing, When the shades of time have fled,
2. In the res - ur - rec - tion morn-ing, When the Sav-iour shall de-scend,
3. In the res - ur - rec- tion morning,There'llbemeetings,friend with friend,
In the
An- gel
In the
day of glo
hosts the sky
day of glo
/ '/ / /
ry dawn-ing, When the sea gives up its dead ;
a - dorn- ing, We shall greet him as our Friend
rv, dawn-ing, That shall nev-er, nev - er end;
9=9.
m
A
&=*
— ^V
qs~5i
>
A-
L— 9-
& / i/ i. \. P
' . ' '/ '/ I
When the clay that long hath slumbered Wakes a- gain to beau- ty bright,
If we here, his name con- fess - ing, Live to spread his praise a- round,
But the rap- ture, past all tell - ing, Will the smile of Je - sus be,
We shall with the blest be numbered, We shall rise on wings of light.
Then we'll join in songs of bless- ing, When the might-y trump shall sound.
When,with-in his Fa- ther'sdwell-insr, He shall wel-come vou and me.
=£3
/ /
Chorus. A tempo.
=1 Z
^S
-*.
g=*±S
s
I ^-
In the morn - - ing, in the morn - - ing, In the
In the morn-ing, in the morning, in the morn-ing, in the morn-ing,
i/
Copyright,
y ' v '/ ?
5, by Win. J. Kirkpatriok
170
IN THE RESURRECTION MORNING. (Concluded,
^V-^N-A-A-hS-
m dm ^
■??:
h ti
LjJ.^1 }
£=*
res-ur-rec-tion morning bright and fair, In the morn - ing, in the
bright and fair, in the niorn-ing,
-m- -*- -0- -*- -r- ■*- -*■- P* V- -•-•'-#>- ip-
—f— — m — PI — • — PI — PI — p—
a — -» — p — p — p -
p p i
m
morn - ing, We shall rise to meet our Saviour in the air
in the morn-iug, meet our Sav-iuur in the air.
-*.-• -^- -,*- hPL -*- .«- -P2- -*- -P_- -^- -^> > JS JS |
?— *-t=
No. 171
Lizzie Edwards.
ON THE WAY.
Jno. R. Sweney
^=*^
^S
1. 0, bless the Lord, what joy is mine! What perfect peace thro' grace divine!
2. 0, bless the Lord, he dwells with me.The voice I hear, the hand I see,
3. 0, bless the Lord, for what I know Of heavenly bliss while here be-low !
4. O, bless the Lord 'twill not be long Till I shall join the ho- ly throng,
^t^
-#+*
fc=£rvzje:
£
4U-
Fixe.
qv
1=I=S=*:
-b-
And now torealmsof end- less day, O, bless the Lord, I'm on the way.
Re - new my strength from day to day While home to him I'm on the way.
My trust-ing heart thro' faith can say, To mansions bright I'm on the way.
And shout and sing thro' end-less dav, Where ev-'rv tear is wiped a - wav.
. m p- . -p- -p- -••- -p- V . ^^^ "•>"
-*■— i-P—r-*- -f-P- I 1 ;— I ' — P— I f-' -f-P-r-t-
I
D.S. — crown to wear in end - less day, O, bless the Lord, I'm on the way.
Chorus. « T \ „
V I JJ.O.
-±i-^z—nsH 1 s~\ h-A — E?-»
I'm on the way, I'm on the way, In vain the world w r ould bid me stay : A
> g 1 — >~
Copyright, 1890, by Jno. R. Sweney. Used bv permission.
171
No. 172. NOW O'ER ALL THE GLAD EARTH BREAKING.
Mrs. R. N. Turner.
WM. J. KlRKPATRICK.
*-•-
PtZ—
^___
ip
Now, o'er all the glad earth breaking, Bright
Wake, O wake with rap-ture ho- ly, Swell
All the clouds of doubt are lift - ed, Bright
Now the day in joy a- wak-ing Greets
m
5=f:
m
±
I I
- ly beams the Easter sun !
the notes of triumph high !
- ly beams the Easter light !
the glo-rious Easter sun !
Bright-Iy beams the
Swell the notes of
Bright-ly beams the
Greets the glo - nous
Eaa - ter auu!
tri-umph high
Eaa - ter light !
Eaa - ter gun!
Now the tomb of death for-sak-ing, Christ
From all plac-es, great and low-ly, Chant
With such grace and glo-ry gift-ed, Day
And her voice, the glad news breaking, Xow
£=£=£
the vie - to - ry hath won.
hisprais-es to the sky.
of days, how fair and bright,
proclaims the vic-t'ry won.
m
h-i-*
I^fi
Christ the vie - to
Chant His prais - ea
Day of days, how
Now pro-claims the
ry hath won.
to the sky.
fair and bright,
vie - fry won.
Chorus.
L?EE
P
Great and glo - rious, all vie - to - rious, Hail the ris - en Lord
Great and glo - rious,
all vie - to - rious.
HH*
mm
---
J i *=
— ^
=*4I
fe ♦ — *-* ;
ir | f y V * '
Death hath yielded up his
1 h h J* J*
isr.-* * S » f l
__ - + — ♦_
— ' 1
scep-ter At his
' J J r
C* g 1
might - y
misrht - v. might - v
^ * - -
word!
word !
ff^B
— r- '
•
• p. *— pj
H" r 1 r— '
—^41
1894, Copyright of Wm. J. Kirkpatrick. Used br permission.
172
No. 173.
KEEP STEP EVER.
Dr. C. R. Black all
S
Dr. H. R. Palmer.
1. Would you gain the best in life? Win the prize 'mid all the strife?
2. Life is more than i - die play; It will quick- ly pass a- way;
3. Look be- vond the pres - ent hour ; Nev - er yield to Sa- tan's power ;
. r K • T ; t _
Hold your place thro' troub - les rife? With the right keep step!
Use a - right each gold - en day ; With the good keep step !
Tho' a - bove the clouds may lower, With the truth keep step !
• — Sr-.—^r-± — ?g-_ fcj — y $ r *-^ F , f- * » .,
= ri D b i; b r & 5=t= * i fc rri
IN^P
y=8T
t= t t ' ii '
Know the world is watch- ing you; Be sin - cere in all you do;
There are ear- nest press- ing needs, Filled a- lone by pur - est deeds
On- ward press ! nor, on the way, Loi - ter once or waste the dav :
- >■ - *'• it g t ft, J- g *■ ft g -
5
!~#M
-N-i -^
#=?r
=Jy-^-^*£-f+
— e — *—
— jV-HP-^' ^ " J" 1 *!
-3* tr~
With
Hap
God
•-* fa? 2 fa?
the good, the pure,
py he the call
and truth and right
.- *z : $m. £:■
1=1 ^=5 — E~
$ r
and true,
who heeds-
all say :
Ev - er firm keep step !
- With the true keep step !
Strong in faith, keep step!
*• g. f r- f- in
H£?*$ ^
5 | ^ P fe"
w r~
*H p, » to Hi
*±
Chorus.
qv3-Pv--,~ N 1
I Tv -« — -"—
V fa* P ^ C fa*
Keep step, keep step ev - er
i i ii
i^a*
^=*
^r— g
S
Keep step, keep step ev
er,
-g i [Si
=9—4—*=l
Keep step
:z|t=pqv=p^:
keep step,
qs^-
T-*-
s
Keep step, keep step ev - er.
>ikil-rf-
U fa*
Used by permission of Dr. H. R. Palmer, owner of the Copyright.
173
No. 174. WILL YOU LET THE SAVIOUR IN?
F. M. D.
Frank M. Davis.
$-*:-£■ \ — V^i ^ — ^r-
1 PV-^S
1 1— — —
f*"~f«
— -^ N > 4-^
Ktir -£ w w t w—w
• •> X
—*-**-
-3- j* i 1 « »
%J -m- ~m-
-♦-
Knock-ing, knock-ing, knock-ing,
Is k
^ *
knock-ing
at jour heart's door.
» R
>^Jv
i / / / i I
Some one is knocking at your heart's door,
^
ft
\ 1 !
l\ IS
S
(fiH»-v-
-^-^2— ^s-
s •
— *-
— X-
m — ^
-*— i
Will
l
you let him
hi 1
in,
1
\a
>*
let him
in?
&V
« «
^
m> •
■
f(PJ.
- m
-' •
1
v_> h * •
~ i
1 L
<5~
« 1
1* 1
/
' i
/ 1
1
1
~ "
/
Will you let him in, will you let him
r V V v v
1. 'Tis Je-sus knocks at your heart's door Longbolt-ed
'Tij Je - sus kimcks at your heart's door,
2. He's wait-ed long is wait-ing still, Has knocked there
He's wait-ed long, is wait-ing still,
3. Per-haps it soon maybe too late, Yoursoulto
Per -haps it aw n may be too late,
m~* *^
— > /- ^— y ! e
m- — » — m — •• 1
~wT — r~r~ r~~* — 5 —
— y— /— y — y — ■——
/ / / / !/ / / /
by thepow'rof sin ; He knocks to-day, as oft be -
Long bolted by the pow'r of sin ; He knocks to-day,
o'er and o'er a - gain, You treat no friend like him so
Has knocked there o'er and o'er a- gain, You treat no friend
save from guilt and sin ; Haste ere shall close the pearly
Your soul to save from guilt and sin ; Haste ere shall close
P)« , « ■ | ! •» s»
* * * •
m f> m m
,^__^_;V# 7 5
' — Z ■> [ > >
— /-U-y-^— ^
/•yy / / / /
Copyright, 1896, by E. O Excell. Used by permission.
174
WILL YOU LET THE SAVIOUR IN? (Concluded.)
'/ V V
*1 -m- -m- -•- -»■-
V '/ > '/
fore will you let the Sav-iour in?
as oft be- fore, will you let the Sav - iour in, Sav-iour in?
ill, will you let him knock in vain?
like him 8) ill, '0 will you let him knock in vain, knock in vain?
gate, And let the bless - - ed Sav-iour in
the pearl-y gate, And let the bless -ed Sav - iour in, Sav-iour in.
4*- -m
-*•*_ h^_ r*i ^ , is ,n s
- — i — -»-^ i v ^ •>
O will you let the Sav-iour in? He'll cleanse you
from.
*-9- , „
the deepest sin; He knocks to-day
IS |S is is s s s — s— £ — r\ — ?S
y ;iii 7 * — 't * * t g|Bg^si
as oft be - fore, will von let the Sav-iour
« m s s * 1 X •/-•- -*- -<•- -*- -•- -♦- -♦-
— ^ «. — — _i
^s-*-^-
L h — p— * r ^ | ^ ■> / -v — * j
E3;
oft be - fore,.
N N s
will vou let the Sav-iour
3Ef:
S=S
S
1
in, let him in? will you let
-J- a -*L -JL
the Sav - iour in?
/ K P / *• I I
will you let the Sav - iour in
175
Him
Ho. 175.
LOOKING THIS WAY.
(SOLO OR DUET.)
J. W. V.
— i
— i J* h -*-
J. W. Van De Venter.
m-&-*—** — —
-W--
« -•. • $*- *
-I U -U~.^ »
— *-*-
1. - ver the riv - er fa - ces I see,
2. Fa-ther and moth -er, safe in the vale,
3. Brother and sis - ter, gone to that clime,
4. Sweet lit- tie dar - ling, light of the home,
5. Je - sus the Sav - iour, bright Morning Star,
Fair as the morn- ing,
Watch for the boat- man,
Wait for the oth - ers,
Look-ing for some one,
Look-ing for lost ones
m
$*
S=5EEEEE
m
mm*
~-$*-
S
q=r^:
:«*=
^
looking for me; Free from their sor- row T , grief, and de - spair, Waitingand
w^ait for the sail, Bear-ing the loved ones o - ver the tide In - to the
coming some- time; Safe with the an - gels, whit-er than snow, Watching for
beckon-ing come; Bright as a sun-beam, pure as the dew, Anxious-ly
straying a - far; Hear the glad mes- sage; why will you roam? Je-snsis
*£
-ee
IN s IS
T^t
m
Chorus
-I* — I*
Un-1-
^^wmm^mmu *mm?m
watch -ing pa- tient- ly there. Looking this way, yes, looking this way ;
har - bor, near to their side,
dear ones wait- ing be - low.
look- ing, moth-er, for you.
call - ing, "Sinner, come home."
N
ji.
§g^i
-£$ JN _fc _|N
-1 1
*-*
1 l-^=v~l N -j, *-,
-1 1
Loved ones are
jl -m- a.
wait - ing,
t. c^
J 7" i
y
look-ing this
-4-' f t ' jl-"ty-f- :
way ; Fair as the
jt.<~^^. ..4- b- 4
morn- ing,
— — ^ — U — £—
_ F _ =£:
y y y
' w ' > k "-
- 1 '
Copyright, 1895, by J. W. Van DeVenter. Used by permission.
176
No. 176.
GLORY TO HIS NAME.
Rev. E. A. Hoffman.
n 1 1* fc -
m
. \
Rev. J. H. Stocktox.
—J £ *-J J\ — ^
1. Down at the cross where my Sav-iour died, Down where for cleansing from
2. I am so wondrous- ly saved from sin, Je - sus so sweet- ly a -
3. O precious fountain, that saves from sin ! I am so glad I have
•A. Come to this fountain, so rich and sweet; Cast thv poor soul at the
g <S> T— <•-* • V -«
u g i
sin I cried; Thereto my heart was the blood applied; Glo-ry
bides within ; There at the cross where he took me in ; Glo-ry
entered in ; There Jesus saves me and keeps me clean ; Glo- ry
Saviour's feet ; Plunge in to-day, and be made complete ; Glo- rv
I J \ fc I
to his name,
to his name,
to his name,
his name.
to
D.S. — There to my heart was
Chokds.
the blood applied ;
1 N 1
Glo- ry
to his name.
j$^=*E^=m=-$ E
— i —
i h
— 1-
-t-
—1— ■=: =r
-3"l"
•7 rT *-
Glo - ry to
■9 • *
-■m-
Glo - rv to
W44
his
name,
— &-*■ —
his
name ;
i r ^ — r
r '
P- '
—
— k —
r
— r- ~H
Copyright, 1876, by Kev. J. H. Stockton. Used by permission.
No. 177. NOTHING BUT THE BLOOD OF JESUS.
R. L.
R
ev. R. Lowry.
i
>-£-$£'' 1 1 1 111 m 1 1
i i ••>
g=|f:^z=a=il=£=|=f:=£=g=|z:s=g:= S — *=$=
t-
=3=3=
=3
1 . [ What can wash a - way my stain?
| { What can make me whole a- gain?
9 } For my cleansing this I see —
I " ( For my par- don this my plea —
&*4*-P * — * bH -f !*— *
* m -9 m
Noth-ing but the blood
Xoth-ing but the blood
Xoth-ing but the blood
Xoth-ing but the blood
% % w * *
of
of
of
of
■m-
m
1
Je - sus
Je - sus.
Je - sus
Je - sus.
■£- a-
}
}
vi 4- h_ | L_ P |_L- 1 L
* * + + 1
— r f
-sM
Chorus.
£^i:
-1 — \ 1:
That makes me white as snow;
— «i ^ =aj=S^r=
— * — # — * —
Xoth-ing but the blood of
Eg^
Je -
Copyright, 1876, by Robert Uowry. Used by permission,
3 Nothing can for sin atone,
Nothing but the blood of Jesus;
Naught of good that I have done.
Nothing but the blood of Jesus.
-I — * — * — +=* == ?-»
4 This is all my hope and peace —
Nothing but the blood of Jesus;
This is all my righteousness —
Nothing but the blood of Jesus.
H_R N— 12
177
No. 178.
YIELD NOT TO TEMPTATION.
H. R. P.
i — i ->— i* -N-,
Dr. H. R. Palmer.
ffift s ■ f p t
~V^'-
_jU-i.. t^-*-
|ft-*4*-
^-T^^^Z^~\z^*~\
i r
1. Yield not to terapta- tion, For yielding is sin, Each vict'ry will help you
2. Shun e- vil companions, Bad language disdain, God's name hold in reverence,
3. To him that o'ercometh God giveth a crown, Thro' faith we shall conquer,'
^H^EE|^§|f^
Someoth-er to win: Fight manful-ly onward, Dark passions sub-due,
Xor take it in vain ; Be thoughtful and earnest, Kind-hearted and true,
Tho' oft- en cast down ; He who is our Saviour, Our strength will renew,
— . I LI .^. . — ! _ , .
=g-z^zv
iprzz^-p:
i r
, Chorus.
Look ev- er to Je - sus, He'll carry you through. Ask the Saviour to help you,
Z2 _S 1*__ ^_ ^
Comfort, strengthen, and keep you : He is willing to aid you, He will carry you thro'.
> J N
r
Used by permission of Dr. H. R. Palmer, owner of the Copyright.
No. 179.
IS MY NAME WRITTEN THERE?
M. A. Kidder.
M
Frank M. Davis. By per.
■f-S-P-'J-
:*=«:
:g— ^:7-S
B^
■* —4—2 £l
1. Lord, I care not for rich-es, Neither sil-vernor gold ; I would make sure of
2. Lord, my sins they are many, Like the sands of the sea. But thy Mood, my
3. O that beau-ti- ful cit - v, With its mansions of light, With its glo- ri-fied
I " I
-<s> +-±-m— t-+ — f- — *— ■
mmWmW.
heav-en, I would en- ter the fold. In the book of thy kingdom, With its
Saviour! Is suf - fi- cient for me; For thy promise is writ-ten, In bright
be-ings, In pure garments of white ; Where no e - vil thing cometh, To de -
m=^^m
mmwmmwmm
178
IS MY NAME WRITTEN THERE? (Concluded.)
I l '&• S fc ! I I i ^ ^ i I ■ i FlNE -
pa- ges so fair, Tell me, Je- sus, my Saviour, Is my name written there?
let- ters that glow." Tho' your sins be as scar- let, I will make them like snow."
spoil what is fair; Where the angels are watching, Yes,my name's written there.
■ m f»- ♦• ^
^3 Ff r fp=F
£3*
l^lglfi
Chorus.
D.^. — In the book of thy kingdom, Is my name written there?
j I .D.S.
» -<s>-
Is my name writ - ten there, On
3d v. — Yes, my name's writ - ten there, On
I
the page white and fair?
the page white and fair ;
f=FF
? I
m
No. 180.
WHITER THAN SNOW.
James Nicholson.
Wm. G. Fischer.
1. Lord Je- sus, I long to be perfect- ly whole ; I want thee for-ev - er to
2. Lord Jesus,look down from thy throne in the skies, And help me to make acom-
3. Lord Je- sus, for this I most humbly en- treat ; I wait, blessed Lord, at thy
4. Lord Je- sus, thou seest I patient- ly wait : Come now, and within me a
I. J* J «_ - - - J . > I
1 1 - ■ i — i — Lb-
i-$— i-
live in my soul ; Break down ev'ry i - dol, cast out ev- 'ry foe; Now
plete sac - ri - fice ; I give up my - self, and what-ev - er I know : O
cru - ci - tied feet, By faith, for my cleansing, I see thy blood flow: O
new heart ere- ate ; To those who have sought thee, thou never said'st " No;" O
J -*- J
-• »—■—•> m- » — i — » » m— ■— es> « — •
Chorus.
ppUtt
Eat
> * *-" B) ^— '
wash me, and I shall be whit - er than snow. Whit- er than snow, yes,
m
:^^iH
SM=?
;i =~
v J r-d- — * — -*
whit-er than snow; wash me, and I shall be whit - er than snow.
3 • «T J hJ . ' J J I -
^
^^1
: g— S- | j; >Xl<;^ H i rg=n i
Copyright, 1871, by Wm. G. Fischer. Used by permission.
179
No. 181.
F. J. Crosby.
-ft_48
I AM THINE, LORD.
W. H. Doane.
mtEt
1. r am thine, Lord, I have heard thy voice, And it told thy love to n.e ;
2. Con-se-crate me now to thy service, Lord, By the pow'r of grace di- vine ;
3. the pure delight of a * sin- gle hour That before thy throne I spend,
4. There are depths of love that I cannot know Till I cross the nar- row sea,
But I long to rise in the arms of faith, And be clos- er drawn to thee.
Let my soul look up with a steadfast hope. And my will be lost in thine.
When I kneel in pray'r, and with thee, my God, I commune as friend with friend.
There are heights of joy that I may not reach, Till I rest in peace with thee.
-0t — 5_L
» w r r I i n
=z^:
Draw me near - er,
l> near- er, uear ■
nearer, blessed Lord, To the cross where thou hast died
*m i l£ ~ — ~£~ — m- — m- — .-» — m- — » — m- — m- • — l *~T^ ? i* *~1 g
' * — * — •--*• — * — *-—*—*■ a — y ' r — I — H^- — f— -— -—
zqt
5-
liifiigigii^i
Draw me nearer, nearer, nearer, blessed Lord, To thy precious, bleeding side.
2±:
^
Copyright, 1375, by Biglow & Main.
L'sed by permission.
No. 182.
BRINGING IN THE SHEAVES.
Knowles Shaw.
George A. Minor, by per.
r—J 1-
iEE^*EE£
1. Sow- ing in the morning, sow-ing seeds of kind-ness, Sow-ing in the
2. Sow-ing in the sunshine, sow-ing in the shadows, Fear-ing nei - ther
3. Go - ing forth with weeping, sow-ing for the Mas - ter, Tho' the loss sus
-»- -wP -+•■-+--*- -0- -m>
r=t=
noon - tide
clouds nor
tained our
dew ~y eve; "Wait - ing for the har - vest,
win - ter' s chill- ing breeze; By and by the har - vest,
spir - it oft - en grieves ; When our weep- ing's o - ver,
-m-
^— i *
1* r* N *
n n n * ef
-0- • -+- -m-
— 1 1 — '
— « « m «r &
m m
W > 1 1
180
BRINGING IN THE SHEAVES. (Concluded.)
.*— i-
.-> — .
'-0 — +— — * — *-
^M
m
and the time of reap - ing, We shall come, rejoicing, bringing in the sheaves,
and the la - bor end - ed, "We shall come, rejoicing, bringing in the sheaves,
he will bid us wel- come, We shall come rejoicing, bringing in the sheaves.
A.
:*— t
3«=£
r- » p » r •
Chorus.
— * -> ->
^ \
fir = — 1* — J — Z J—
— * s — ^ — — d~ — £ — *~= — *~ — s — — « « m —
Bringing in
_ • g 1 — 2. _J g 1 — J J.J ^_ — *_
the sheaves, Bringing in the sheaves, We shall come re -
•m- ■&■ -m>- -jb- -m~ % -m- -&- -m>- -m~
j»V ; * U
i i -
* •
&* h » i« .
— te=s^
— ^ y * £ ^
- >■ * t *
• ^ > ^
> \
1
U i»» i*» i*»
:^=^=-
S*
I , IS.
i*
joic - uv t
m
Bring- ing in the sheaves, ing, Bring- inj
i_^ » E i' -i=HJb=£
:*:=g:
in the sheaves,
:»=
I
No. 183.
PASS ME NOT.
Fanny J. Crosby,
5££
W. H. Doane.
1 — ! T — — rj — I ' — , i ' ~~
i — I — ^-- # — .0—\— & .± \-m—
SS4
b 4 J ! 3--*-i =g£rfa£
=F
*
1. Pass me not, O gen -tie Sav- iour, Hear my humble cry; While on
2. Let me at a throne of mer - cy Find a sweet re - lief ; Kneeling
3. Trust-ing on - ly in thy mer - it, Would I seek thy face; Heal my
4. Thou the Spring of all my com - fort, More than life to me, Whom have
h.z^^mi
-?? p:
I
Chorus.
^Efe^=fepE|E
•^ -,s>-- z?
oth - ers thou art smil-ing, Do not pass me by.
there in deep con - tri - tion, Help my un - be - lief.
w r ounded, bro-ken spir - it, Save me by thy grace.
I on earth be - side thee? Whom in heav nbut thee?
Sav- iour, Sav - iour,
llf^HS
Hear my humble cry, While on others thou art calling, Do not pass me by.
TTTT JTVt ■ t * E » » ' p c'r tr r i fn-
Copyright, 1S70, by W. H. Doane. Used by permission.
181
No. 184. THY HOLY SPIRIT, LORD, ALONE.
Henrietta E. Blair.
WM. J. KlRKPATRICK.
m^m
-+- ~m- -+-
1. Thy Ho - ly Spir - it, Lord, a - lone Can turn our hearts from sin,
2. Thy Ho - ly Spir - it, Lord, a - lone Can deep - er love in - spire,
3. Thy Ho - ly Spir- it, Lord, can bring The gifts we seek in prayer,
4. Thy Ho - ly Spir - it, Lord, can give The grace we need this hour,
His power a - lone can sane- ti - fy And keep us pure with -in.
His power a - lone with -in our souls Can light the sa - cred lire.
His voice can words of com-fort speak And still each wave of care. \
And while we wait, Spir - it, come In sane - ti - f y - ing power.
m^i^
Chorus.
:£=*
* s>
mmm
Spir - it of faith and love
our midst we pray,
-T — * £
And pu - ri-fy each wait -ing heart; Bap-tize us with pow'r to - day.
-*=t
m
iay.
1885, Copyright of Win. J. Kirkpatrick. Used by permission.
No. 185.
I. Watts.
AT THE CROSS.
R. E. Hudson.
-:
Wf
1. A - las, and did my Sav - iour bleed ? And did my Sovereign die?
2. Was it forcrimesthat I have done He groaned up-on the tree?
3. But drops of grief can ne'er re - pay The debt of love I owe;
m
^A=n
— 1 1* 1 ! —
,—4- -* 4-
m~ +— m 1
— 1 -d H 1
i
Would
A -
Here,
V 1
he de-vote that
maz - ing pit - y !
Lord, I give my -
— W-! a » m — 1
I' 1 J S—
1
sa - cred head For
grace unknown ! And
self a - wav, 'Tis
ft • £: ff:
-L-. — k — W r*—
such a worm as
love be- yon d de -
all that I can
i-p. t |» p=]
I?
gree!
do.
^-S-f — ^_
r * 1 1=
H~ fcs — 4-: •"T" i
L*^=k p pd
| 11
Copyright, 1885, by R. E. Hudson.
Used by permission.
182
mM , m Chorus.
AT THE CROSS. (Concluded.)
_j * &, — j j* M-^ — i* f — t 1* — M
£F — J^2
At the
p
cross, at the cross, where I first saw the light, And the
t-m p-j — p * =£" f | p m • — m *— « m .
W~ w ■ k w w k . H- r . !■ — h r r -
,=3t3— ta fez
Lt: ? 2 L_ U k-J-p fc 5 p. J? p 1
*fe=3E
3^
EE£
^E5
s
n s- s I — f
3=^
ii
bur-den of my heart rolled a - way,
* rolled
^:
It was there by faith
u?C^
■^ J— *-'
— j j-f— , 1—
1
— f — s — r— d 5 — r-
s
— r— 2~::
*p — fl— s-
I re-c
eived mv sight, And
m m~^ — % e
now
I — *■ —
I am hap-py all
the
— * — I
J U
day.
S? fc^
H*-
_k — k k p h ':
* u * u» »
— •—
2Z -
SeeeeI
No. 186. MY JESUS, I LOVE THEE.
London Hvmn Book.
A. J. Gordon.
-fV^r * S"
=T~^q
TtJZ^ ^+~
-j ^=r-
I — i — n
F=i={==^
1. My"
2. I
3. I will
4. In
P-4 * .*-"
-ft — 5—5
Je - sus, I
love thee, bee
love thee in
man-sions of
-•9- - m - - m ~
S> » •
love thee, I
ause thou hast
life, I will
glo - ry and
— & * — g> —
u * — 4^2
know thou art
first lov - ed
love thee in
end - less de
rt — * -"c -
-&- • -*-
mine, For
me, And
death, And
■ light, I'll
-g — 3-Se
thee all the
purchased my
praise thee as
ev - er a -
-f* — k k '
^3-^*-
' 1 »
-1 r-^r—
i 1 1 — '
H »~~
r i r
#^-h- j t=3
1— 1 —
i
l
-J-
^—
r^=^
=E^ — ^_
fol - lies of
par - don on
long as thou
dore thee in
sin
Cal-
lend-
heav
P
I
va-
est
-en
re -
ry's
me b
so 1
sign;
tree;
reath
) right
My
I
And
I'll
|
-3 ■!— *
gra-cious Re
love thee for
say when the
sing with the
rJ ^ J
- deem - er, my
wear - ing the
death-dew lies
glit - ter - ing
_h ! i
Bl-t *^*~
m
*
-§-?-
— m —
* • J E_
?wi>_ ] , ,
*-r
~f
^~
!
=4=1
■"
1 =5 1
4—4-
4— J-
5t=*
ElEli
*^*=-
ii'^Ji *
Sav-iourart thou, »
thorns on thy brow; / j^ ev _ er j
cold on my brow, t
crown on my brow; J
_-*- -*- -^-^ J* m ft
_U I I J |r>J
loved thee, my Je - sus, 'tis now.
--
Used by permission.
*5
=g±
183
No. 187.
THE BEAUTIFUL LAND.
Pahhy J. Crosby,
JxO. R. SWESEY.
1. We have heard of a land on whose blue, e - ther skies Not a
2. We have talked of that land when our jour- ney was long. And our
3. We are near - ing that land, we are near - ing the gate To the
cloud for a mo-ment can stay,
hearts o - verburdened with care,
cit - y of jas - per and gold,
And it needs not the sun in his
We have talked of the blest at the
Where the Sav-iour to wel-come his
■> E-
■JL—MZ
splen-dor to rise, For the Lord is the light of its day; We have
riv - er of song, And how oft we have sighed to be there; And our
children doth wait, And will gath-er them in - to the fold ; To the
=H^
*=z^
H—w=
heard of that land, and its glo - ry we seek, Where the faith- ful with
faith has gone up, like a bird on the wing, To that land on e-
fold of his love, in the man-sions a-bove, Where for - ev - er with
H***** 4 *4* * l +m
Copyright, 1890, by Jno. R. Sweney. Used by permission.
184
THE BEAUTIFUL LAND. (Concluded.)
er
rtt..
a tempo.
spj^^
Je - sus shall dwell,
ter - ni - ty's shore,
him they shall dwell,
Where the ros - es of youth nev - er
Where the joy bells of E - den for
And the eyes that were sad in his
^rr=rr^
i&$=F
r &EEE£
S^
^F=#
^^^HP
m
-j— e^
^
fade from the cheek, And the lips nev-er mur-mur, " Fare-well."
ev - er shall ring, And the soul shall be wea - ry no more.
smile shall be glad, And the lips nev - er mur - mur, " Fare-well."
1-S
SSfe*
t^-
=£
=t=*
*=*:
*^
Chorus.
*
iV*—
£
J*-
— 1
-Mt
— 1
-n
r
Beau -
ti
-ful
— G— -
i
land
Beau
-ti
u
- ful
r
land,
beau-ti -
1
ful
1
land
beau - ti
f
- ful
r
lane
— -H
i,
^H-
►~fc f
hi—
"f-
_l —
— I—
— | —
—J
- 1
-1 —
3
—m- — 0—
— p—
-*-
zz F=l
W
**=-- -
M-
1*
-*-
i
— 1
fc- 1--
s*—
-T-
~M
l 7te-«^5-i«— s-fTl— ?
-1 — > -\>
F3= =£=Ml
O - ver the roil - ing
WiTu — * — f-=-g ±2? ' f 1
sea, Beau-ti-ful
roll - ing sea,
f '/? ?> i 1
land, beau-ti-ful
Beau-ti-ful land,
i l rip * i
-k-b— 1 to" — *— ^^ £-J
LM^=: fcL_fc * 1
i
1 1* 1* w— | 1
land, When shall we come to thee?.
beau-ti-ful land, When shall we come to thee? When shall we come to thee?
m. i I ! ' Uj-6j ft ftP c i f ! t f ' B r I I
F
185
No. 188.
THERE'S A GREAT DAY COMING.
W. L. T.
W. L. Thompson.
■2
1. There's a
2. There's a
3. There's a
I* >
J| M
: S5- -*■ -*- -5- -*-~- ^ * * -•>- "-^-i -S- "-J-""
great day
bright day
sad day
1:=3-
m
*
com-ing,
coming,
com-ing,
A
A
A
great day
bright day
sad day
com-ing, There's a
com-ing, There's a
com-ing, There's a
* I* I* r»
— -1 — -J. # — *-^W *-*-&
great day coming by and by, When the saints and the sin-ners shall be
bright day coming by and by, But its brightness shall on - ly come to
sad day coming by and by, When the sin - ner shall hear his doom, "De-
,_£3 _|l _* _*» | * K *_
R— 1
=t=
— 1 — -j-.
part-ed right and left, Are you read-y for
them that love the Lord, Are you read-y for
part, I know ye not," Are you read-y for
-*- -»- -»- N h
— «i *
that day
that day
that day
m
to
to
to
«^ 4 .
-Be-
come?
come?
come?
1
M£ g — i * ^ *1 M — j — * «— - — « —
-f— 1 * —
%—
_Zf3_^._||
Si « C * « -j — * *. • '^
_» C
-f—
— ^ M
> U Ir U £ ^ ^
p r
1
Chorus.
' 9 • V 13 IZL * V '
^^=^3
i#» b* *»
Are you read-y? are you read-y? Are you read - y for the
H
-t* I * :
j» — L
P^Pl
i h
s
rf=*!r±
A K__|* N-
-j R— 1 =1=
T* — -*- — -& * • * -W- V -bTT-
judgment day? Are you read-y? are you read-y For the judgment day?
-I r-,-g-f-g ~g- « . , - ^: "f- ^ -ilVr-^-.-. — - — I — \
gi^=3 -H-^-S c s * i r •
44-g.' g t._j =
1 £T-i f
By permissioa of W. L. Thompson & Co., East Liverpool, 0., and The Thompson Music Co., Chicago, 111.
No. 189. THOUGH YOUR SINS BE AS SCARLET.
" Though your sins be as scarlet, they shall be as white as 6no\v." — Isaiah i : 18.
F. J. Crosby. W. H. Doane.
Duet. Gently. i — i 1 — 2 —
^0.^—0-i— ~g — -—— ^ ~~ m ' — ■* -« «-=—
3^3^^
im
1. "Tho' your sins be as scar-let, They shall beaswhiteas snow; as snow;
2. Hear the voice that en-treats you, 0, re-turn ye nn - to God! to God!
3. He'll for- give your transgressions, And remember them no more; no more;
Jl=k
Copyright, 1687, by W. H. Doane. Used by permission.
186
THOUGH YOUR SINS BE AS SCARLET. (Concluded.)
Quartet. , ^ -^
pmmmmmm
±£.
■p
Tho' they be red like crim-son, They shall be as wool!"
He is of great com- pas-sion, And of wondrous love ;
Look un - to Me, ye peo-ple," Saith the Lord your God ;
-^ I 3 ^ -^- - /S\
Tho' they be red,
i^
Duet, p
Tho' your sins be as scar - let, Tho' your sins be as scar - let,
Hear'the voice that en-treats you, Hear the voice that en- treats you,
He'll for -give your transgressions, He'll for- give your transgressions,
p ritard.
p^^!I^E^=i
t— t
■t— *
They shall be as white as snow, They shall be as white as snow.'
O, re - turn ye un - to God ! O, re - turn ye un - to God !
And re - mem - ber them no more, And re - mem - ber them no more.
No. 190.
HE CAME TO SAVE ME.
H. E. Blair.
Wit.
J. K
IRKPATRICK.
1&
±±
. * N is—
• * * 4 4
— h — ;v -« — Ji :
IV
■■-•■-4 ~ i 'II
fit*
ml
*B
— ¥ §1 —
-m ¥ 9—
— •—
^-3- J l=B
f When Je - sus laid his crown a-side. He came to save me
"( When on the cross he bled and died, He came to save me.
„ | In my poor heart he deigns to dwell, He came to save me ;
' { O, praise his name, I know it well He came to save me.
*■ JL JL JL m _ AL Jt- _ _ At. At.. -«-• JL. +.
SH
Chorus.
^ 1 —
I I
itov:
=^*=*
*=m
I'm so glad, I'm so glad, I'm so glad that Jesus came. And grace is free.
He came to save me.
-*- -~- -~- » ^ _«_ h< *> At. .(2- —
1 1
1885, Copyright of Win. J. Kirkpatrick. Used by permission.
3 With gentle hand he leads me still,
He came to save me ;
And trusting him I fear no ill,
He came to save me.
I To him my faith with rapture clings,
He came to save me ;
To him my heart looks up and sings,
He came to save me.
187
No. 191.
JESUS, LOVER OF MY SOUL.
(REFUGE. 7s. D.)
Chas. Wesley.
Joseph P. Holbrook.
— 1 J* * n- r — ,
JL3 -=*. -SH=^ -
=2=4=
— 0f-
-«— -j — --*-*-
-j-s — * — *4— *-
^
1. Je - sus,
2. Oth- er
-0- ' -0-
Lov -
ref -
-0- '
-2-
er of
uge have
-m- -0- -
r. r
my soul, Let me
I none ; Hangs my
l-N 1
-0- -0- 1 -»- 3 -0-
t~ i * r r
to thy bos - om
help - less soul on
-0- • -»- -*- • -0-
fly,
thee:
S35=£=
^mzrL
=PE=*ZZI
=jS=h*===!«=*=
f- f. ft £_
i- y t» 5
=M
* >
1
W >
P
r r *»
i
em
While the near - er wa- ters roll, While the tem - pest still is high !
Leave, ah ! leave me not a - lone, Still sup - port and comfort me !
s
■^ I
PP
S^
Hide me, O my Sav - iour, hide, Till the storm of life is past;
All my trust on thee is stayed, All my help from thee I bring :
-M * • £-1-4- * • zti:
k • £ q=l «^ — te — l^ t-
~$
Safe in - to
Cov - er my
the ha - ven guide, re- ceive my soul at last!
de- fense- less head With the shad - ow of thy wing.
§1^111-:
3 Thou, Christ, art all I want;
More than all in thee I rind ;
Raise the fallen, cheer the faint,
Heal the sick, and lead the blind.
Just and holy is thy name;
I am all unrighteousness :
False, and full of sin, I am ;
Thou art full of truth and grace.
4 Plenteous grace with thee is found,
Grace to cover all my sin:
Let the healing streams abound,
Make and keep me pure within.
Thou of life the fountain art ;
Freely let me take of thee :
Spring thou up within my heart,
Rise to all eternity !
MARTYN. 7s. D.
FrNE.
S. B. Marsh.
D.C.
No. 192.
-r-rr
i — r
188
I i
No. 193.
DUKE ST. L M.
Isaac Watts.
John Hatton.
wSMmmMm
Ijr
m
1. From all that dwell be- low the skies, Let the Cre - a - tor's praise a - rise;
2. E- ter-nalare thy mer- cies, Lord; E - ter-nal truth at - tends thy word;
rJ
f f c p ip fttj m &HHJ*^ *^
Let the Ue-deem-er's name be sung Thro' ev-'ry land, by ev- 'ry tongue.
Thy praiseshall sound from shore to shore Till suns shall rise and set no more.
No. 194.
Jesus Shall Reign. L. M.
1 Jesus shall reign where'er the sun
Does his successive journeys run ;
His kingdom stretch from shore to shore,
Till moons shall wax and wane no more.
2 From north to south the princes meet
To pay their homage at his feet;
While western empires own their Lord,
And savage tribes attend hi?
NO. 195. Glorying in the Cross. L. M.
1 When I survey the wondrous cross
On which the Prince of glory died,
My richest gain 1 count but loss,
And pour contempt on all my pride.
2 Forbid it, Lord, that I should boast,
Save in the death of Christ, my God*;
All the vain th1n<*«+bot ■»*•
ARIEL. C. P. M.
*UW rt
F=Tt j
=se:
5 ■-% --0-
it%
*#=i.
SIS
Lowell Mason.
1 4_-i-
k b»
iS^^l^g
^ffi^si
No. 198.
Could I Speak.
1 O could I speak the matchless worth,
O could I sound the glories forth,
Which in my Saviour shine!
I'd soar and touch the heavenly strings,
And vie with Gabriel while he sings
In notes almost divine.
2 I'd sing the precious blood he spilt,
My ransom from the dreadful guilt
Of sin, and wrath divine:
I'd sing his glorious righteousness,
In which all-perfect, heavenly dress
Mv snnl shall ever shine.
I'd sing the characters he bears,
And all the forms of love he wears,
Exalted on his throne :
In loftiest songs of sweetest praise,
I would to everlasting days
Make all his glories known.
Well, the delightful day will come
When my dear Lord will bring me home,
And I shall see his face;
Then with my Saviour, Brother, Friend,
A blest eternity I'll spend,
Triumphant in his grace.
SAMUEL MEDLEY.
Dr. L. Mason.
. i s 6 I
ZERAH. C. H.
s b^fc l I I J IJ-^J^hHl-^
P * ' f
-p-r
Td1f-Jgg3
I* +
T'/m t ,f\»t». ^ ■*•
1^ ^_P^^^ ^^
NO. 200. The Prince of Peace. CM.
1 To us a Child of hope is born ;
To us a Son is given ;
Him shall the tribes of earth obey,
Him all the hosts of heav'n.
2 His name shall be the Prince of peace,
For evermore adored;
The Wonderful, the Counselor,
The great and mighty Lord.
3 His power, increasing, still shall spread:
His reign no end shall know ;
Justice shall guard his throne above,
And peace abound below.
4 To us a Child of hope is born,
To us a Sou is given ;
The Wonderful, the Counselor,
The mighty Lord of heaven.
JOHN MORRISON.
NO. 201. Awake, my Soul. CM.
1 Awake, my soul ! stretch every nerve,
And press with vigor on:
A heavenly race demands thy zeal,
And an immortal crown.
2 A cloud of Avitnesses around
Hold thee in full survey :
Forget the steps already trod,
Anil onward urge thy way.
3 'Tis God's all-animating voice
That calls thee from on high ;
'Tis his own hand presents the prize
To thine aspiring eye.
4 Blest Saviour, introduced by thee,
Have I my race begun ;
And, crowned with vict'ry, at thy feet
I'll lay my honors down.
PHILIP DODDRIDGE.
NO. 202. Come, Let tis Join. CM.
1 Come, let us join our cheerful songs
With angels round the throne :
Ten thousand thousand are their tongues,
But all their joys are one.
2 Worthy the Lamb that died, they cry,
To be exalted thus :
Worthy the Lamb, our hearts reply,
For he was slain for us.
3 Jesus is worthy to receive
Honor and power divine ;
And blessings, more than we can give,
Be, Lord, forever thine.
4 The whole creation join in one
To bless the sacred name
Of him that sits upon the throne,
And to adore the Lamb.
ISAAC WATTS.
I'M GOING HOME.
Wm. Hunter, D.D.
S^=S:
Arr. by Rev. W. McDonald.
' ■ •]■• j - i - i — i —
I
. My heav'nly home is bright and fair ; Nor pain, nor death can en -ter there
• "> Itsglitt'ringtow'rsthe sun outshine; That heav'nly mansion shall be mine,
to die no
p ( I'm go- ing home, I'm go- ing home, I'm go - ing horn
'-""•"•(To die no more, to die no more, I'm go - ing home to die no
more,
more.
w^m
m
— *" n-n
2 My Father's house is built on high :
Far, far above the starry sky ;
When from this earthly prison free.
That heavenly mansion mine shall be.
3 Let others seek a home below,
Which flames devour, or waves o'erflow,
Be mine a happier lot, to own
A heavenly mansion near the throne.
4 Then fail this earth, let stars decline,
And sun and moon refuse to shine,
All nature sink and cease to be,
That heavenly mansion stands for me.
191
No. 204.
ARLINGTON. CM.
Chaeles "Wesley
4 I — I — i -^ ==T=r!r=d=|=):=D
EES:
s
Thomas A.
I 1- 1-
Arne.
- z — q~
r
1. O for a heart to praise my God, A heart from sin set
2. A heart resigned, sub - mis- sive, meek, My great Re- deem- er's
3. O for a low - ly, con- trite heart, Be - liev- ing, true, and
4. A heart in ev - 'ry thought renewed, And full of love di
"*- ^ ■» m . m a S3. M. A ^ 43.
II
i£fe§=3
sa
:*rr=*:
free,
throne,
clean,
- vine;
S3.
9±—t
S=|:
A heart that al- ways feels thy blood, So free - ly spilt for me!
Where on- ly Christ is heard to speak, Where Je - sus reigns a - lone.
Which nei - ther life nor death can part From him that dwells with - in!
Per - feet, and right, and pure, and good— A cop - y, Lord, of thine.
% IB f ,= £ "
:*==:
18
NO. 205. for a Faith. CM.
1 O for a faith that will not shrink,
Though pressed by ev'ry foe.
That will not tremble on the brink
Of any earthly woe!
2 That will not murmur nor complain
Beneath the chast'ning rod,
But, in the hour of grief or pain,
Will lean upon its God;
3 A faith that shines more bright and clear
When tempests rage without;
That when in danger knows no fear,
In darkness feels no doubt;
4 Lord, give us such a faith as this ;
And then, whate'er may come.
We'll taste, e'en here, the hallowed bliss
Of an eternal home.
WILLIAM HILEY BATHURST.
NO. 206. Am I a Soldier. C.
Am I a soldier of the cross,
A foll'werof the Lamb,
And shall I fear to own his cause,
Or blush to speak his name?
Must I be carried to the skies
On flow'ry beds of ease,
While others fought to win the prize,
And sailed through bloody seas?
Are there no foes for me to face?
Must I not stem the flood?
Is this vile world a friend to grace,
To help me on to God ?
Sure I must fight if I would reign;
Increase my courage. Lord:
I'll bear the toil, endure the pain,
Supported by thy word.
ISAAC WATTS.
AZMON. CM.
C. G. G LASER.
4-U-L
4-r-l-l-
NO. 207. Forever Here My East. CM.
1 Forever here my rest shall be,
Close to thy bleeding side ;
This all my hope, and all my plea,
For me the Saviour died.
2 My dying Saviour and mv God,
Fountain for guilt and sin,
Sprinkle me ever with thv blood,
And cleanse and keep me clean.
3 Wash me, and make me thus thine own ;
Wash me, and mine thou art ;
Wash me, but not my feet alone,—
My hands, my head, my heart.
4 Th' atonement of thy blood apply,
Till faith to sight improve;
Till hope in full fruition die,
And all my soul be love.
CHARLES WESLEY.
192
NO. 208. The Dearest Name. CM.
1 How sweet the name of Jesus sounds
In a believer's ear!
It soothes his sorrows, heals his wounds,
And drives away his fear.
2 It makes the wounded spirit whole,
And calms the troubled breast;
'Tis manna to the hungry soul,
And to the weary, rest.
3 Dear Name, the rock on which I build,
My shield and hiding place;
My never-failing treasury, filled
With boundless stores of grace.
4 Jesus, my Shepherd, Saviour. Friend,
My Prophet, Priest, and Kinsr;
My Lord, my Life, my Way, mv End,
Accept the praise I bring!
JOHN NEWTON.
No. 209.
CORONATION. CM.
E. Perronet.
it
Oliver Holden*.
1. All hail the power of Je - sus' name ! Let an - gels pros-trate fall ;
2. Let ev - 'ry kin- dred, ev - 'ry tribe. On this ter - res - trial ball,
3. O that, with yon-der sa- cred throng, We at his feet may fall!
©133=*=
— m 0-
— w
-Fire
■*»■ -p-
-*-
r
=p=#
-m-
fe-+-
T^
4 =1
— l
— -* — i r
_l_ — — — i-
-r
i
r
1 r-
i
#=^
* —
—m —
< 1 f f * * <
— v f>~
P-
r
— » —
**=?
S> •
Bring forth the roy - al di - a - dem, And crown him Lord of all
To him all maj - es - ty as- cribe, And crown him Lord of all
We'll join the ev - er - last - ing song. And crown him Lord of all
»fif f r^
*£=**=*
#=«:
-~z
- , —\—j — -\ — i — ! I r— ' i ' — ■
Bring forth the roy
To him all maj
We'll join the ev
I I
a - dem, And crown him
ty as- cribe, And crown him
last- ing song, And crown him
Lord
Lord
Lord
all.
all.
all.
No. 210.
1 O for a thousand tongues to sing
My sreat Redeemer's praise!
The glories of my God and King,
The triumphs of his grace !
2 My gracious Master and my God,
Assist me to proclaim.
To spread through all the earth abroad,
The honors of thy Name.
for a Thousand Tongues.
3 Jesus ! the Name that charms our fears,
That bids our sorrows cease;
'Tis music in the sinner's ears,
Tis life, and health, and peace.
4 He breaks the power of cancelled sin,
He sets the pris'ner free;
His blood can make the foulest clean ;
His blood availed for me.
CHARLES WESLEY.
No. 211
RATHBUN. 8s, 7s.
J. BOWBING
-J
Ithamar Conkky.
d — 4H g j-1 « K J J H J 1 1 J J I i i I i ^
1. In the cross of Christ I glo - ry,
2. When the woes of life o'er- take me,
3. When the sun of bliss is beam-ing
4. Bane and blessing, pain and pleas-ure,
I
Tow'ring o'er the wrecks of
Hopes de- ceive and fears an ■
Light and love up - on my
By the cross are sane - ti -
time;
noy,
way,
fled;
It' Ml' »IC
^ £H - W
mmm
All the light of
Nev- er shall the
From the cross the
Peace is there, that knows
sa - cred sto- ry Gath- ers round its head sub- lime.
cross for -sake me; Lo! it glows with peace and joy.
ra - diance streaming, Adds more lus -ter to the day.
no meas-ure, Joys that through all time a - bide.
B N— 13
193
No. 212.
DENNIS. S.M.
Albert Midlaxe
Xageli.
thy wor
arm make bare ;
2. Re - vive thy work, O Lord, Cre - ate soul - thirst for thee-
3. Re - vive thy work, O Lord, Ex - alt thy pre - cious name'
pre - cious name ;
Speak with the voice that wakes the dead, And make th\
And hung'ring for the Bread of Life, O may our
And by the Ho - ly Ghost, our love For thee and thine
-"»- ■»* ! m
peo - pie hear,
our spir - its be !
in-flame.
h ir f if j, i r ^a i
NO. 213. Blest Be the Tie. S.M.
1 Blest be the tie that binds
Our hearts in Christian love:
The fellowship of kindred minds
Is like to that above.
2 Before our Father's throne
We pour our ardent prayers ;
Our fears, our hopes, our aims are one,
Our comforts and our cares.
3 We share our mutual woes,
Our mutual burdens bear;
And often for each other flows
The sympathizing tear.
4 When we asunder part,
It gives us inward pain ;
But we shall still be joined in heart,
And hope to meet again.
JOHN FAWCETT.
No. 214.
A Charge to Keep. S. M.
1 A charge to keep I have,
A God to glorify ;
A never-dying soul to save,
And fit it for the sky.
2 To serve the present age,
My calling to fulfill.
O may it all my powers engage,
To do my Master's will !
3 Arm me with jealous care,
As in thy sight to live ;
And O. thy servant. Lord, prepare
A strict account to give !
4 Help me to watch and pray,
And on thyself rely,
Assured, if I my trust betray.
I shall forever die.
CHAS. WESLEY.
BOYLSTON. S.M.
Lowell Mason.
U_^ — h_
f^mmmm
NO. 215. And Can I Yet Delay. S.M.
1 And can I yet delay
My little all to give?
To tear my soul from earth away
For Jesus to receive?
2 Nay, but I yield. I yield !
I can hold out no more :
I sink, by dying love compelled,
And own thee conqueror!
3 Though late, I all forsake ;
My friends, my all resign :
Gracious Redeemer, take, O take,
And seal me ever thine.
4 Come, and possess me whole,
Nor hence again remove:
Settle and fix my wav'ring soul
With all thy weight of love.
CHAS. WESLEY.
JNO. ZIU. Evils of Intemperance. S.M.
1 Mourn for the thousands slain,
The youthful and the strong;
Mourn for the wine cup's fearful reign,
And the deluded throng.
2 Mourn for the ruined soul-
Eternal life and light
Lost by the fiery, maddening bowl,
And turned to hopeless night.
3 Mourn for the lost ; but call,
Call to the strong, the free;
Rouse them to shun that dreadful fall,
And to the refuge flee.
4 Mourn for the lost ; but pray,
Pray to our God above.
To break the fell destroyer's sway.
And show his saving love.
194
No. 217.
ST. THOMAS. S. M.
Timothy Dwight.
George F. Handel.
1-
ftij.i\ tA
thine a - bode,
fore thee stand,
pray'rs as - cend;
TheChurchourbless'dRe-deem-er bought With his own
Dear as the ap - pie of thine eye, And grav ■ en
To her my cares and toils be given
pre-cious blood,
on thy hand.
Till toils and cares shall end.
■«--T- M- -m~ m
NO. 218. Lord God, the Holy Ghost
1 Lord God, the Holy Ghost!
In this accepted hour,
AS uil tut; ua.y Ol jrei?vT?co^i;,~~" f
Descend in all thy power.
2 We meet with one accord
In our appointed place,
And wait the promise of our Lord,
The Spirit of all grace.
3 Like mighty rushing wind
Upon the waves beneath.
Move with one impulse every mind;
One soul, one feeling, breathe.
4 The young, the old, inspire
With wisdom from above ;
And give us hearts and tongues of fire
To pray, and praise, and love.
JAMES MONTGOMERY.
No. 219.
Grace !
1 Grace ! 'tis a charming sound !
Harmonious to my ear !
Heay.en witlj the echo. shallresoyind,, M>
And all the earth shall hear.
Grace first contrived the way
To save rebellious man ;
And all the steps that grace display
Which drew the wondrous plan.
Grace taught my wand'ring feet
To tread the heavenly road ;
And new supplies each hour I meet,
While pressing on to God.
Grace all the work shall crown,
Through everlasting days ;
It lays in heaven the topmost stone,
And well deserves the praise.
P. DODDRIDGE.
LABAN. S.M.
Lowell Mason.
Spirit of faith, come down,
Reveal the things of God;
And make to us the Godhead known,
And witness with the blood.
2 'Tis thine the blood t' apply,
And give us eyes to see,
Who did for every sinner die
Hath surely died for me.
3 O that the world might know
The all-atoning Lamb !
Spirit of faith, descend, and show
The virtue of his name.
4 The grace which all may find,
The saving power, impart;
And testify to all mankind,
And speak in every heart.
CHARLES WBSLEY.
1 My soul, be orTthy gu'ara, =■ — »■ — »
Ten thousand foes arise,
The hosts of sin are pressing hard
To draw thee from the skies.
2 O watch, and fight, and pray,
The battle ne'er give o'er,
Renew it boldly every day,
And help divine implore.
3 Ne'er think the vict'ry won,
Nor laj 7 thine armor down :
The work of faith will not be done,
Till thou obtain the crown.
4 Fight on, my soul, till death
Shall bring thee to thy God ;
He'll take thee, at thy parting breath,
To his divine abode.
GEORGE HEATH.
195
No. 222. MY FAITH LOOKS UP TO THEE.
Ray Palmer.
(OLIVET. 63,4-3.)
Lowell Mason.
1. My faith looks up to thee, Thou Lamb of Cal- va- ry. Sav-iour di- vine ; Now hear me
2. May thy rich grace impart Strength to my fainting heart. My zeal inspire ! As thou hast
while I pray. Take all my guilt a- way, O let me from this day Be whol - ly thine
died for me, O may my love to thee Pure, warm, and changeless be. A living fire!
I I
Hlj*_Ja_L_
3T
3 While life's dark maze I tread.
And griefs around me spread.
Be thou my Guide ;
Bid darkness turn to day,
Wipe sorrow's tears away.
Nor let me ever stray
From thee aside.
4 When ends life's transient dream,
When deaths cold, sullen stream
Shall o'er me roll ;
Blest Saviour, then, in love,
Fear and distrust remove ;
O bear me safe above,
A ransomed soul !
No. 223.
S. F. Smith.
MY COUNTRY! 'TIS OF THEE.
(AMERICA. 6s, 4s.) ^^-Henry-Carey
:3:
m
Elr^EE*EB5=*
s of thee, Sweet land of lib - er- ty. Of thee I sing: Land where my
2 My naive country, thee, Land of the no- ble. free Thy name I love ; I Jove thy
"--'■•-PP7P And vine? from all the trees Sweet freedom's soi
Long may our
3 Let music swell the breeze, And ring from all the trees Sweet freedom's song ; Let ; m ortal
er- ty, To thee we sing
father's died ! Land of the pilgrim's pride ! From ev'ry mountain side. Let freedom ring.
SS£i3S?*£r «*** A templet hills ;M, -heart "BJW™}"^^^™
rock
tongues a wake.Let all that breathe partake, Let rocks their silence break The spur
land be bright With freedom's holy light; Protect us by thy might, Great God
break. The sound prolong
our King
No. 224. COME, THOU ALMIGHTY KING.
C. Wesley.
( ITALIAN HYMN. 6s, 4s.)
Felice Giardini.
wmm
Come, thoual-might- y King. Help us thy name to sing, Help us to praise ; Father all-
L Co ml hou incarnate Worf Gird on thy mighty sword. Our pray'r attend : Come and thy
! Come ho- lv Com - fort- er. Thy sacred wit- ness bear In this glad hour Thou who at
To the great One and Three K - ter- nal prais - es be Hence-evermore ! His sov'reign
msmmmm
-r— t— t
196
COME, THOU ALMIGHTY KING. (Concluded.)
glo - vi-ous, Oer all vie - to - ri-ous, Come, and reign o- ver us, Ancient of Days.
people bless, And give thy word success: Spir-it of ho - liness, On us de-scend!
mighty art, Now rule in ev- 'ry heart, And ne'er from us depart, Spir-it of pow'r!
roaj-es-ty May we in glo - ry see. And to e - ter - ni- ty Love and a - dore.
No. 225.
P. Doddridge.
HAPPY DAY.
E. F. RlMBAULT.
f O hap- pv day, that fixed my choice On thee, my Saviour and my God!)
(Well may this glowing heart re-joice, And tell its raptures all a- broad./
_ I . i -*- ^ -m- -g -. p f - -»- p .
Hap- py
day. happy day,\Vhen Jesus wash'd my sins away ! / He ^"/^ me how . t0 . watcn an d P/ay. I
J ' PFJ J ' \ And live re - joicing ev- 'ry day. j
1 — r
1 — 1 —
2 O happv bond, that seals my vows
To him who merits all my love !
Let cheerful anthems fill his house,
While to that sacred shrine I move.
3 "lis done: the great transaction's done!
I am my Lord's, and he is mine ;
He drew me. and I followed on.
Charmed to confess the voice divine.
No. 226.
REVIVE US AGAIN.
Wm. P. Magkat.
1. We praise thee. O God ! for the Son of thy love. For Jesus who died, and is now sone above
EgE
ms
S3*
Chorus.
=£1=1
m
wm
lu- jah ! thine the glo- ry, Hal- le - lu
jah!
A- men.
Re- vive us a - gain.
g ;
r
2 We praise thee. O God ! for thy Spirit of light.
W T ho has shown us our Saviour, and scattered our night.
3 All glory and praise to the Lamb that was slain,
Who has borne all our sins, and has cleansed every stain.
4 All glory and praise to the God of all grace.
Who has bought us, and sought us. and guided our way.
5 Revive us again ; fill each heart with thy love ;
May each soul be rekindled with fire from above.
197
No. 227.
HORTON. 7s.
Mary Barber Dana.
Xavier Schneider.
teH-hHt a hj I j M r iii±th£id±*M
1. Prince of peace, con - trol my will;
2. Thou hast bought me with thy blood,
3. May thy will, not mine, be done;
I
Bid this struggling heart be still;
O-penedwide the gate to God:
May thy will and mine be one:
r-s
mw&
%
M-^-
E
his
-I—, — i — gg-i-j — 4 -i i , i J-j— !-,— w-t— ^-i — -=J— j-i— i-
Bid my fears and doublings cease,
Peace I ask— but peace must be,
Chase these doubtings from my heart;
Ptt:
rti*-
^J-
±
I
Hush my
Lord, in
Now thy
spir - it in - to peace,
be - ing one in thee,
per - feet peace im- part.
P^
f ^rrm
NO. 228. Holy Ghost, with Light. 7s.
1 Holy Ghost, with light divine,
Shine upon this heart of mine;
Chase the shades of night away,
Turn my darkness into day.
2 Holy Ghost, with power divine,
Cleanse this guilty heart of mine;
Long hath sin, without control,
Held dominion o'er my soul.
3 Holy Ghost, with joy divine,
Cheer this saddened heart of mine;
Bid my many woes depart,
Heal my wounded, bleeding heart.
4 Holy Spirit, all divine,
Dwell within this heart of mine;
Cast down every idol-throne,
Reign supreme— and reign alone.
ANDREW REED.
NO. 229. Lord, We Come. 7s.
1 Lord, we come before thee now,
At thy feet we humbly bow;
O ! do not our suit disdain ;
Shall we seek thee, Lord, in vain?
2 Lord, on thee our souls depend ;
In compassion now descend;
Fill our hearts with thy rich grace,
Tune our lips to sing thy praise-
3 Send some message from thy word,
That may joy and peace afford ;
Let thy Spirit now impart
Full salvation to each heart.
4 Grant that all may seek and find
Thee a gracious God, and kind ;
Heal the sick, the captive free ;
Let us all rejoice in thee.
WM. HAMMOND.
PLEYEL'S HYMN. 7s.
Ignace Pleyel.
I
M-m-tt-4*. ~£r-m-a-
[ ■ I* I • I I
NO. 230. Depth of Mercy. 7s.
1 Depth of mercy ! can there be
Mercy still reserved for me?
Can my God his wrath forbear?
Me, the chief of sinners, spare?
2 I have long withstood his grace,
Long provoked him to his face ;
Would not hearken to his calls ;
Grieved him by a thousand falls.
3 Kindled his relentings are;
Me he now delights to spare ;
Cries, "How shall I give thee up?''
Lets the lifted thunder drop.
4 There for me the Saviour stands,
Shows his wounds, and spreads his
God is love ! I know, I feel ; [hands;
Jesus weeps and loves me still.
CHARLES WESLEY.
198
NO. 231. Holy Bible, Book Divine.
1 Holy Bible, book divine,
Precious treasure, thou art mine;
Mine, to tell me whence I came ;
Mine to teach me what I am.
2 Mine, to chide me when I rove ;
Mine, to show a Saviour's love :
Mine art thou to guide my feet;
Mine to judge, condemn, acquit.
3 Mine to comfort in distress,
If the Holy Spirit bless;
Mine, to show by living faith
Man can triumph over death.
4 Mine to tell of joys to come,
And the rebel sinner's doom;
O thou holy book divine,
Precious treasure, thou art mine.
JOHN BURTON, SR.
NETTLETON. 8s, 7s. D.
John Wyeth.
1
Fine. - _^_-_ ^. jd.c.
^£::£:
WdihC I EPfeUL.LTEEpi.1. ..
k I l
NO. 232. Come, Thou Fount.
1 Come, thou Fount of every blessing,
Tune my heart to sing thy grace;
Streams of mercy, never ceasing,
Call for songs of loudest praise.
Teach me some melodious sonnet,
Sung by flaming tongues above ;
Praise the mount, I'm fixed upon it,
Mount of thy redeeming love !
2 Here I'll raise mine Ebenezer,
Hither, by thy help, I'm come;
And I hope, by thy good pleasure,
Safely to arrive at home.
Jesus sought me, when a stranger,
Wand'ring from the fold of God:
He, to rescue me from danger,
Interposed his precious blood !
3 O ! to grace how great a debtor,
Daily I'm constrained to be !
Let thy goodness, like a fetter,
Bind my wand'ring heart to thee!
Prone to wander. Lord, I feel it,
Prone to leave the God I love ;
Here's my heart, O take and seal it!
Seal it for thy courts above.
R. ROBINSON.
NO. 233. Tune -874 Hymnal.
1 What a friend we have in Jesus,
All our sins and griefs to bear!
What a privilege to carry
Everything to God in prayer!
O what peace we often forfeit,
O what needless pain we bear-
All because we do not carry
Everything to God in prayer.
2 Have we trials and temptations?
Is there trouble anywhere?
We should never be discouraged,
Take it to the Lord in prayer.
Can we find a friend so faithful,
Who will all our sorrows share?
Jesus knows our every weakness,
Take it to the Lord in prayer.
3 Are we weak and heavy laden,
Cumbered with a load of care?
Precious Saviour, still our refuge,
Take it to the Lord in prayer.
Do thy friends despise, forsake thee?
Take it to the Lord in prayer;
In his arms he'll take and shield thee,
Thou wilt find a solace there.
JOSEPH SCRIVEN.
GREENVILLE. 8s, 7s. D.
J. T. Rosseau.
Fine.
fr-r*
i r i X„
D.C.
NO. 234. Come, Ye Sinners.
1 Come, ye sinners, poor and needy,
Weak and wounded, sick and sore
Jesus ready stands to save you,
Full of pity, love, and power:
He is able,
He is willing, doubt no more.
2 Now, ye needy, come and welcome,
God's free bounty glorify ;
True belief and true repentance.
Every grace that brings you nigh,
Without money,
Come to Jesus Christ and buy.
3 Let not conscience make you linger,
Nor of fitness fondly dream ;
All the fitness he requireth
Is to feel your need of him :
This he gives you ;
'Tis the Spirit's glimm'ring beam.
4 Come, ye weary, heavy laden,
Bruised and mangled by the fall ;
If you tarry till you're better,
199
You will never come at all ;
Not the righteous,
Sinners, Jesus came to call.
JOSEPH HART.
NO. 235. The Pilgrim's Guide.
1 Guide me, O thou great Jehovah,
Pilgrim through this barren land;
I am weak, but thou art mighty ;
Hold me with thy powerful hand:
Bread of heaven,
Feed me till I want no more.
2 Open, Lord, the crystal fountain,
Whence the healing waters flow$
Let the fiery, cloudy pillar
Lead me all my journey through :
Strong Deliverer,
Be thou still my strength and shield.
3 When I tread the verge of Jordan,
Bid my anxious fears subside;
Bear me through the swelling current ;
Land me safe on Canaan's side:
Songs of praises.
I will ever give to thee.
WILLIAM WILLIAMS.
No. 236.
Isaac Watts.
Spirited.
WE'RE MARCHING TO ZION.
Rev. R. Lowry, by per.
1. Come, ye that
2. Let those re
3. The hill of
4. Then let our
love the Lord, And let your joys be known ; Join
fuse to sing Who nev - er knew our God; But
Zi - on yields A thou - sand sa - cred sweets; Be -
songs a - bound, And ev - 'ry tear be drv; We're
in a song with sweet ac - cord, Join in a song with sweet ac-cord,
chil-dren of the heav'n-ly King, But chil-dren of the heav'n-ly King,
fore we reach the heav'n-ly fields, Be - fore we reach the heav'n-ly fields',
marching thro' Immanuel's ground, We're marching thro' Immanuel's ground,
m m * m _ _ m m m
While ye
May speak
Or walk
To fair
While
sur - round his throne, While ye sur-round his
their joys a - broad, May speak their joys a
the gold - en streets, Or walk the gold - en
er worlds on high, To fair - er worlds on
sur - round his throne, "While ye
throne.
broad.
streets.
high.
throne.
We're march - ing to Zi - on.
We're march-ing on to Zi - on,
Beau - ti - ful, beau - ti - ful Zi - on ; We're
marching upward to Zi - on, The beau - ti - ful cit - y of God.
Zi - on, Zi - on.
S
i£
*=z<
"fr— tr
r^r
Copyright, 1867, by Rev. R. Lowry.
No. 237. SHALL WE GATHER AT THE RIVER?
Rev. R. Lowry, bv per.
1. Shall we gath-er at the riv - er Where bright an - gel feet have trod;
2. On the mar-gin of the riv - er, Wash - ing up its sil - ver spray,
3. Ere we reach the shin-ing riv - er, Lay we ev - 'ry bur- den down ;
4. Soon we'll reach the sil- ver riv - er, Soon our pil-grim-age will cease;
200
SHALL WE GATHER AT THE RIVER? (Concluded.)
=#&— i — i — is- n *— ir=^—
— I
^d*H-^—
=^r* ! »--i — i^~| n
$tt i — s — i: # i : ■ — g —
With its crys- tal tide for - ev -
We will wa'lk and worship ev -
Grace our spir - its will de - liv -
Soon our hap- py hearts will quiv-
er
er,
er,
er
m
*
Flowing by
All the hap
And pro-vide
With the mel
— m — ~f~ , m —
— P — i " — i
gj 1 Igl^zJ
the throne of God?
■ py gold - en day.
a robe and crown.
- o - dy of peace.
^^Hr— i 1 U '" g ■ g~l i — -
-4—
»— S? p—
Y r r r J
C horus. J» fc N
No. 238.
PARTING HYMN. 10s.
Rev. John Ellertok.
E. J. Hopkins.
m
1. Sav - iour! a- gain to thy
2. Grant us thy peace up - on
3. Grant us thy peace, Lord ! thro'
4. Grant us thy peace throughout
dear name we raise With one ac -
our homeward way ; With thee be -
the com - ing night, Turn thou for
our earth - lv life, Our balm
1 1
— 53 —
— u
— #—
j j ij
— *=-
i
n-
— s<
H-i
W± — 0-
cord
gan,
us
sor -
s>-
i57~W 5
our
with
its
row
-£■
'- *
*
part
thee
dark
and
2*-
- ing hymn of
shall end, the
- n"ess in - to
our stay in
— i : r~
—* —
praise :
dav;
light;
strife ;
1 m —
i — *, m —
We stand
Guard thou
From harm
Then, when
— s> p—
— M—
— s — i
to
the
and
thy
g
— & —
bless
lips
dan ■
voice
Fr—
thee
from
ger
shall
-r~\
^<M?— i
-
— # —
— r
— ♦ » -• —
i r r — '
— — 1
& m —
r — r
-r-
^r~
-p=l
ere our worship cease, Then, low- ly kneel- ing, wait thy word of peace,
sin, the hearts from shame.That in this house have called up- on thy name,
keep thy children free, For dark and light are both a - like to thee,
bid our con-fiict cease, Call us, O Lord, to thine e- ter- nal peace.
201
% $ P I
I=i
No. 239.
EVENTIDE. 10s.
Henry F. Lyte.
^m^m
William Henry Monk.
=1=
^
1. A - bide with me: fast falls the e - ven-tide; The darkness
2. Swift to its close ebbs out life's lit- tie day: Earth's joysgrow
need thy pres - ence ev - 'ry pass- ing hour; What but thy
I fear no foe, with thee at hand to bless ; Ills have no
m
r-
-J — r — I m m p— . — a. — . cL 9
J ' ' * r r r ' == H :; ^r=r — r—
i — i-
mwmmwmfM
i - i
deep- ens; Lord, with me a - bide! When oth - er help - ers
dim, its glo - ries pass a - way ; Change and de - cay in
grace can foil the tempt- er's power? Who, like thy - self, my
weight, and tears no bit- ter - ness ; Where is death's sting? where,
pn
S
3^3=i3=SElE
r£
mm
*=#
fail, and comforts flee, Help of the helpless, 6 a - bide with me!
all around I see ; thou, who changest not, a - bide with me !
guide and stay can be? Thro' cloud and sunshine, Lord, a - bide with me !
grave, thy vie - to - ry? I triumph still, if thou a - bide with me.
~^- -*--+- m ^ fiL, m m m -0- A .
T
-r
No. 240.
Genesis xxxi. 49.
=
THE LORD WATCH.
(CLOSING.) WM. J. KlRKPATRICK.
0: I a — T
II
The Lord watch be-tween me and thee, The Lord watch between
» J . J - - J J J . -^ ^-Az J. r- . T -. — y r f i
-I-
Un
r-
-
d-+hM ii-J= ^
me and thee, When we are ab - sent, When we are ab - sent,
-g- -fr f- , T » , , f f
n
§
H
— r
Slow.
1
=1 =*
=*
When we are ab - sent, One from an - oth - er.
Copyright, 1897, by Wm. J. Kirkpatrick. 202
WEBB. 7s, 6s. D.
G. J. Webb.
rtB±J fJ-H-*tj^ J 31 ij x | |^ | j ; J ^^
I , Fine. , ^ , , j i | i ,
4j jjJ l ^l H VlJ:LUjlillJ l J Jj-J
tt-ffffP pi c mi hrr^' h drip p R faii
NO. 241. Stand Up for Jesus!
1 Stand up ! stand up for Jesus !
Ye soldiers of the cross ;
Lift high his royal banner,
It must not suffer loss :
From vict'ry unto vict'ry
His army he shall lead,
Till every foe is vanquished,
And Christ is Lord indeed.
2 Stand up ! stand up for Jesus 1
Stand in his strength alone ;
The arm of flesh will fail you ;
Ye dare not trust your own :
Put on the gospel armor,
And, watching unto prayer,
Where duty calls or danger,
Be never wanting there.
3 Stand up ! stand up for Jesus !
The strife will not be long ;
This day the noise of battle,
The next the victor's song :
To him that overcometh,
A crown of life shall be ;
He with the King of glory
Shall reign eternally.
GEORGE DUFFIELD, JR.
NO. 242. The Morning Light.
1 The morning light is breaking;
The darkness disappears ;
The sons of earth are waking
To penitential tears:
Each breeze that sweeps the ocean
Brings tidings from afar,
Of nations in commotion.
Prepared for Zion's war.
2 See heathen nations bending
Before the God we love,
And thousand hearts ascending
In gratitude above ;
While sinners, now confessing,
The gospel call obey,
And seek the Saviour's blessing,
A nation in a day.
3 Blest river of salvation,
Pursue thine onward way ;
Flow thou to every nation,
Nor in thy richness stay :
Stay not till all the lowly-
Triumphant reach their home ;
Stay not till all the holy
Proclaim, " The Lord is come ! "
SAMUEL F. SMITH.
No. 243.
Thomas Ken.
PRAISE GOD.
OLD HUNDRED. L. M.
Louis Bourgeois.
\ 1-
Praisehim a-bove, ye heav'nly host; Praise Father, Son, and Ho - ly Ghost
f r f : i-T r f PirT
JZ«
m
X2~<-
203
,'■" ■' iii
.ui:
-
1 .
.: -,-l • -•• .i -v-. :* •;• ixv.n 7';' ;..::; :^" '.:-.»'_u*
-
:-:.:?:.a -a:-:
i-i"t .1'.' .♦ II.:"
- - ■ • -
TOPICAL INDEX
The figures refer to the hymns.
239, 31-
is, «. 45, «. lis; 112; in, si, 266,
91, 14*. 24, 44, 76, 111, 114., 126, 169,
8, 140, 161, 174, 179, 188.
:.: :" -. >:
.- : .'i- J' i v
Od Of GklM, 136. 177, 199, 16, 24, 133, 139,
152, 1*4. 1*7, 169, 180, 189, 1S6, 2».
rfatiaa life, 1, 8, 10, 34, 45, 47, 60, 173, 138, 2H,
22- J:.
68, S2, MB. 112. 162, 37, 117.
:,: '/■• ,:
141, 25. 31. 119, 142, 238, 239. 240.
t:: .. -:.r..z: :• r : - r'r • •:• : -.
of Christ, 101 :
186.
7. 1», 1SJ, 161, 2, 163, 196, 215.
:■ :::
1S5, 211, 19, 137, 176, 159, 185,
» 121 1.4 131,136,145,
IS, 1^, 16* 18*181, 183.18ft, 222, 224 227,
22:
2: :- :~i
i Lear- : -:. 1:::
■: :•- ii J-
i- -;„i :" :-: :• ., - - *.:-
n, «. «, 76, MBt, 114 I*, IS, 128, 171 .
Drffe, 26, 1M, 116, 12, 205,228)1,222,18,93, 110,
Hi 12! IT.'
::: .-•: : ;~ *- v -:
. : : . I :•.!.-. 73.
:-;.: i :.*.- ii ; : 5.- ?-. n: .-;•
■:-:.?-^."_ -r .-■- :.- i: 4r- -:: ►;; ►.:
:-l.V, ::.- • ,. ,: ,: •;. * :l- ir :-:i ::--.
MB, 12ft, 138, 136,151.
?. 12: ,. * :,
-
. :
•: 1:1
:,i: i.i? .: I;
41.
-. 171
1.l- : ;:' -:■: :•■•» .<" IK .". 22.
Jesus, (continued.)
LdTes, 22.
Lore for, 186, 4.
Morning Star, 175, 197.
My Saviour, 29, 41, 39.
Name of 75, 208, 209, 23, 150.
Not ashamed of, 197.
Passing by, 140.
Precious, 12, 123.
Rock, 39,41,133.
Redeemer, 23, 77.
Saxes. 5, 16. 79, 190.
Shepherd, 21, 88, 116.
Story of, 157.
The Light, 14
Trusting in, 12, 191, 86
Joy. 11, 12, 15, 16, 24, 42, 48, 95, 128, 165, 171,
190, 225.
Keeping power, 16, 39, 59, 136
Kingdom of Christ, 27, 194, 209.
Light, 14, 8, 10, 11, 37, 96, 109, 122, 146, 147, 149,
228,242.
Lore, 4, 46, 49, 123, 146, 165, 169, 186, 195, 230.
Loyalty, 163, 2, 4, 34, 153, 217. 241.
Marching Songs, 32, 52, 57, 70, 2, 159, 163, 166,
173, 236.
Mercy. 83, 230, 167.
Miscellaneous, 9, 26, 46, 56, 62, 106, 130, 132,
Missionary, 5, 20, 50, 72, 148, 193, 194, 242.
National, 223.
Nearness to Christ, 181, 15, 27, 137, 156, 239.
Peace 100 22"
Penitential, 185, 25. 230, 133, 189, 195, 199.
Praise. 115. 224, 232, 209, 210, 1. 4. 16, 23, 33, 36,
74, 91, 95, 126, 155, 164, 171, 176, 193, 198,
202 243. 247.
Praver, 17, 40, 145, 233, 38, 94. 246.
Prodigal, 12. 81
Progress, 34, 70, 117, 173, 201.
Promises, 154, 2, 90,
Rally, 22.
Redeemed, 167, 155. 164.
Rescue Work, 3, 13, 20, 2, 62, 64, 65, 67, 69, 26,
12.
Rest, 76, 106, 106, 156. 207, 40, 145.
Resurrection, 170, 126.
ReviTal, 212, 226.
Sabbath, 55,135.
SalTation. 5, 16, 24, 42, 49, 50, 59, 79. 97. 105,
176, 185, 189, 190.
Serrice, S, 37, 47, 50, 62, 65, 66. 69, 72, 76, 144,
163, 24.
andReapn. - . ' 68 69,182.
le, 6, 10, 11, 15, 37, 147.
Supplication, 19, 2, 43, 116, 124, 131. 133, 134,
183, 212. 21-
Tfp'WIil, 64. 65, 176, 26
Te»-.: - I" :• "; '-■,• -'-' I." l-l
2:
Vfcio«y.SS,S2, 35, 159, EH !
Tflf»F-. ••130,134.
-
Walking -with God, 10, 14, 93. 96, 104, 116.
57, 70, 2, 17i 2.(6, 22, 241.
Watchfulness, 94. 166. 24, 22.
Water of life, 6, 61, 107 .
Youth, 22, 69. 173.
: : =
INDEX.
Titles in Capitals ; First lines in Roman ; Choruses in Italics.
No. I
Abide with me, fast . . 239
Abiding and confidi . 114
a blessing in prayer i45
A charge to keep I . .214
Alas ! and did my . . . 185
All hail the power of . 209
All praise to him who . 23
All to Jesus I surrend . 7
America, 6s, 4s. . . . 223
Am I a soldier of the . 206
Amid the trials which . 99
And above the rest . . 1 15
And can I yet delay . .215
An open Bible for the . 109
Are you coming to . 89
Are you readv ? . . . .188
Ariel, C. P.M. . . .198
Arlington, C. M. . . 204
A shout of victory . 32
Ask the Saviour to . .178
A song of praise . .115
At my Redeemer's . . 77
At the cross, at the . .185
At the sounding of the . 127
Awake ! awake ! O . . 56
Awake, my soul ! . . . 201
A wonderful Saviour 39
Azmon, CM 207
Bear the cross for Jesus .111
Beautiful land . . . .187
Beautiful robes . . 98
Beautiful Sabbath . 135
Beautiful waters of . 28
Beautiful white clouds . 132
Bells of love and peace . 158
Beloved ! now are we . 102
Be not afraid . . .110
Beside the gate of . . . 61
Blessed assurance . . 91
Blessed be the name . 23
Blessed home 117
Blessed hour of prayer 40
Blessed Lily of the . . 44
Blessed Saviour, thou . 1 60
Blest be the tie that . .213
Blest word of God . .109
Boylston, S. M. . . .
Brightest and best of the
Bringing in the . . .
Bring them in ...
Building day by day .
By faith and not by .
No.
213
149
182
21
60
104
Changing, ever changingi62
Close to thy cross, O 19
i Come close to the . 156
j Come, contrite one and 140
I Come home 81
Come home, ye that are 1 61
I Come joy or pain . . . 77
Come, let us join our . 202 \
Come, O come, to-day . 87
Come, O come, where 61
Come, sinners, to the 97
Come, thou Almighty . 224
Come, thou Fount of . 232
Come to this valley of .106
Come weal, come woe .110
Come, ye sinners, poor . 234 ;
Come, ye that love the . 236 }
Come, ye weary and . . 85
I Coronation, C. M. . . 209
Dennis, S. M 212
Depth of mercy ! can . 230
Down at the cross where 176
Do you fear the foe will 8
Do you know the blessed 80
Draw me nearer . , . 181
Draw me to Thee . . 27 |
Duke St., L. M. . . . 103
! Each cooing dove and . 58
Encamped along the 26
Enough for me . . .169
Enter into thy closet i 7
' Entire consecration 139
; Eventide, ios. . . . 239
j Faith is the victory . 26
Father, take my hand 136
Fill to overflowing . 6
Follow all the way . 53
No.
Follow, follow, where his 54
Footprints of Jesus . . 73
For all the Lord has . 4
Forever here my rest . 207
Forward in His Name 34
For you and for me . 161
From all that dwell
From ev'ry danger,
■93
59
63
67
78
48
132
247
Gathering home . ,
Gather the sheaves
Gentle words of patient
Glad all the day .
Gliding away ....
Gloria Fatri ....
Glory, glory, hallelujah! 49
Glory! O glory! Jesus .155
Glory to his name . 176
God be with you . . 141
god is able to deliver 59
Golden sunbeams Wound 15
Good night 142
Go, tell the world of his 148
Go, WORK TO-DAY . . 69
Grace! 'tis a charming 219
Great and glorious, all 1 72
Greenville, 8s, 7s, D. 234
Guide me, O, thou great 235
Hallelujah ! hallelujah ! t>3>
Hallelujah ! thine the . 226
Hamburg, L. M. . . . 196
Happy day 225
Hark ! 'tis the Master . 54
Hark! O, hark ! a chorus 96
Hark ! 'tis the Shepherd's 21
Harvester, harvester . . 67
Have you had a kindness 47
Heavenly Father, this I 43
He came to save me . 190
He hideth my soul . 39
Heirs to the kingdom of 148
He is able 59
He is calling . . . .105
He is mine, I am his . 44
He is waiting, he is . . 80
He'll mention them . 24
206
No.
He'll wipe the tears 51
He saves me 16
Holy Bible, book divine 231
Holy Ghost, with light 228
Holy, holy, holy, Lord . 1
Holy Spirit, faithful 151
Horton, 7s 227
How beautiful to walk in 10
How I love my ... 49
How sweet the name of 208
Hursley, L. M. . . . 31
20
I am notskilPdto . .
I am Thine, O Lord .181
I am waiting for the . .120
I ask not for the highest . 77
I do not ask to walk by . 104
I have heard my Saviour 53
I have learned the . .114
I know, I know, he . .146
I know I love thee . .123
I'll live for Him . . 153
I'll rejoice 95
I love thy Kingdom . .217
I LOVE TO TELL THE . 1 57
I'm abiding in . . .114
I'm going home . . . 203
I m on the way . . . . 1 7 1 |
Pm so glad .... 190
I MUST TELL JESUS . . 38
I NEVER WILL CEASE TO 4
hi my Father's blessed 18
In the cross of Christ I 21 1
IN THE RESURRECTION I70
Into the tent where a . 50
I SHALL BE LIKE HlM . 92
I shall knotv him . . 113
IS MY NAME WRITTEN . 1 79
I SURRENDER ALL ... J
Italian hymn, 6s, 4s. . 224
IT WAS SPOKEN FOR THE 78
Fve anchored my soul . 76 |
I WANT TO BE A ... I44
I will praise my great . 95
I will shout His . . 128
I will work, I will pray 144
Jesus, and shall it ever 197
Jesus bids us shine . . 147
Jesus for me .... 41
Jesus is inviting . . .107
Jesus is passing by . . 140
Jesus is the Light, the . 14
Jesus, Jesus, how I trust 121
Jesus lives ! 22
Jesus, Lover of my soul 191
Jesus my Saviour, is all 41
Jesus now is calling . 85
Jesus saves ! 5
Jesus, Saviour, pilot me 134
No.
I Jesus shall reign where'er 194
1 Jesus the loving Shepherd 88
Jesus, the Saviour, is . &$
Jesus touched my . . 79
Joyfully march along . . 12
i Just a little sunshine 37
I Just a little while . 125
: Just as I am, without . 152
Keep in the line . . 71
; Keep step, ever . . . .173
Laban, S. M 220
Lead me gently home 118
Lead me, Saviour . .124
Leaning on the . . 93
Leave it to Him . . 138
Let Him in 82
Let the blessed sunshine 8
Let us gather up the . . 62
Life wears a different . 15
Like a bird on the deep 86
Like an army, we are 57
Lily of the Valley, he . 44
Looking this way . .175
Look up, lift up . . . 3
Lord God, the Holy . 218
Lord, I am Thine . . 196
Lord, I care not for . 179
Lord, I seek thee . .160
Lord Jesus, I long to be 180
Lord, we come before . 229
Lovingly, tenderly . 88
Loyalty to the . . 163
Maitland, CM.. . . 103
Make me more like . 43
Many are the homes that 64
Marching, brave and . .57
Marching on to . . 52
Marching to the land i 68
March on, march on . 32
Martyn, 7s. D. . . . 192
Meet me there . . . 119
Memories of galilee 58
Mercy is boundless . 83
Mighty army of the . . 22
More about Jesus . . 45
More and more, more . 43
More like Jesus . . . 162
Mourn for the thousands 216
Murmuring softly ... 28
Music and love ... 9
Must Jesus bear the cross 103
My country, 'tis of thee 223
My faith looks up to thee 222
My Father, I would cling 136
My heart uplifts a happy 1 15
My heaveuly home is . 203
My Jesus, I love thee . 186
My life, my love, I give 153
No.
My Saviour 29
My Saviour, first of 113
My sins are all taken . 24
My soul, be on thy guard 221
My soul in sad exile . . 76
My soul sings glory all . 24
Nearer the cross . . 137
Nettleton, 8s., 7s., D. 232
Nic^a. ii, 12, 10 . . . 1
Nothing but the . .177
Not one forgotten . 18
Now like an army . . 71
Now o'er all the glad . 172.
O BLESSED HOPE . . . 102
O bless the Lord, what 171
O can we say, we are . 166
O could I speak the . .198
O for a faith that will not205
O for a heart to praise 204
O for a thousand tongues 210
O Galilee ! sweet . . 58
O God of heavn, make 64.
O happy day, that fixed 225,
Old Hundred, L. M . 243.
Olivet, 6s., 4s. ... 222
O love surpassing . . . 169
One thing I know . .146
Only waiting . . . .120
On, steadily on ! ... 52
On the happy golden 119
On the way 171
Onward, Christian . 70
O precious is the flow . 177
O scatter seeds ot loving 68
O Spirit of faith and love 184
O spread the tidings . . 101
O the best Friend to have 84
O the grace that brings 42
O the morning, happy . 142
O the Saviour now is 87
O they tell me of a home 122
O ! to be like thee .112
Our friends on earth we 25
Out on the midnight . 27
Over the river faces I see 175
O what everlasting . . 6
O what singing, O what 30
O why are you clinging 108
O will you let the . .174
Parting hymn, ios . . 238
Passing by, passing by 140
Pass it on 47
Pass me not, O gentle . 183
Peacefully, tranquilly, . 156
Peace, peace, sweet peace 100
Perishing souls over the 20
Pilot me, 7s., 61. . . . 134
207
No.
Pleyel, 7s 230
Pour out the woes that . 1 7
Praise God from . 115,243
Praise the Lord in . 36
Prais* the Lord! Praise 74
Praise the Lord, ye . 33
Praise to God our . . 74
Prince of Peace, control 227
Rathbun, 8s., 7s. . .211
Redeemed, how I love 167
Refuge, 7s , D. ... 191
Rejoice, Rejoice, the 12
Remember the Sabbath 55
Rescue the perishing 65
Rest if you will . . 108
Revive thy work ,0 Lord 212
Revive us again . . . 226
Ring the merry bells 158
Rock of ages .... 133
Sailing o'er the restless 130
Salvation full, salvation 97
Saviour again to thy dear 238
Saviour lead me, lest I . 124
Saviour, Saviour, hear . 183
Scatter seeds of kind- 62
Seeds of promise . . 68
Shall we gather at the . 237
Since i found my Sav- 15
Softlyand tenderly Jesus 161
Soldiers for Jesus rise . 71
Someone is knocking at 174
Sometimes we grope . . 96
Sowing in the morning 182
Speed away ! speed . 72
Spirit of faith, come . . 220
Standing on the prom- i 54
Stand up, stand up for . 241
Steersman, steersman, . 130
Stepping in the light 10
Stretch out thy hand 131
St. Thomas, S. M. . . 217
Sun of my soul, thou . . 31
Sunshine in the soul . 11
Sunshine, sunshine, . . 37
Sweet are the promises 2
Sweetest note in seraph 150
Sweetly, Lord, have we 73
Sweet peace, the gift 100
Take my life, and let it be 139
Tell it again .... 50
Tenderly, soft and clear 9
Thanks be to Jesus, his 83
The Apostles' Creed 244
The beautiful land . 187
The beautiful light . 14
The best friend is . 84
The blessed Name . 75
The bolted door . .
The bright morning .
The city beyond . .
The Comforter has .
The dear loving Saviour
No.
80
96
I29
IOI
16
No.
The gospel feast . . 97
The grace and joy of 42
The great physician 150
The half has never beenl2T,
The harvest call . . 56
The haven of rest . 76
The lights of home . 130
The long roll call is . . 34
The Lord's prayer . 246
The Lord watch between 240
The morning light is . 242
Then cleave to the . . 90
Then day by day along 68
There are souls, perishing 20
There comes to my heart 100
There is a fountain filled 199
There is a name I love . 75
There is rest, sweet rest 145
There's a blessing in . . 145
There's a feast now . . 89
There's a great day . . 188
There ' s a song that . . 32
There's a stranger at the 82
There's a wideness in . 105
There's a word offender 18
There's sunshine in my 11
The Sabbath comes with 55
The Saviour invites you 81
The Saviour is myall 155
The soul cheering . 90
The ten command . 245
The unclouded day . 122
The well by the gate 61
This is my story, this is 91
Though your sins be as 189
Thou thinkest Lord . 99
Throw out the life . 13
Thy Holy Spirit, Lord . 184
Till we meet 141
'Tis Jesus knocks at . .174
'Tis so sweet to . .
'Tis the blessed . .
Toplady, 7s. 61. . .
To us a child of hope
Trying to walk in the
' Twas wondrous love
Twilight shadows
35
64
60
48
52
168
117
14
236
187
5
90
86
25
129
56
59
121
40
133
200
10
165
143
Up to the bountiful . . 63
Valley of Eden beyond . 106
Wait not till the .
Wash me in the
Watch and pray
22
139
94
Wave the royal .
W. C. T U. song . .
We are building in
We are glad, so glad
We are marching on to
We are marching to a
We are singing on
We are walking in the
Webb, 7s., 6s. . . .
We have heard of a .
We have heard the .
We know not the trials
Welcome for me .
We'll never say good
We'll sing of the statutes
We'll work for the night
We march to victory
We praise thee, O God 226
We're marching to Zion 236
We shall walk with him 98
We walk by faith .116
What a fellowship, what 93
What a Friend we have 233
What a gathering . 127
What can wash away . 177
When darkness shrouds 51
When I shall reach the 92
When I survey the . .195
When Jesus comes to . 166
When Jesus laid his . 190
When my life work is .113
When our ships come 30
When the roll is . .126
When the sun is shining 48
When the trumpet of the 126
When we meet in the . 129
Where he leads, I'll 2
Where he leads me, I will 53
Where his voice is . 54
Whiter than snow . 180
Who may come .
Why go around with
Why will vou stay ?
Will Jesus find us
Will you let the
Wimborn, us., 10s
With songs of joy, your 12
Wonderful story of . 46
Wondrous love . . .165
Woodworth, L. M. . 152
Work for the Master 66
Worthy is the Lamb 164
Would you gain the best 173
Yes, we'll gather at the 237
Yield not to temptation 178
You ask what makes me 128
You're invited .... 89
Zerah, CM 200
107
138
108
166
174
149
208
TVNews
OpenLibrary